U.S. Department of Transportation Federal Aviation 7400 Basic.pdfU.S. Department of Transportation Federal Aviation Administration 7400.2D Procedures for Handling Airspace Matters

••

•

·'"

....."",

U.S. Departmentof Transportation

Federal AviationAdministration

7400.2DProcedures for Handling

Airspace Matters

• Distribution: ZAT-740 (ALL); September 16, 1993 Initiated by ATP-200

CHANGE SUPPLEMENTS CH,oNGE SUPPLEMENTS

TO OPTIONAL TO OPTIONAL

BASIC BASIC

..

1---.

RECORD OF CHANGES

FAA Form 132~5 (6-80) USE PREVIOUS EDITION

DIRECTIVE NO. 7400.2D

•..

•

•

•9/16/93 7400.2D

•

PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING AIRSPACE MATTERS7400.2D

FOREWORD

This Order shall be used by all personnel in the joint administration of the airspace program. Theguidance and procedures herein incorporate into one publication as many orders, notices and directives of the affected services as possible. This order consists of 8 parts and incorporates all required changes due to the Airspace Reclassification Rule effective September 16, 1993.

• ~l~£~Associate Administrator

for Air Traffic

Anthony J. erick (AVR)Associat~ Administrator for

Regulation & Certification

\UAiIAmWd:u..~AssociDt~Administrator

for Airway Facilities

•

9/16/93

•

1-11-21-31-41-51-61-71-81-91-101-111-12

•

1-131-14

TABLE OF CONTENTS[Bracketed numbers represent the numbering system in Order 7400.2C]

PART I. GENERALPROCEDURES

Chapter 1. GENERAL

Section 1. INTRODUCTION

Purpose/Application {1000] .Effective Date {1001] .Cancellation {1002] .Change Authority {1003] ..Other Responsibilities {1004] .Structural Format {1005] .Policy {1006] ..Authority and Applicability {1007] .FAR References {1008] .Executive Order 10854 {1009] .Word Usage {1010] ..Order Changes' {lOll] .Coordinates .thru 1-19 Reserved .

7400.2D

Page

1-1-11-1-11-1-11-1-11-1-11-1-11-1-11-1-11-1-11-1-21-1-21-1-21-1-21-1-2

Section 2. CHARTING1-20 Charting Information {1020] 1-2-11-21 Directions {1021] 1-2-1

•

2-12-22-32-42-52-6

12-72-82-92-10

12-112-122-132-142-152-16~-17

2-18

Chapter 2. AIRSPACE CASES

Section 1. RULEMAKING CASESScope {1030] .Docket Location {1031] .Docket Number {1032] .Docket Content {1033] .Flight Procedural Data {1034] .True/Magnetic Directions {1035] .Coordinates of NAVAJD {1036] .Revocation of Controlled Airspace {1037] .Processing Rulemaking Cases {1038] ..Action by Regional Counsel {1039] ..Submission of Airspace Cases To Headquarters {1040] ..Informal Discussions {1041] .Regional Analysis {1042] .Effective Final Date of Rules {1043] .Publication in Federal Register {1044] ..Distribution {1045] ..Periodic Review {1046] .thru 2-19 Reserved .

2-1-12-1-12-1-12-1-12-1-12-1-12-1-12-1-12-1-12-1-12-1-12-1-22-1-22-1-22-1-22-1-22-1-22-1-2

9/16/93

Section 4. HEARINGS2-40 Prescribed Procedures [1070J 2-4-12-41 Publication [1071J 2-4-12-42 Arrangements [1072J 2-4-12-43 Submission Requirements [1073J 2-4-12-44 thru 2-49 Reserved 2-4-1

7400.2D

2-202-212-222-232-242-25

2-302-312-322-332-342-352-36

2-502-512-522-532-54

Section 2. NONRULEMAKING CASESDefinition [1050J 2-2-1Identification [1051J 2-2-1Circularization [1052J 2-2-1Circularization Included in NPRM [1053J 2-2-1Circularization Documentation [1054J 2-2-1thru 2-29 Reserved 2-2-1

Section 3. INFORMAL AIRSPACE MEETINGSPurpose [1060J 2-3-1Notification [1061J 2-3-1Special Notification Procedures [1062J 2-3-1Location [1063J 2-3-1Agenda Items [1064J 2-3-1Record of Meetings [1065J 2-3-1thru 2-39 Reserved 2-3-1

Section S. CHARTED REPORTING POINTSPolicy [1080J 2-5-1Designation [1081J 2-5-1Chart Series Selection [1082J 2-5-1FAA Form 8260-2 (RIS: FS 8220-1) [1083J 2-5-1Preparation of Form 8260-2 [1084J 2-5-1

•

•Chapter 3. NAMING OF NAVIGATIONAL AIDS/AERONAUTICAL

FACILITIES/RADIO FIXES

Section 1. GUIDELINES3-1 Responsibility [1090J 3-1-13-2 General [1091J 3-1-13-3 Naming of Navigational Aids [1092J 3-1-13-4 Naming of Waypoints, Intersections, and DME Fixes [1093J 3-1-13-5 Elimination of Duplication [1094J 3-1-1

PART 2. OBJECTS AFFECTING NAVIGABLE AIRSPACE

4-14-2

ii

Chapter 4. GENERAL

Section 1. POLICY •Authority [2000J 4-1-1Purpose [2001J 4-1-1

9/16/93

.~4-54-64-74-84-94-104-114-12

7400.2D

Geographical Area [2002} 4-1-1Objects Subject to Standards [2003} 4-1-1Policy [2004} 4-1-1Notice Processing [2005} 4-1-1FAA Forms 7460-1 through 7460-11 [2006} 4-1-2Shielding-Section 77.15(a) [2007} 4-1-2Construction Within an Antenna Farm [2008} 4-1-2Structures Existing or Under Construction [2009} 4-1-2Structures Exceeding 2,000 Feet [2010} 4-1-2thru 4-19 Reserved 4-1-3

• 4-204-214-224-234-244-25

Section 2. RESPONSIBILITIES-SCREENING OF NOTICESDetermining Notice Action Requirements [2020} 4-2-1Equipment with Approved Siting Criteria [2021} 4-2-1Processing When Notice Criteria Not Exceeded [2022} 4-2-1Processing When Notice Criteria Are Exceeded [2023} 4-2-1Processing Notices Under Section 77.17(d) [2024} 4-2-1thru 4-29 Reserved 4-2-1

4-304-314-324-33

•

4-344-354-364-374-384-394-404-414-42

Section 3. ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF NOTICESForms and Types of Acknowledgments [2030} 4-3-1Preliminary Study [2031} 4-3-1Effective and Expiration Dates [2032} 4-3-1Petitioning Information [2033} 4-3-1Distribution of Acknowledgments [2034} 4-3-1FCC Address [2035} 4-3-1Furnishing Form 7460-2 [2036} 4-3-1Need for Supplemental Notice [2037} 4-3-1Submission Requirements-48 Hours [2038} 4-3-2Submission Requirements-5 Days [2039} 4-3-2Regional Preparation of Form 7460-2 [2040} 4-3-2Distribution of Executed Form 7460-2 [2041} 4-3-2Follow-up Action [2042} 4-3-2

Chapter 5. AERONAUTICAL STUDIES-PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION ORALTERATION

•

5-15-25-35-45-55-65-75-85-95-105-115-125-135-14

Section 1. GeneralStructures Subject to Study [2200} ..Extent of Study [2201} ..Multiple Applicants for a Single Site [2202} ..Multiple Sites [2203} ..Multiple Structures [2204} ..Civil Airport Surfaces [2205} .VFR Airports [2206} .Military Airport Surfaces [2207} ..Terminal Obstacle Clearance Area [2208} ..En Route Obstacle Clearance Area [2209} ..Study Actions [2210} ..Negotiations [2211} ..Policy on Release of Information [2212} ..thru 5-19 Reserved ..

5-1-15-1-15-1-15-1-15-1-15-1-15-1-25-1-25-1-25-1-25-1-25-1-35-1-35-1-3

iii

9/16/93

Chapter 7. EVALUATING AERONAUTICAL EFFECT

Section 1. GENERAL7-1 Policy [2400J 7-1-17-2 Evaluation by FAA Offices [2401J 7-1-17-3 Adverse Effect [2402J 7-1-17-4 Substantial Adverse Effect [2403J 7-1-17-5 Significant Volume of Activity [2404J 7-1-17-6 Shielding [2405J 7-1-27-7 Shielding Guidelines [2406J 7-1-27-8 Shadow Plane [2407J 7-1-27-9 Marking and Lighting [2408J 7-1-27-10 thru 7-19 Reserved 7-1-2

7400.2D

5-205-215-225-235-245-255-265-27

6-16-26-36-46-56-66-76-86-96-106-116-126-136-14

Section 2. CIRCULARIZATIONPolicy [2220J 5-2-1Notice of Aeronautical Study [2221J 5-2-1Comment Period [2222J 5-2-1Standard Distribution [2223J 5-2-1Special Distribution [2224J 5-2-1Distribution Records [2225J 5-2-2Evaluating Comments [2226J 5-2-2Informal Airspace Meetings [2227J 5-2-2

Chapter 6. AERONAUTICAL STUDIES OF EXISTING OBJECTSAuthority [2300J 6-1-1Purpose [2301J 6-1-1Initiation of Studies [2302J 6-1-1Need for Study [2303J 6-1-1Preliminary Study [2304J 6-1-1Extent of Study [2305J 6-1-1Coordination [2306J 6-1-1Release of Information [2307J 6-1-2Airport Imaginary Surfaces [2308J 6-1-2Electromagnetic or Line-of-Sight Interference [2309J 6-1-2Circularization [2310J 6-1-2Negotiations [2311J 6-1-2Informal Airspace Meetings [2312J 6-1-2Petition Processing [2313J 6-1-2

•

•

Section 2. GUIDELINES FOR EVALUATING EFFECT ON VFR OPERATIONS7-20 Purpose [2420J 7-2-17-21 Navigable Airspace [2421J 7-2-17-22 En Route Operations [2422J 7-2-17-23 Airport Areas [2423J 7-2-27-24 Helicopters [2424J 7-2-37-25 VFR Military Training Routes (VR's) [2425J 7-2-37-26 Agricultural Aircraft Operations [2426J 7-2-37-27 Operations Under Waiver/Exemption to FAR's [2427J 7-2-37-28 thru 7-29 Reserved 7-2-3

Section 3. GUIDELINES FOR EVALUATING EFFECT ON IFR OPERATIONS7-30 Purpose [2430J 7-3-1

iv

•

9/16/93

•7-317-327-337-347-357-367-37

8-18-28-38-48-58-68-78-88-98-10

8-208-21

•8-228-23

8-308-318-328-338-348-358-36

8-408-418-428-438-44

8-508-518-52

•

8-538-548-558-56

7400.2D

Operational Standards [2431} 7-3-1IFR Minimum Flight Altitudes [2432} 7-3-1En Route IFR Operations [2433} 7-3-1Terminal Area IFR Operations [2434} 7-3-2Air Navigation and Communications Aids [2435} 7-3-3Planned or Future Airport Development Programs [2436} 7-3-5Temporary Construction [2437} 7-3-5

Chapter 8. OBSTRUCTION EVALUATION DETERMINATIONS

Section 1. GENERALAuthority [2500} 8-1-1Policy [2501} 8-1-1Standard Forms [2502} 8-1-1Noise Issues [2503} 8-1-2Conformance to Policy [2504} 8-1-2Aircraft Route Changes [2505} 8-1-2Existing Objects [2506] 8-1-2Supplemental Data [2507} 8-1-2Distribution [2508} 8-1-3thru 8-19 Reserved 8-1-3

Section 2. DETERMINATION DATESIssuance Date [2520} 8-2-1Effective Date [2521} 8-2-1Expiration Date [2522} 8-2-1thru 8-29 Reserved 8-2-1

Section 3. EXTENSION OF DETERMINATIONSAuthority [2530} 8-3-1Conditions [2531} 8-3-1Coordination [2532} 8-3-1Extension Period [2533} 8-3-1Review Provisions [2534} 8-3-1Distribution [2535} 8-3-1thru 8-39 Reserved 8-3-1

Section 4. REVISION, CORRECTION, AND TERMINATION OFDETERMINATIONS

Revisions, Extensions, and Terminations [2540} 8-4-1Correction [2541} 8-4-1Standard Format [2542} 8-4-1Distribution [2543} 8-4-1thru 8-49 Reserved 8-4-1

Section 5. WASHINGTON OFFICE REVIEWSAuthority [2550} 8-5-1Petitions for Review [2551} 8-5-1Petition Processing [2552} 8-5-1Regional Offices [2553] 8-5-1Jurisdiction [2554} 8-5-1Written Communications [2555} 8-5-1Recommendations [2556} 8-5-1

v

7400.2D 9/16/93

9-209-219-229-239-249-25

8-57 Notices of Review [2557] 8-5-1 •8-58 Review Based on Written Material [2558] 8-5-18-59 Review Based on Public Hearings [2559] 8-5-18-60 Regional Participation [2560] 8-5-28-61 Final Decision [2561] 8-5-28-62 Distribution of Decision [2562] 8-5-28-63 Cases Referred to Washington [2563] 8-5-28-64 Periodic Review [2564] 8-5-38-65 Sensitive Cases [2565].... 8-5-3

Chapter 9. OBSTRUCTION MARKING AND LIGHTING

Section 1. OBJECTS TO BE MARKED AND LIGHTED9-1 Policy [2600] 9-1-19-2 Standards [2601] 9-1-19-3 Aeronautical Study [2602] 9-1-19-4 Recommendations [2603] 9-1-19-5 Partial Marking and Lighting [2604] 9-1-19-6 Omission/Deletion of Marking and Lighting [2605] 9-1-19-7 Excessive Marking and Lighting [2606] 9-1-19-8 High and Medium Intensity White Obstruction Lighting Systems [2607] 9-1-29-9 thru 9-19 Reserved 9-1-2

Section 2. DEVIATIONS AND MODIFICATIONSAeronautical Study [2620] 9-2-1Modifications [2621] 9-2-1 •Approval of Modifications [2622] 9-2-1Deviation [2623] 9-2-1Request for Deviations [2624] 9-2-1Deviation Approval [2625] 9-2-1

PART 3. AIRPORT AIRSPACE ANALYSIS

Chapter 10. POLICY10-1 Introduction [3000] 10-1-110-2 Purpose [3001] 10-1-110-3 Delegation of Authority [3002] 10-1-110-4 Airports Office Responsibility [3003] 10-1-110-5 Air Traffic Office Responsibility [3004] 10-1-110-6 Flight Standards Office Responsibility [3005] 10-1-110-7 Airway Facilities Office Responsibility [3006] 10-1-110-8 Local Office Notification [3007] 10-1-210-9 Study Number Assignment [3008] 10-1-210-10 Proposals Subject to Aeronautical Study [3009] 10-1-210-11 Airport Programs [3010] 10-1-210-12 Airport Design Standards [3011] 10-1-210-13 Funding Responsibilities [3012] 10-1-2 •10-14 Airport Spacing Guidelines and Traffic Pattern Airspace Areas [3013] 10-1-310-15 Designation of Instrument Runways/Changes of Airport Status VFR to IFR [3014] 10-1-410-16 Airspace Feasibility Study [3015] 10-1-4

vi

•

..

9/16/93

10-1710-18

11-111-211-311-411-511-6

7400.2D

Onsite Evaluation [3016} f..................................................... 10-1-5Formulation of Official FAA Determination [3017} f..................................................... 10-1-5

Chapter 11. PROCESSING AIRrORT STUDIESI

Section 1. PROCESSING BY AIRPORTS OFFICESPart 157 Proposals [3200} :...................................................... 11-1-1Airport Layout Plans [3201} 1...................................................... 11-1-1FAA Coordination [3202} ,...................................................... 11-1-2Negotiation with Sponsor [3203} ;...................................................... 11-1-2Issue Determination [3204} L..................................................... 11-1-3thru 11-19 Reserved j...................................................... 11-1-3

Section 2. PROCESSING BY FLIGHT ~TANDARDSOFFICES11-20 Effect on Safety of Flight [3220} ;...................................................... 11-2-111-21 Effect on Safety of Persons and Property' on the Ground ! [3221} 11-2-111-22 Change of Airport Status from YFR to IFR [3222} .......l...................................................... 11-2-111-23 Evaluation of Instrument Runway Designations [3223} I....................................................... 11-2-111-24 Onsite Evaluations [3224} i....................................................... 11-2-111-25 thru 11-29 Reserved 1....................................................... 11-2-2

•11-3011-3111-3211-3311-34

I

Section 3. PROCESSING BY AIRWAY !FACILITIES OFFICESElectromagnetic or Line-of-Sight Interference [3230} ..i ..Evaluation of Instrument Runway Designation [3231} .~ .Change in Airport Status From YFR to IFR [3232} i ..

Airport Proposals [3233} .thru 11-39 Reserved ; .

!

11-3-111-3-111-3-111-3-111-3-1

11-4011-4111-4211-4311-4411-4511-4611-4711-48

Section 4. PROCESSING BY AIR 1j'RAFFIC OFFICESEffect on Air Traffic Operations [3240} f....................................................... 11-4-1Coordination [3241} -f-...................................................... 11-4-1Circularization [3242} f....................................................... 11-4-1Evaluate Comments and Aeronautical Effect [3243} )........................................................ 11-4-1Informal Airspace Meetings [3244} 1........................................................ 11-4-2Airport Traffic Patterns [3245} 1........................................................ 11-4-2

• I

FAR, Part 77 ReVIew [3246} :........................................................ 11-4-2Designation of Instrument Runway/Change in Airport St~tus YFR to IFR [3247} 11-4-2Onsite Evaluation [3248} ~........................................................ 11-4-2

•

12-112-212-312-412-512-612-712-812-912-1012-11

Chapter 12. EVALUATING AERONAUTICAL EFFECTExisting and Proposed Objects [3300} ; ..Airport Traffic Patterns [3301} ( ..Instrument Flight Procedures [3302} f ..

Air Traffic Control Procedures [3303} t: ..

Safety of Persorts and Property on the Ground [3304} .Noise Consideration [3305} 1 .

Aeronautical Activity [3306} 1 ..

Wind Rose Data [3307} 1 ..

Helicopter Ingress-Egress Routes [3308} : .Displaced/Relocated Thresholds [3309} ,; ..Existing Airports [3310} J ..

:

J

12-1-112-1-112-1-112-1-112-1-112-1-112-1-212-1-212-1-212-1-212-1-2

vii

7400.2D 9/16/93

Chapter 13. AIRPORT DETERMINATIONS •13-1 General [3400] 13-1-113-2 Terminology [3401] 13-1-113-3 Conditional Determinations [3402] 13-1-113-4 Void Dates [3403] 13-1-213-5 Statement in Determinations [3404] 13-1-213-6 Airport Master Record [3405] 13-1-213-7 Advise Federal Agreement Airport Sponsors [3406] 13-1-213-8 Dissemination of Study Results [3407] 13-1-313-9 Review of Sensitive or Controversial Cases [3408] 13-1-313-10 Disposal of Federal Surplus Real Property for Public Airport Purposes [3409] 13-1-3

Chapter 14. MILITARY, NASA, AND OTHER AGENCY AIRPORTPROPOSALS

14-1 Requirement for Prior Notice [3500] 14-1-114-2 Form of Notice [3501] 14-1-114-3 FAA Headquarters Review [3502] 14-1-114-4 Regional Office Review [3503] 14-1-114-5 Military Proposals Other Than MCP [3504] 14-1-1

Chapter 15. AIRPORT CHARTING AND PUBLICATION OF AIRPORTDATA

15-1 Policy [3600] 15-1-1 •15-2 NFDC Responsibility [3601] 15-1-115-3 Airport Charting [3602] 15-1-1

PART 4. AIR NAVIGATION AIDS

Chapter 16. ESTABLISHING AIR NAVIGATION AIDS

Section 1. GENERAL16-1 Purpose [4000] 16-1-116-2 Compatibility With Charting Dates [4001] 16-1-116-3 Responsibility for Frequency Selection [4002] 16-1-116-4 Governing Criteria [4003] 16-1-116-5 Long-Range Planning [4004] 16-1-116-6 Proposed Changes [4005] 16-1-116-7 Procedures Involving Waivers [4006] 16-1-116-8 thru 16-19 Reserved 16-1-1

16-2016-2116-2216-2316-2416-2516-26

viii

Section 2. FAA AIR NAVIGATION AIDSGeneral [4120J 16-2-1Coordination [4121J 16-2-1Informal Airspace Meetings [4122] 16-2-1Approval Authority [4123] 16-2-1Distribution [4124] 16-2-1Commissioning Date [4125] 16-2-1Processing Regulatory Actions [4126] 16-2-1 •

9/16/93 7400.2D

• 16-27 thru 16-29 Reserved 16-2-1

Section 3. MILITARY AIR NAVIGATION AIDS16-30 General [4130] 16-3-116-31 Coordination With Military [4131] 16-3-116-32 Evaluation by Airway Facilities Office [4132] 16-3-116-33 Circularization [4133] 16-3-116-34 Determination Responsibility [4134] 16-3-116-35 Notification and Distribution [4135] 16-3-116-36 thru 16-39 Reserved 16-3-1

Section 4. NON-FEDERAL AIR NAVIGATION AIDS16-40 General [4140] 16-4-116-41 Request for Establishment [4141} 16-4-116-42 Processing Responsibility [4142] 16-4-116-43 External Coordination [4143] 16-4-116-44 Informal Airspace Meeting [4144] 16-4-116-45 Approval and Notification Process [4145] 16-4-116-46 Distribution [4146] 16-4-2

•17-117-217-317-417-517-617-7

Chapter 17. DISCONTINUANCE OF AIR NAVIGATION AIDS

Section 1. FAA AIR NAVIGATION AIDSResponsibility [4200] .Coordination of Proposals [4201] ..Obtaining Approval [4202] .Discontinuance Action [4203] ..Cancellation of Controlled Airspace and Instrument Procedures [4204] .Decommissioning Date [4205] .thru 17-19 Reserved .

17-1-117-1-117-1-117-1-117-1-117-1-117-1-1

Section 2. MILITARY AND NON-FEDERAL AIR NAVIGATION AIDS17-20 Responsibilities [4220] 17-2-117-21 Action Prior to Discontinuance [4221] 17-2-117-22 Discontinuance of NAVAID's Included in ICAO Plans [4222] 17-2-117-23 Notification to International Staff [4223] 17-2-1

PART S. AIRWAYS AND ROUTES

•18-118-218-318-4

18-20

Chapter 18. GENERAL

Section 1. POLICYPurpose [5000] 18-1-1Controlled Airspace Designation [5001] 18-1-1Protected Airspace for Course Changes [5002] 18-1-1thru 18-19 Reserved 18-1-1

Section 2. VOR AIRWAY STRUCTURENAVAID Spacing [5120] 18-2-1

ix

7400.2D 9/16/93

18-21 Vertical and Lateral Extent [5121J 18-2-1 •18-22 Width Reductions [5122J 18-2-118-23 When to Designate Airways [5123J 18-2-118-24 thru 18-29 Reserved 18-2-1

Section 3. JET ROUTES18-30 Designation [5130J 18-3-118-31 NAVAID Spacing [5131J 18-3-118-32 Use of Widths [5132J 18-3-118-33 u.S./Canada Transborder Connections [5133J 18-3-118-34 thru 18-39 Reserved 18-3-1

18-4018-4118-42

118-5018-5118-5218-5318-54

18-6018-61

Section 4. LOW/MEDIUM FREQUENCY AIRWAYSBasis [5140J 18-4-1Dimensions [5141J 18-4-1thru 18-49 Reserved 18-4-1

Section 5. ADDITIONAL CONTROL AREASOffshore Airspace areas [5150J 18-5-1En Route Domestic Airspace Areas [5151J 18-5-1Designation [5152J 18-5-1Processing [5153J 18-5-1thru 18-59 Reserved 18-5-1

Section 6. TRANSITION AREASUse [5160J 18-6-1thru 18-69 Reserved 18-6-1

,.

•Section 7. CHANGEOVER POINTS

18-70 Submit Location in Regional Proposal [5170J 18-7-1

Chapter 19. AREA NAVIGATION

Section 1. GENERAL19-1 Policy [5200J 19-1-119-2 Discussion [5201J 19-1-119-3 thru 19-19 Reserved 19-1-1

Section 2. ROUTE IDENTIFICATION19-20 Route Numbering [5220J 19-2-119-21 Route Identification Criteria [5221J 19-2-119-22 thru 19-29 Reserved 19-2-1

Section 3. ROUTE PROCESSING19-30 Procedures [5230J 19-3-119-31 thru 19-39 Reserved 19-3-1

19-4019-4119-4219-43

x

Section 4. CRITERIAWaypoint Criteria [5240J 19-4-1Reference Facility Criteria [5241J 19-4-1Lateral Protected Airspace Criteria for RNAV En Route Segments [5242J 19-4-1thru 19-49 Reserved 19-4-1 •

9/16/93 7400.2D

• 19-5019-5119-5219-53

Section 5. ROUTE CONSTRUCTIONBasic Route Width Expansion and Slant Range Compensation-En Route [5250] 19-5-1Criteria for Reduction of En Route Segments [5251] 19-5-1En Route Turn Protection Criteria [5252] 19-5-2Adjoining En Route Segment Criteria [5253] 19-5-2

20-120-220-320-420-520-620-720-8

Chapter 20. AIRWAY FLOORSSystematic Review [5300] 20-1-1Minimum En Route Altitudes (MEA'S) [5301] 20-1-1Guidelines [5302] 20-1-1Procedural Requirements [5303] 20-1-1Rounding Off MEA's [5304] 20-1-1MEA Climb Criteria [5305] 20-1-1Action to Raise Base of Class E Airspace [5306] 20-1-1Conforming of Airway/Class E Airspace Floors [5307] 20-1-1

21-2-121-2-121-2-1

21-2021-2121-22

Chapter 21. FLIGHT INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS

Section 1. GENERAL21-1 Request for Flight Inspection Data [5400] 21-1-121-2 Flight Inspection Data Distribution [5401] 21-1-121-3 thru 21-19 Reserved 21-1-1

Section 2. FLIGHT INSPECTION REQUESTSCoordination [5420] ..Forward Flight Inspection Report [5421] .thru 21-29 Reserved .•

Section 3. SUBSTITUTE ROUTES21-30 Procedures [5430] 21-3-121-31 Controlled Airspace Requirement [5431] 21-3-121-32 thru 21-39 Reserved 21-3-1

Section 4. FAR PART 95 AND NON-PART 95 ROUTES (OFF-AIRWAY ROUTES)21-40 Responsibility [5440] 21-4-121-41 Coordination [5441] 21-4-121-42 Review [5442] 21-4-121-43 Meeting Requirements of Random Routes [5443] 21-4-121-44 Forwarding Concurrence or Objections [5444] 21-4-1

PART 6. TERMINAL AIRSPACE

•22-122-222-322-422-5

Chapter 22. POLICYGoverning Criteria [6000] 22-1-1Requisite [6001] 22-1-1Review Terminal Airspace Structure [6002] 22-1-1Miles [6003] 22-1-1Fractional Miles [6004] 22-1-1

xi

7400.2D 9/16/93

22-6 Airspace Legal Descriptions [6005J 22-1-1 •

I

23-123-223-323-423-523-623-723-8

Chapter 23. SURFACE AREAS

Section 1. REQUIREMENTSPurpose [6100J 23-1-1Designation [6101J 23-1-1Communications [6102J 23-1-1Weather Observations and Reporting [6103J 23-1-1Loss of Communication or Weather Reporting Capability [6104J 23-1-1Time of Designation [6105J 23-1-1Notices to Airmen Provision [6106J 23-1-1thru 23-19 Reserved 23-1-2

23-2023-2123-22

I 23-23I 23-24

23-2523-2623-27

I

24-124-224-324-4

I 24-20I 24-21I 24-22

24-2324-24

24-30I 24-31

24-32

24-40I 24-41

24-4224-43

24-50

xii

Section 2. CRITERIAConfiguration [6120J 23-2-1Airport Reference Point/Geographic Position [6121J 23-2-1Satellite Airports [6122J 23-2-1Adjoining Surface Areas [6123J 23-2-1Determining Surface Areas Size [6124J 23-2-1Departures [6125J 23-2-1Arrival Extension [6126J 23-2-1Vertical Limits [6127J 23-2-2

Chapter 24. CLASS E 700/1200 AREAS

Section 1. REQUIREMENTSDesignation [6200J 24-1-1Communications [6201J 24-1-1Time of Designation [6202J 24-1-1thru 24-19 Reserved 24-1-1

Section 2. GENERAL CRITERIA70a-Foot Class E Airspace [6220J 24-2-11,20a-Foot Class E Airspace [6221J 24-2-1Class E Airspace Floors Above 1,200 Feet [6222J 24-2-1Coordination of Missed Approach Altitudes [6223J 24-2-1thru 24-29 Reserved 24-2-1

Section 3. DEPARTURE CRITERIADeparture Area [6230J 24-3-1Lengthy Class E Airspace Extensions [6231J 24-3-1thru 24-39 Reserved 24-3-1

Section 4. ARRIVAL CRITERIAArrival Extension [6240J 24-4-1Class E Airspace Extensions [6241J 24-4-1Determination of Instrument Approach Clearance Area [6242J 24-4-1thru 24-49 Reserved 24-4-1

Section 5. PROCEDURE TURN CRITERIAProcedure Turn Protection [6250J 24-5-1

•

•

9116/93

• 24-5124-52

I

25-125-225-325-4

I25-2025-2125-2225-23

I25-3025-3125-32

I

• 26--126-226--326-426-5

26-2026-2126--2226-2326--24

I26-3026--3126-32

7400.2D

Determining Base Altitudes [6251] 24-5-1Military Penetration Turns [6252] 24-5-1

Chapter 25. CLASS B AIRSPACE

Section 1. GENERALIntroduction [6300] 25-1-1Definition [6301] 25-1-1Designation [6302] 25-1-1thru 25-19 Reserved 25-1-1

Section 2. CLASS B CRITERIA/REQUIREMENTLocation Criteria [6320] 25-2-1Configuration [6321] 25-2-1Requirements [6322] 25-2-1thru 25-29 Reserved '" 25-2-2

Section 3. CLASS B PROCESSINGHeadquarters Responsibility [6330] 25-3-1Regional Responsibilities [6331] 25-3-1Environmental Matters [6332] 25-3-1

Chapter 26. CLASS C AIRSPACE

Section 1. GENERALIntroduction [6400] 26--1-1Definition [6401] 26--1-1Designation [6402] 26--1-1Nonrulemaking Alternatives [6403] 26--1-1thru 26--19 Reserved 26--1-1

Section 2. CRITERIA/REQUIREMENTSLocation Criteria [6420] 26--2-1Regional Evaluation [6421] 26--2-1Configuration [6422] 26--2-1Requirements [6423] 26--2-1thru 26--29 Reserved 26--2-1

Section 3. CLASS C AIRSPACE PROCESSINGHeadquarters Responsibilities [6430] 26--3-1Regional Responsibilities [6431] 26--3-1Environmental Matters [6432] 26--3-1

• 27-1

PART 7. SPECIAL USE AIRSPACE

Chapter 27. GENERAL

Section 1. POLICYIntroduction [7000] 27-1-1

xiii

7400.2D 9/16/93

27-2 Categories [7001J 27-1-1 •27-3 Minimum Numbers and Volume [7002J 27-1-127-4 Optimum Utilization [7003J 27-1-127-5 Waivers of FAR's [7004J 27-1-127-6 Environmental Assessment [7005J 27-1-127-7 Coordination of Proposals [7006J 27-1-127-8 Regional Action [7007J 27-1-127-9 Joint Use [7008J 27-1-227-10 Controlling Agency [7009J 27-1-227-11 Using Agency [7010J 27-1-227-12 Charting and Publication [7011J 27-1-227-13 thru 27-19 Reserved 27-1-2

Section 2. DIMENSIONS27-20 General [7120J 27-2-127-21 Horizontal Limits [7121J 27-2-127-22 Vertical Limits [7122J 27-2-127-23 Times of Use [7123J 27-2-127-24 thru 27-29 Reserved 27-2-1

Section 3. CONTENT OF PROPOSALS27-30 Description [7130J 27-3-127-31 Coordination [7131J 27-3-127-32 Justification [7132J 27-3-1 •27-33 Activities [7133J 27-3-127-34 Safety Considerations [7134J 27-3-127-35 Communications and Radar [7135J 27-3-127-36 Environmental and Land Use Information [7136J 27-3-127-37 Graphic Display [7137J 27-3-227-38 Joint Use [7138J 27-3-227-39 Remarks [7139J 27-3-227-40 thru 27-49 Reserved 27-3-2

Section 4. REVIEW AND ANALYSIS27-50 Annual Review [7150J 27-4-127-51 Formal/Informal Review [7151J 27-4-127-52 Team Review [7152J 27-4-127-53 Team Responsibilities [7153J 27-4-127-54 Duties of Chairman [7154J 27-4-127-55 Team Report [7155J 27-4-127-56 Team Report Responses [7156J 27-4-1

Chapter 28. PROHIBITED AREAS

Section 1. POLICY28-1 Definition [7200J 28-1-128-2 Purpose [7201J 28-1-128-3 Identification [7202J 28-1-1 •28-4 Extent [7203J 28-1-128-5 Publication [7204J 28-1-128-6 thru 28-19 Reserved 28-1-1

xiv

•..

•

9/16/93

28-2028-21

29-129-229-329-429-529-629-729-8

7400.2D

Section 2. PROCESSINGSubmission of Proposal [7220] 28-2-1Regional Actions [7221] 28-2-1

Chapter 29. RESTRICTED AREAS

Section 1. POLICYDefinition [7300] 29-1-1Purpose [7301] 29-1-1Identification [7302] 29-1-1Restricted Area Floor [7303] 29-1-1Publication [7304] 29-1-1Joint Use [7305] 29-1-1Temporary Restricted Areas [7306] 29-1-2thru 29-19 Reserved 29-1-2

•

Section 2. PROCESSING29-20 Submission of Proposals [7320] 29-2-129-21 Regional Action [7321] 29-2-129-22 thru 29-29 Reserved 29-2-1

Section 3. TEMPORARY RESTRICTED AREAS FOR MILITARY EXERCISES29-30 Handling Requirements [7330] 29-3-129-31 Informal Coordination [7331] 29-3-129-32 Military Exercises [7332] 29-3-129-33 Required Information [7333] 29-3-129-34 Discourage Late Changes in Requirements [7334] 29-3-229-35 Time Requirements [7335] 29-3-229-36 Submission of Requirements [7336] 29-3-229-37 thru 29-39 Reserved 29-3-2

Section 4. ANNUAL UTILIZATION REPORT29-40 Requirement [7340] 29-4-129-41 Review [7341] 29-4-129-42 Report Amendments [7342] 29-4-129-43 Review Summary [7343] 29-4-1

Chapter 30. WARNING AREAS

Section 1. POLICY30-1 Definition [7400] 30-1-130-2 Purpose [7401] 30-1-130-3 Identification [7402] 30-1-130-4 Publication [7403] 30-1-130-5 Joint Use [7404] 30-1-130-6 thru 30-19 Reserved 30-1-1

• 30-2030-2130-22

Section 2. PROCESSINGSubmission of Proposals [7420] 30-2-1Regional Action [7421] 30-2-1E.O. 10854 Coordination [7422] 30-2-1

xv

Chapter 31. MILITARY OPERATIONS AREAS (MOA'S)

Section 1. POLICY31-1 Definition [7500J 31-1-131-2 Purpose [7501J 31-1-131-3 Identification [7502J 31-1-131-4 MOA Floor [7503J 31-1-131-5 Location [7504J 31-1-131-6 Controlled Airspace [7505J 31-1-131-7 Joint Use [7506J 31-1-131-8 thru 31-19 Reserved 31-1-1

7400.2D 9/16/93

•

Section 2. PROCESSING31-20 Submission of Proposals [7520J 31-2-131-21 Regional Action [7521J 31-2-131-22 thru 31-29 Reserved 31-2-1

Section 3. TEMPORARY MOA'S31-30 General [7530J 31-3-131-31 Location and Duration [7531J 31-3-131-32 Publication [7532J 31-3-131-33 Submission of Proposals [7533J 31-3-1

Chapter 32. ALERT AREAS

Section 1. GENERAL •32-1 Purpose [7600J 32-1-132-2 Activity [7601J 32-1-132-3 Minimum Numbers [7602J 32-1-132-4 thru 32-19 Reserved 32-1-1

Section 2. ESTABLISHlVIENT32-20 ProposalslRequests [7620J 32-2-132-21 Review by ATO-200 [7621J 32-2-132-22 Chart Depiction [7622J 32-2-132-23 Time of Submission [7623J 32-2-132-24 Content of Proposals [7624J 32-2-132-25 Regional Actions [7625J 32-2-132-26 thru 32-29 Reserved 32-2-1

Section 3. CRITERIA32-30 General [7630J 32-3-132-31 Horizontal Boundaries [7631J 32-3-132-32 Vertical Dimensions [7632J 32-3-132-33 Time Assignment [7633J 32-3-132-34 Types of Operations [7634J 32-3-1

33-133-2

xvi

Chapter 33. CONTROLLED FIRING AREAS

Section 1. GENERAL •Purpose [7700J 33-1-1Basis for Approval [7701J 33-1-1

9/16/93 7400.2D

• 33-3 thru 33-19 Reserved 33-1-1

Section 2. ESTABLISHMENT33-20 Responsibility for Approval [7720] 33-2-133-21 Submission Requirements [7721] 33-2-133-22 Content of Proposals [7722] 33-2-133-23 Regional Action [7723] 33-2-133-24 thru 33-29 Reserved 33-2-1

Section 3. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS33-30 Precautionary Measures [7730] 33-3-133-31 Radar Surveillance [7731] 33-3-133-32 Safety Officer [7732] 33-3-133-33 User Responsibilities [7733] 33-3-1

PART 8. MISCELLANEOUS PROCEDURES

I.

I •

•

34-134-234-334-434-534-634-7

34-2034-2134-2234-2334-2434-2534-2634-27

Chapter 34. OUTDOOR LASER DEMONSTRATIONS

Section 1. GENERALIntroduction [8000] .Purpose and Application [8001] ..Definitions [8002] .Laser Product Classes [8003] ..Laser Considerations [8004] ..Exposure Limits [8005] .thru 34-19 Reserved ..

Section 2. PROCESSINGSubmission of Proposal [8020] .Content of Notification [8021] ..Study [8022] ..Affected Airspace [8023] .Calculating Laser Effects [8024] ..Determinations [8025] ..Content of Determinations [8026] .Distribution of Determination [8027] .

34-1-134-1-134-1-134-1-234-1-234-1-334-1-3

34-2-134-2-134-2-134-2-234-2-234-2-334-2-334-2-3

xvii

•9/16/93

PART 1. GENERAL PROCEDURESChapter 1. GENERAL

Section 1. INTRODUCTION

7400.2D

•

IIII.

1-1. PURPOSE/APPLICATIONThis order prescribes policy, criteria, and proceduresapplicable to Air Traffic Rules and ProceduresService, Systems Maintenance Service, Office ofAirport Planning and Programming, Office of AirportSafety and Standards, Office of Flight Standards

I and Office of Air Traffic System Management.It also applies to all regional and field organizationalelements involved in rulemaking and nonrulemakingactions associated with airspace allocation and utilization, obstruction evaluation, obstruction markingand lighting, airport airspace analysis, and theestablishment of air navigation aids. Additionalprocedures and criteria may be set forth in otherdirectives to supplement those contained herein.

1-2. EFFECTIVE DATEThis order is effective on September 16, 1993.

1-3. CANCELLATIONOrder 7400.2C, Handling Airspace Matters, datedMay 1, 1984 and all changes are cancelled.

1-4. CHANGE AUTHORITYChanges to this directive will be issued by theDirector, Air Traffic Rules and Procedures Service,ATP-1, after obtaining concurrence from the affectedheadquarters offices/services listed in the foreword.

1-5. OTHER RESPONSIBILITIESFunctional responsibility of headquarters organizations referred to are contained in FAA Order1100.1 and FAA Order 1100.2.

1-6. STRUCTURAL FORMATOrder 7400.2 is designed to conform with thestandard structural format set forth by FAA Management Systems guidelines. Graphic depiction andtheir textual references are identified by Chapter,Section and Paragraph; e.g., the first figure inChapter 19, Section 5 is identified as "Figure19-50[1]."

1-7. POLICYThe navigable airspace is a limited national resource,the use of which Congress has charged the FAAto administer in the public interest as necessaryto insure tile safety of aircraft and the efficient

PARA 1-1

utilization of such airspace. Full consideration shallbe given to the requirements of national defenseand of commercial and general aviation, and tothe public right of freedom of transit throughthe airspace. Accordingly, while a sincere effortshall be made to negotiate equitable solutions toconflicts over its use for nonaviation purposes,preservation of the navigable airspace for aviationmust receiver primary emphasis.

1-8. AUTHORITY AND APPLICABILITYSection 101, Section 103, Section 104, Section305, Section 306, Section 307 (a)(b)(c)(d)(e)(t),Section 308, Section 309, Section 312(a), Section313(a)(c), Section 901(a), Section 902(c), Section1101 and Section 1107 of the Federal AviationAct of 1958, as amended, provide the authorityfor the procedures contained in this order.

1-9. FAR REFERENCESa. Part 11 prescribes the procedures to be followed

in the initiation, administrative processing, issuanceand publication of rules, regulations, and orders.

b. Part 71 designates Class A, Class B, ClassIC, Class D, and Class E airspace areas; airways;routes; and reporting points.

c. Part 73 designates special use airspace andprescribes the requirements for the use of thatairspace.

d. Part 77 establishes standards for determiningobstructions in the navigable airspace and setsforth requirements for notice to the Administratorof certain proposed construction or alteration. Itprovides for aeronautical studies and public hearingsto determine the effects of such proposals onthe navigable airspace.

e. Part 91 prescribes general operating and flightrules governing the operation of aircraft withinthe U.S. and governing operation of U.S. registeredaircraft outside of the U.S.

f. Part 93 prescribes special Air Traffic Rulesand Airport Traffic Patterns.

g. Part 95 prescribes altitudes governing the operation of aircraft under IFR on Federal airways,jet routes, area navigation low or high routes,

1-1-1

7400.2D 9/16/93

1-13. COORDINATES IAll coordinates submitted or used in airspace mattersshould be in North American Datum (NAD) 83.

1-14 thru 1-19. RESERVED

e. "Will" is used only to indicate futurity, neverto indicate any degree of requirement for application •of a procedure.

f. "Manager, Air Traffic Division" means theIManager, Air Traffic Division or any person towhom his authority has been delegated in thematter concerned.

g. "Navigable airspace" means airspace abovethe minimum altitudes of flight prescribed by FederalAviation Regulations and shall include airspaceneeded to insure safety in takeoff and landingof aircraft. By policy, the term "airspace aboveminimum altitudes of flight" is interpreted forapplication to mean "airspace at or above minimumflight altitudes."

h. "Controlled airspace" is a generic term thatIcovers Class A, Class B, Class C, Class D, andClass E airspace.

or other direct routes for which a MEA is designated.It also designates mountainous areas and changeoverpoints.

h. Part 152 prescribes policies and proceduresfor administering Federal grants for airports.

i. Part 157 pertains to the Notice requirementsfor proposals involving construction, alteration,activation and deactivation of civil and joint use(civil-military) airports. It also provides for aeronautical studies to determine the effects of such proposalson the safe and efficient use of airspace.

j. Part 171 pertains to Non-Federal NavigationFacilities.

1-10. EXECUTIVE ORDER 10854Executive Order 10854 extends the application ofthe Federal Aviation Act of 1958 , as amended,to the overlying airspace of those areas of landor water outside the United States beyond the12-mile offshore limit in which the United States,under international treaty agreement or other lawfularrangement, has appropriate jurisdiction or control.Any airspace action, rulemaking or nonrulemaking,that concerns airspace beyond the 12-mile offshorelimit requires coordination with the Departmentsof Defense and State. Additional lead time isrequired to meet that coordination requirement. Underprovisions of Executive Order 10854, airspace actionsmust not be inconsistent with the requirementsof national defense, or be in conflict with anyinternational treaties or agreements made by theU.S., or be inconsistent with the successful conductof the foreign relations of the U.S. In this respect,the DOD and DOS have preemptive authority overFAA over airspace use beyond the 12-mile offshorelimit. All Executive Order 10854 coordination shallbe conducted at the headquarters level.

1-11. WORD USAGEThe concept of word usage and intended meaningas used in this order is set forth below:

a. "Shall" or a command verb is used whenapplication is mandatory.

b. "Shall not" is used when an action is prohibited.c. "Should" is used when application is rec

ommended.d. "May" and "need not" are used when applica

tion is optional.

1-1-2

1-12. ORDER CHANGESThe responsibilities for processing and coordinatingrevisions to this order are delegated to theAirspace-Rules and Aeronautical Information Division, ATP-200, of the Air Traffic Rules and Procedures Service. Proposed changes or recommendedrevisions should be submitted directly to ATP-200after internal coordination within originating offices.Additional coordination necessary shall be accomplished by ATP-200. When revised, reprinted, oradditional pages are issued, they will be markedas follows:

a. Each revised or additional page will showthe change number and effective date of the change.

b. Bold vertical lines in the margin of the textwill mark the location of substantive procedural,operational, or policy changes; i.e., when materialthat affects the performance of duty is added,revised, or deleted.

Para 1014

•I

I

- II

I

II

II

II.1I

9/16/93

Section 2. CHARTING•I ..

•

•

1-20. CHARTING INFORMATIONThe Cartographic Standards Branch, ATP-220, isresponsible for coordination with charting agenciesand chart producers. ATP-200 shall furnish personnelhandling airspace matters with appropriate aeronautical chart cutoff and publication dates. Cutoff datesare 9 weeks (10 weeks for action involving flightcheck) in advance of the publication date to allowsufficient time for charting and chart distributionpurposes. Also, information pertinent to the development of the geographical description of airspaceshall be obtained from ATP-220. For example:validation of geographical coordinates, airportgeographic positions, true radials, etc.

PARA 1-20

1-21. DIRECTIONSDirections shall be described as follows:

338° True--022° True =North023° True--067° True = Northeast068° True-112° True = East113° True-157° True =Southeast158° True-202° True =South203° True-247° True = Southwest248° True-292° True =West293° True-337° True =Northwest

7400.2D

1-2-1

•9/16/93 7400.2D

Chapter 2. AIRSPACE CASESSection 1. RULEMAKING CASES

2-10. ACTION BY REGIONAL COUNSELThe regional counsel is responsible for draftingthe appropriate rulemaking document for publicationin the Federal Register and for ensuring compliancewith:

a. The Federal Aviation Act of 1958, as amended.b. Administrative Procedures Act (Administrative

Procedure: Administrative Conference and JudicialReview, Chapter 5 - Administrative Procedure).

c. Agency directives and policy pertaining torulemaking actions.

2-11. SUBMISSION OF AIRSPACE CASES TO IHEADQUARTERS

All other airspace cases, except military specialIuse airspace, shall be processed by ATP-200. Militaryspecial use airspace cases shall be processed bythe Military Operations Program Office, ATM-400.The regional Air Traffic division shall completelystaff the action proposed and submit a completetechnical description of the proposed airspace to

2-8. REVOCATION OF CONTROLLEDAIRSPACE

Care should be taken when processing rules withoutnotice that revoke controlled airspace. Coordinationshould be effected with appropriate user groupssince they may be adversely affected by the releaseof controlled airspace. Aircraft may be dependingupon controlled airspace for operations underinstrument flight rules. If any doubt exists, anNPRM should be issued.

2-9. PROCESSING RULEMAKING CASESTerminal area airspace designation within the UnitedStates, except Class B and Class C airspace, shall 1be processed by the appropriate regional Air Trafficdivision and shall be processed as outlined inPart 11 of the FARs, Subpart D, and Part 11.61(c).Where the actions involve more than one region,coordinate to determine which region will processthe case. Federal airways and Class E airspace 1within the United States may be included if theyare ancillary to the terminal action. However, toensure consistency with national airway plans, thismust first be approved by ATP-200.Note.-Guidelines for processing Class B airspace and Class C Iairspace are detailed in Part 6, Chapter 25 and Chapter 26.

2-1. SCOPERulemaking cases relate to the designation, alteration,or revocation of airspace by rule, regulation, ororder.

2-2. DOCKET LOCATIONThe official docket in terminal airspace rulemaking

I cases, except Class B and Class C airspace ,within the United States shall be maintained inthe appropriate regional office. All others are maintained at the Federal Aviation Administration, Officeof the Chief Counsel, Rules Docket, AGC-204,800 Independence Avenue, S.W., Washington, D.C.20591.

2-3. DOCKET NUMBERRulemaking cases shall be identified by a docketnumber which includes the last two digits of thecalendar year, the abbreviation of the appropriateoffice, and a consecutively assigned number. (Example, 88-ASW-46.) Numbers shall run consecutivelywithin each calendar year.

2-4. DOCKET CONTENTThe official docket shall include all petitions, noticesand rules, comments, correspondence, and relatedmaterial concerning the case (other than workingfiles).

2-5. FLIGHT PROCEDURAL DATAFlight procedural data (MEA, COP, etc.), as required,are determined by Flight standards field officesas a result of a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking(NPRM). If a rule without notice is to be issuedand flight check data is required, the regionalAir Traffic Office must specifically request thedata from the appropriate Flight Standards Office.

2-6. TRUE/MAGNETIC DIRECTIONSAll radials, courses, and bearings specified in anNPRM shall be stated both as true and magnetic,except magnetic need not be stated in terminalairspace notices.

12-7. COORDINATES OF NAVAID

•

1When a NAVAID is used as a reference pointin a controlled airspace description, its geographiccoordinates in degrees, minutes, and seconds shallbe included.

I .

I .,

I

II

I,

I.I

PARA 2-1 2-1-1

7400.2D

ATP-200. All background information includingcharts, complete with proper justification and appropriate recommendations, should be submitted. Ifairspace action is required to be completed bya specified date, regions must ensure that sufficientlead time exists for meeting normal airspace procedural processing and charting requirements.

2-12. INFORMAL DISCUSSIONSWashington and/or regional personnel may holdinformal discussions concerning airspace matterswith interested parties both before and after issuanceof an NPRM. However, these discussions do notconstitute prehearing or hearing proceedings, andthe parties shall be advised to submit their viewsin writing to ensure consideration. (See Chapter2, Section 3).

2-13. REGIONAL ANALYSISWith regard to airspace cases processed by ATP-200,the regional Air Traffic division shall submit toATP-200 the comments received in response tothe NPRM and a regional analysis and recommenda-

I tions within 30 days after the NPRM closingdate for comment. A statement concerning thestatus of the flight procedures data (MEA, COP,etc.) on en route cases shall be included withthe recommendations.

2-14. EFFECTIVE FINAL DATE OF RULESa. Amendments to Part 71 and Part 73 of the

Federal Aviation Regulations shall be made effectiveI at 0901 Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) and

shall coincide with en route charting dates asI furnished by ATP-220. Exceptions are as follows:

1. Those actions in which safety or nationalinterest require an earlier effective time or date.

2-1-2

9/16/93

2. Editorial changes.3. 70~foot floor Class E areas that underlieI.

existing 1,20~foot Class E areas.4. Those actions which lessen the burden on

the public, such as revocation of restricted areasor controlled airspace.

5. Class B and Class C areas shall be madeIeffective to coincide with the appropriate aeronauticalchart dates.

b. Cutoff dates are established to allow sufficienttime for charting and chart distribution purposes.Rules should be signed on or before the applicablecutoff date. (See current issue of Order 7031.20.)

2-15. PUBLICATION IN FEDERALREGISTER

An original and six duplicate originals of theNPRM or Rule shall be forwarded to Rules Dockets,AGC-204, for publication in the Federal Register.

2-16. DISTRIBUTIONDistribution of airspace dockets (NPRM's and Rules)shall be consistent with the procedures set forthin the current edition of FAA Order 1720.18.

2-17. PERIODIC REVIEWThe Air Traffic Service and the Office of the •Chief Counsel may conduct a periodic review ofregional rulemaking and nonrulemaking issuancesfor the purpose of maintaining uniformity in theapplication of agency policy and criteria.

2-18 thru 2-19 RESERVED

•PARA 2-18

9/16/93

Section 2. NONRULEMAKING CASES

7400.2D

•

! •

I; ,

• 2-20. DEFINITIONNonrulemaking cases are those concerning navigational aids, nonregulatory airspace,· ground structures,and airports where public notification and participation is warranted.

2-21. IDENTIFICATIONIdentify nonrulemaking cases by a study numberwhich includes the last two digits of the calendaryear, the abbreviation of the appropriate regionalor airports district office, a consecutively assignednumber within each calendar year, and "NR,""NRA," or "OE" as appropriate.Examples.-

1. 88-AWP-I-NR for studies involving navigational aidsand

2. 88-ASQ-I-NRA for studies involving airports.

3. 88-AGL-I-QE for studies involving surface structures.

4. 88-QRL-I-NRA for studies processed by an airports district office.

2-22. CIRCULARIZATIONa. All nonrulemaking airspace proposals shall be

circularized unless procedures for processing particular types of proposals allow exemptions to circularization. Each notice shall contain a complete, detaileddescription of the proposal including charts, ifappropriate, that will assist interested persons inpreparing comments. Circularization lists shall includebut not be limited to all known aviation interestedpersons and groups such as regional military representatives, national and local offices of aviationorganizations, local flight schools, local airport owners, managers, and fixed base operators, and localair taxi and charter flight offices. Some partsin this order include more specific guidance oncircularization.

b. Identify in the nonrulemaking circular anyregulatory changes; e.g., Part 71, Part 97, etc.,that must be effected if the nonrulemaking proposalis adopted. Describe the regulatory changes inas much detail as is known at the time; Le"radials, distances, and coordinates.

c. Regions shall coordinate with their respectivestates to ascertain which nonrulemaking circularseach state is interested in receiving. If variousagencies within a state government request copiesof particular circulars, the region may request thatone agency be designated to receive and distributethe requested copies.

d. Send one copy of each nonrulemaking circularto the Airspace-Rules and Aeronautical InformationDivision, ATP-200. Send one copy of eachInonrulemaking circular pertaining to military specialuse airspace proposals to the Military OperationsProgram Office, ATM-400.

2-23. CIRCULARIZATION INCLUDED INNPRM

Except for Class B and Class C areas, when Inonrulemaking action is ancillary to a rulemakingaction, the extent of change may be includedin the NPRM. In this instance, a nonrulemakingcircularization need not be made. The NPRM willsatisfy the circularization requirement and presentthe full impact of both the rule and nonrule proposal.

2-24. CIRCULARIZATIONDOCUMENTATION

Certificate of mailing statements for all noticesof aeronautical study, notices of informal airspacemeetings, and determinations issued for obstructionevaluation and airport airspace analysis studies shallbe recorded in each study file as follows:

AERONAUTICAL STUDY NO.CERTIFICATE OF MAILING

I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT A COpy OF THEATTACHED (notice/determination) WAS MAILEDTO EACH OF THE ADDRESSEES LISTED ONTHE ATTACHED (mailing list/distribution list number) THIS (date) DAY OF (month), (year).

SIGNED: (specialist/mail clerk/etc.)


•PARA 2-20 2-2-1

9/16/93 7400.2D


2-35. RECORD OF MEETINGSDo not take official verbatim transcripts or minutesof informal airspace meetings. However, the chairmanshall prepare a memorandum for each of the discussedaeronautical study files, listing attendees and adigest of the discussions held. Written statementsreceived from attendees during and after the informalairspace meeting shall also be included in thestudy files. Forward one copy of the memorandumto ATP-200. Forward one copy of the memorandumIconcerning military special use airspace meetingstoATM-400.

a 100-mile radius of the primary airport for Class IB airspace and within a 50-mile radius of theprimary airport for Class C areas. These distributions Ishould be accomplished through the facilities ofthe Airman Certification Branch, AVN-460, after Icoordination with the regional Accident PreventionCoordinator. Sufficient lead time must be providedfor processing and still meet the 60-day minimumadvance notice requirements. AVN-460 will need Ia lead time of 16 days from the receipt of thematerial until mailing. Additional lead time shouldbe considered for coordination with the regionalAccident Prevention Coordinator.

2-33. LOCATIONInformal airspace meetings should be held at appropriate times and locations most advantageous tothe gathering of all facts relative to proposalsunder study. The chairman shall represent theRegional Administrator. Identify each informal air- Ispace meeting held by consecutive numbers anddates. Example: "Meeting No. 50, February 15,1988."

2-34. AGENDA ITEMSAgenda items may be included in the notice ofinformal airspace meeting or distributed separately.Agendas may include airspace matters of a rulemakingand/or nonrulemaking nature. They should be distributed at least 15 days before the meeting andthose involving Class B airspace proposals shall Ibe distributed at least 30 days prior to the meeting.Items concerning aeronautical studies not on theagenda should not be discussed except when thechairman considers them appropriate.

Section 3. INFORMAL AIRSPACE MEETINGS

• 2-30. PURPOSEInformal airspace meetings are held at the discretionof the person/office conducting an aeronautical studyfor the purpose of gathering additional aeronauticalfacts and information relevant to the rulemakingor nonrulemaking proposals under study. Informal

I airspace meetings on Class B and Class C areasare required before the issuance of an NPRM.

2-31. NOTIFICATIONEvery effort shall be made to notify all aviationpersons and/or organizations who may be affectedby, or interested in, the proposal. The notice ofinformal airspace meetings shall be disseminatedin the same manner as the nonrulemaking circularsand shall explain that the purpose is to solicitaeronautical comments on the proposal's effect onthe use of the airspace by aircraft. The noticeshall describe the proposal in sufficient detail,including charts if necessary, to enable interestedpersons to prepare comments prior to the meeting.Notices should be distributed at least 30 daysprior to the meeting date.

2-32. SPECIAL NOTIFICATIONPROCEDURES

Based on the extent of known or anticipated controversy, the following procedures may be appliedto all notices of informal airspace meetings concerningobstruction evaluation, airport airspace analysis, special use airspace, and the commissioning/decommissioning of navigational aids. These procedures shallbe applied to all notices of informal airspace meetingsheld in advance of rulemaking action involving

I the establishment or modification of Class BandClass C areas.

a. Publish the notice in the Federal Register.The publication shall be as far in advance aspossible, up to a maximum of 90 days, witha minimum of 60 days advance notice for meetings

I concerning Class B areas. The notice shall identifythe name and address of the office where additionalinformation can be obtained.

b. Regions are also encouraged to make useof local newspapers, radio, and television to disseminate notices and information.

c. In addition to the methods described in subparagraphs a and b above, notices of informal airspacemeetings shall be sent to all known licensed pilots,airport managers/operators, and operators of para-chute, sailplane, ultralight, and balloon clubs within

•

•PARA 2-30 2-3-1

include the verbatim transcript and all documentsoffered at the hearing. The presiding officer mayrequest or permit additional statements or exhibitsto be offered at a later date.

9/16/93

Section 4. HEARINGS

.2-40. PRESCRIBED PROCEDURESPart 11.67, prescribes procedures for informal publichearings. Part 77, Subpart E, prescribes proceduresfor hearings on the evaluation of surface structures.

7400.2D

2-41. PUBLICATIONNotice of proposed hearings should be given toappropriate news sources in the area and shouldbe inserted as paid notices in local newspapers.

2-42. ARRANGEMENTSHearings should normally be held in the vicinityof the affected airspace. Arrangements shall bemade for reporter service and, if needed, a publicaddress system. The record of the hearing shall

•

2-43. SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTSOne copy of the hearing record, together witha case summary and recommended course of action,shall be sent within 20 days to the regional officeor ATP-200, or ATM-400 as appropriate. One Icopy shall be sent to AGC-204, or to the regionalofficial docket as appropriate.


•PARA 2-40 2-4-1

Section 5. CHARTED REPORTING POINTS

9/16/93

.2-50. POLICYCharted reporting points should be established onlywhen necessary to provide to MEA changes orthe separation of aircraft; i.e., estimating purposes,holding patterns. Reporting points should not beestablished solely for the purpose of communicationshandoffs, transfer of control from one sector/facilityto another, to define an approach control areaof jurisdiction, or to identify the apex of anairway dogleg.

2-51. DESIGNATIONOnly compulsory reporting points are designatedin the regulations.

2-52. CHART SERIES SELECTIONThe request to have a reporting point chartedshould be limited to only the chart series necessaryfor its intended use. For example, a reportingpoint established for the high altitude structureshould not appear on the low altitude charts.

7400.2D

2-53. FAA FORM 8260-2 (RIS: FS 8220-1)FAA Form 8260-2 serves as a request form, oras a checklist by flight inspection in responseto a request for charted reporting points, and asa record of action taken to publish the data.Whenever there is a requirement to establish, modify,or cancel an intersection used as a reporting pointor to establish, modify, or cancel a holding pattern,the appropriate air traffic field facility will initiatea Form 8260-2 as a request for flight inspectionaction. This form shall be submitted through therespective regional Air Traffic division.

2-54. PREPARATION OF FORM 8260-2Instructions for preparation of FAA Form 8260-2(RIS: FS 8220-1) are contained in FAA Order8260.19, Flight Procedures and Airspace.

•

•PARA 2-50 2-5-1

I

I.I

9/16/93

Chapter 3. NAMING OF NAVIGATIONAL AIDS/AERONAUTICAL FACILITIES/RADIO FIXES

Section 1. GUIDELINES

7400.2D

•

•

3-1. RESPONSIBILITYRegional air traffic divisions are responsible forassigning and changing names of navigational aidsand aeronautical facilities and shall follow theinstructions contained herein and in FAA Order7350.6, Chapter 1. The National Flight Data Center,ATM-600, is responsible for assigning name/codesto waypoints, intersections, marker beacons, compasslocators, ATC coordination, and DME fixes.

3-2. GENERALAll fixes located at a common point shall havethe same name/code regardless of type, altitude,or route structure. If one of the collocated fixesis a navigational aid, the other fixes shall beassigned the same name and three-letter identifieras the navigational aid.

3-3. NAMING OF NAVIGATIONAL AIDSa. The NAVAID name selected should represent

a city, town, or prominent geographic landmarkwhich is depicted on a sectional aeronautical chartat or near the site. If one is not available orsuitable, a local memorial name may be used.Assign a common, easily understood word otherthan a personal name.

b. The name selected shall neither duplicate norbe similar sounding to an existing NAVAID/fixlocation name within the originating ARTCC, theadjacent ARTCC's area, or a radius of 300 NMfrom the NAVAID involved.

c. Unduly long names should not be used.d. A navigational aid with the same name as

the associated airport should be located on theairport. However, in existing situations, a NAVAIDoff the airport with the same name as the airportmay retain the airport name provided there isno other NAVAID with the same name. If retentionof the airport name at an off-airport NAVAIDat a particular location might lead to a confusingsituation, then the name should be changed. Newlyestablished NAVAID's may be assigned the samename as the airport only when the NAVAID islocated on the airport. Where two or more NAVAID'sare located on the airport, only one may be assignedthe airport name.

PARA 3-1

Note.-For the purpose of this paragraph only, a compasslocator shall be considered as a separate NAVAID.

e. Instrument Landing Systems (ILS).1. Inner/middle fan markers (without collocated

NDB's or compass locators) and localizer equipmentare not normally assigned names. Localizers areidentified with the associated airport name andapplicable runway number in official writings.

2. All outer markers shall be assigned name/codes. If the outer marker is to be situated atthe same geographic location as a fix, it shalladopt the fix name/code.

3. All outer compass locators (LaM's) andmiddle compass locators (LMM's) shall be assignedname/codes. If collocation with a fix, they shallalso adopt the fix name/code.

f. Names and name/codes assigned shall be the"chart names" that will appear on aeronauticalcharts, in airspace dockets, and other official publications and records.Note.-FIFO's will coordinate names they assign to fixes withthe associated center to preclude similar sounding fix names.

3-4. NAMING OF WAYPOINTS,INTERSECTIONS, AND DME FIXES

a. To decide whether a fix needs to be named,see FAA Order 8260.19.

b. Names assigned for waypoints, intersections,ATC coordination, and DME fixes not collocatedwith a navigational aid shall consist of a singlefive-letter pronounceable name. These five lettersshall serve as the name, identifier, and computercode.

c. Regional requests for specific five-letter namesfor waypoints, intersections, ATC coordination, andDME fixes may be granted by ATM-600 if feasible.

3-5. ELIMINATION OF DUPLICATIONATM-600, in conjunction with the respective regionalAir Traffic division, shall ensure that no duplicationexists in location names of NAVAID's withinan ARTCC control area, adjacent ARTCC controlareas, and the 300 NM radius area described inparagraph 3-3b.

3-1-1

•9/16/93

PART 2. OBJECTS AFFECTING NAVIGABLEAIRSPACE

Chapter 4. GENERALSection 1. POLICY

7400.2D

4-1. AUTHORITYThe authority to conduct aeronautical studies ofobjects affecting navigable airspace is delegatedto the regional offices. The obstruction evaluationprogram shall be administered by air traffic personnelwith the coordinated assistance of Airports, AirwayFacilities, and Flight Standards personnel.

4-2. PURPOSEThe guidelines, procedures, and standards in thispart supplement those contained in Part 77, ObjectsAffecting Navigable Airspace, and are for use in:

8. The performance of functions relating to the

•

processing of notices of proposed construction oralteration;

b. The conduct of aeronautical studies of anyexisting object affecting navigable airspace;

c. The conduct of aeronautical studies of theelectromagnetic radiation effect of proposed or existing objects on the operation of air navigationfacilities (see Federal Aviation Act 101(8»;

d. The conduct of aeronautical studies of thephysical effect of proposed or existing objectson the line-of-sight view of all runways, taxiways,and traffic pattern areas from the air traffic controltower; and

e. The conduct of aeronautical studies of thephysical effect of proposed or existing objectson airport approach lighting systems.

•

4-3. GEOGRAPHICAL AREAThe notice requirements in Part 77 apply onlyto proposed construction or alteration which wouldbe located within any state of the United States,the District of Columbia, or any territory or possessionof the United States including the territorial waters(12 NM) surrounding such states, territories, orpossessions.Note.-Determinations on whether a proposal's location iswithin 12 NM may be obtained from NOS' Aeronautical ChartBranch (FTS 443-8075).

PARA 4-1

4-4. OBJECTS SUBJECT TO STANDARDSApply the obstruction standards to existing andproposed man-made objects including mobile objects,objects of natural growth, and terrain whereverthey may be located.

4-5. POLICYThe prime objective of the FAA in administeringPart 77 and in conducting aeronautical studiesof the electromagnetic and physical effects of objectsis to ensure the safety of aircraft and efficientutilization of navigable airspace by aircraft. Whilethe FAA recognizes that there are varied interestsfor the use of the airspace, when conflicts ariseout of construction proposals or the presence ofexisting objects, the FAA emphasizes the needfor conserving the navigable airspace, preservingthe integrity of the national airport system, andprotecting air navigation facilities from either electromagnetic or physical encroachments which wouldpreclude them from performing their operationalfunctions. In the case of proposed constructionor alteration, first consideration should be givento altering the proposal. For existing objects, firstconsideration should be given to the adjustmentof aviation requirements that would accommodatethe structure. This does not preclude issuing adetermination of hazard to air navigation on anexisting object (see Chapter 6 and Chapter 8)when the adjustment of aviation requirements thatwould accommodate the structure could not bedone without substantial adverse effect on aeronauticaloperations.

4-6. NOTICE PROCESSING8. The appropriate regional air traffic division

is responsible for processing Notices of ProposedConstruction or Alterations required under the provisions of Part 77 with the coordinated assistanceof Airports, Airway Facilities, and Flight Standardsdivisions. Notices of Proposed Construction or Alteration on obligated airports shall be processed underthe provisions of Part 152, Airport Aid Program.

4-1-1

7400.2D

b. Each operating division shall review all noticesof proposed construction or alteration received bythe FAA. An acknowledgment and/or determinationshall be issued only after all operating divisionsagree that the proposal will not create a hazardto air navigation. It is emphasized that this conclusionmust be reached even on proposals that do notmeet Part 77 notice criteria. With intelligent handlingand artful negotiation, more than a narrow, explicitapplication of the "acknowledgment" requirementsof Part 77 can be accomplished (see Appendix2-1).

c. If any element of the organization (AirwayFacilities, Flight Standards, Air Traffic, or Airports)objects to a proposed or existing structure thatis identified as an obstruction or that creates electromagnetic effect, the air traffic unit shall be responsiblefor writing the determination. If the proposed orexisting structure is not identified as an obstructionand does not create electromagnetic effect, theorganizational element that objects to the structure,for whatever reason, shall be responsible for writingthe determination.

4-7. FAA FORMS 7460-1 THROUGH 7460-11Standard FAA forms are established for use inprocessing notices received under Part 77. Usethe forms according to instructions contained inthe action sections involved; Le., acknowledgment,circularization, determination, etc. The standard FAAforms are:

Figure 4-7[1]. Notice of Proposed Constructionor Alteration, Excerpts from FAR 77 (FAA FORM7460-1)

Figure 4-7[2]. Notice of Proposed Constructionor Alteration, Worksheet (FAA FORM 7460-1)

Figure 4-7[3]. Notice of Proposed Constructionor Alteration, (FAA FORM 7460-1)

Figure 4-7[4]. Notice of Actual Constructionor Alteration, (FAA FORM 7460-2)

Figure 4-7[5]. Obstruction Evaluation Worksheet(FAA FORM 7460-6)

Figure 4-7[6]. Acknowledgment of Notice ofProposed Construction or Alteration (FAA FORM7460-7)

Figure 4-7[7]. Aeronautical Study of ProposedConstruction or Alteration (FAA FORM 7460-8)

Figure 4-7[8]. Determination of No HazardtoAir Navigation (FAA FORM 7460-9)

Figure 4-7[9]. Determination of Hazard toAirNavigation (FAA FORM 7460-10)

Figure 4-7[10]. Project Status Request (FAAFORM 7460-11)

4-1-2

9/16/93

4-8. SHIELDING - SECTION 77.15(8)Occasionally, a notice may be filed which is not.required because of the shielding provision of Part77.15(a) of Part 77. Apply the criteria of Section77.15(a) to determine if the shielding provisionis applicable. Do not apply the shielding guidelinesset forth in Chapter 7, Section 1. They onlyapply to proposals when notice is required andan aeronautical study under Part 77 is necessaryto determine the adverse effect upon air navigation.

4-9. CONSTRUCTION WITHIN AN ANTENNAFARM

A proposed antenna structure, or any other typestructure, that would be located entirely withinan antenna farm area established in accordancewith Part 77 is, nevertheless, subject to noticeand requires processing to the extent of determiningwhether marking and lighting should be recommendedand whether a supplemental notice of progressof construction or alteration is required. Thereis no requirement for making an aeronautical studyfor the purpose of determining the hazard to airnavigation issue. However, potential electromagneticinterference must be evaluated. The acknowledgmentis subject to the effective period provisions ofPart 77.39.

4-10. STRUCTURES EXISTING OR UNDER •CONSTRUCTION

Process a notice received of an existing structureor for a proposal on which construction has alreadystarted as an existing structure. Construction isconsidered to have started if actual structural work,such as laying of a foundation, but not includingexcavation, has begun. If an aeronautical studyis appropriate, apply the guidelines set forth inChapter 6.

4-11. STRUCTURES EXCEEDING 2,000 FEETAny proposed structure which would exceed aheight of 2,000 feet above ground will be presumedto have a substantial adverse effect upon the safeand efficient use of navigable airspace and willbe determined to be a hazard to air navigationunless the construction sponsor, at the time offiling, makes a clear and compelling showing tothe contrary.

8. Process a notice proposing a structure greaterthan 2,000 feet in height above the ground onlyif the construction sponsor has submitted the detailedshowing required in Part 77.

b. Return notices received without the detailedshowing to the originator for compliance with •Part 77.17(c). The acknowledgment should statethat the proposed structure is presumed to be,inherently, a hazard to air navigation and the

PARA 4-11

9/16/93

construction sponsor has the burden of overcoming

•

this presumption.c. Notices submitted in compliance with Part

77.17(c) shall be processed in the normal manner;except, send one copy each of the notice and

•

•PARA 4-12

7400.2D

detailed showing to the Airspace and ObstructionEvaluation Branch, ATP-240, for coordination priorto the issuance of a determination.


4-1-3

•

•

877.17 Form IIld lime 01 nollce.lal Each pe<son who IS reqUIred to nocify the Administrator under §7713 (ai shallsend one executed Iorm set of FAA Form 7460-1. NotICe of Proposec ConS1TUCttonor AllerillJon. to !he Manager, Air Traffic D,v,s,on. FAA Regooal Office haVing JunsdtetJonover !he area WIth,n Which !he constructJon or a~eration WIll be located. Copes ofFAA Form 7460-1 may be oblaJned from !he headqcarters of the Federal AVlabonAdm,nlSlTiIlJon and !he regional offices(b! The nolice reqUired under §7713 lallli through 14! must be subm'lted at least30 days before !he earlier of !he following dates-

III The date !he proposec constructon or a~eratlon IS to begin.121 The dale an applieatton for a construelJOn perm~ IS to be filed

However, a notice relating to proposed conS1TUCtton or a~eratlon that IS suo,ect to!he licensing reqUirements of !he Federal Communtcatlons Ad may be sent to theFAA at !he same ome !he appliCation for constructon IS filed with the FederalCommunICations CommISSIon. or aI any time before that filing.(cl A proposed struelUre or an aneratlon to an eXlsnng structure that exceeds 2.000feet in height above !he ground Will be presumed to be a hazard to air navtgatlonand to resu~ In an lneflictem utJhzabon of a"space and the applicant has the burdenof overcoming that pleSumplKX1. Each notice submrtted under the perllnem prOVISionS01 Part 77 propoong a structure In excess of 2,000 feet above ground. or an a~erabon

1hat WIll make an extstlng structure exceed that height must contain a deta!lec shoWingdirected to meeting thiS burden. Only In exceptJonal cases. where the FAA concludes1hat a clear and compelling showing has been made that rt would not resuft In anlneffictent utJliZation of IIle airspace and would n01 resu~ ,n a hazard to all navlgabon,WIll a determination of nc hazard be ISSued.Id) In !he case of an emergency Involving essenttal publiC services. publiC health,or publiC sa1ety, that requires Immedtate conS1TUCtton or a~erabon. the 30 day requiremem In paragraph Ibl 01 thiS section doeS no1 apply and the n01lce may be semby telephone. telegraph, or other expedttlous means, with an executed FAA Form7460-1 submrtted WIthin five 151 days thereaner. Outside normal bUSiness hours,emergency nclices by telepl'one or telegraph may be submt1ted to the nearest FAAFlight Service SlalIon.lei Each pe<son who IS reqUIred to nocify the Administrator by paragraph :bl or Ic)of 877.13. or toll. shall send an executed copy of FAA Form 7460·2, NotJce ofAc1uaJ ConstructJon or AJlerillJon, to !he Manager. Air Traffic DIVISlon. FAA Regooal0fIice having jurisdiction over !he area Involved.

Figure 4-7[1]

NOTICE OF PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION OR ALTERATION,

EXCERPTS FROM FAR 77 (FAA FORM 7460-1)

NOTICE OF PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION OR ALTERATION877.13 Conatruc:tIon or .n.mton rwqulrlng nollce, 877.15 ConatructIon or ~emlon nol requlr1ng nollce.

lal Except as prOV1ded In 87715, each $pO<1SOI who proposes any cA !he foIioWlng No pe<son IS reqUiled 1l:l nocify !he AdmlnlSlJ'il1Of 10< any cA !he foIioWlng consInJc·conslnJctIon or aJterillJon shall nocify !he AdmlnlSlnllDr In !he Iorm and manner lIOn or aJleraDon:prescribed in 87717' (a) Any object 1hat IOOOId be sh.elded by eXlslJng slruC1lJres cA a peITTIaneI'1l and

(11 Any conslNe1Kln or alIeralion cA more than 200 !eel In hetght above !he ground SlbsIantlaI character or by naturailetTaln or topographIC features cA equal or greaterIeII9I allIS SIle. hetght. and IOOOId be iOCaIed in !he congested area 01 a city, town. or sellIement12) Any conslnJctIon or aJteraIKln 01 greater hetght!han an IITlaginary surface extending where ~ IS 8'AJent beyond all reasonable aoubt 1hat !he slruC1lJre SO sh.elded WIlloutward and upward al one 0I1Ile following slopes: nol adversely aIIect salely In ilJr naVJgillJon

Iii 100 1l:l 1 10< a horizontal dislance 01 20,000 !eel from !he nearest pam 01 Ibl Any antenna slrue1lJre cA 20 feet or lesS In height except one that would ,ncreaseIIle nearest runway 01 each airport specified in SlilparagrapI\ (51 01 this paragraph !he hetght 01 anolher antenna slruC1lJreWIth alleast one runway more !han 3200 feet in ac1lJaJ length, excluding heI.porIs. Icl Any ilJr navigation facility, airport Vlsual approach or landing atd. aircraft arresl·Iii) 50 I'J I 10< a horizontal dislance 01 10,000 feet from !he nearest potm 01 ing device, or meleorOloglCal deVlce. 01 a type approved by !he AdmlmSlTalor, orIIle nearest runway 01 each airport specified in subparagraph 151 01 thIS paragraph an appropr;aIe miltlary service on mlltlary ilJrporls. !he localJOn and height 01 whichWIth lIS longest runway nc more !han 3200 feet In actual length, excluding heliporls. IS fixed by lIS functional purpose.liii) 25 to 1 10< a t-onzontal dislance 01 5.000 feet from !he nearest potm 01 IdJ Any conslNe1Kln or aJterillJon 10< whICh notice IS reqUiled by any OIher FAA regulationIIle nearest landing and lakeo« area 01 each heliport specified in subparagraph(5) 01 thIS paragraph.

(31 Any highway, railroad. or o1her traverse way 10< mobile obfec1s. 01 a heightwhICh. d ad)USIed upward 17 feet 10< an ln1erstate Highway that IS part 0I1Ile NatJonaISysl8m 01 Mlltlary and Interstate Highways where overcrtlSSlngs are designed 10<a minimum 01 17 feet ver1icaJ diSlance. 15 feet 10< any OIher public roadway, 10feet or !he height 01 !he highest mobile object that IOOOId normally traverse !heroad. which aver IS greater, 10< a ptlIIaIe road. 23 feet for a railroad, and for awalerway or any OIher traverse way nol preVlOUSIy mentioned. an amount equalto the height 01 !he highest mobile object that IOOOId normally traverse It, wouldexceetd a standard 01 subparagraph 111 or (2) 01 this paragraph.(4) When requested by !he FAA. any construetJon or alteration that would be Inan instrumem approach area ldefined In !he FAA standards goveming Instrumemapproach proceduresl and available Information Indicates rt might exceetd a standardcA Subpan C cA this part.

(51 Any construction or alleration on any 01 !he IoiloWlng ilJrporls lincludlng hellporls)Iii An airport thai is aVilJlabIe for public use and IS hsted In !he Airport Directoryof !he currem Airman's Information Manual or In either the AJaska or PacificAirman's Gutdle and Chart Supplementliil An atrport under construction. 1hat IS !he subjeCt of a notice or proposal onfile WIth the Federal AVIation AdmlniSlTation. and except lor milrtary atrporls. rtis clearty Indicated 1hat that ilJrport WIll be aVilJlabIe for public use.liilj An airport 1hat is operated by an armed for,e of !he UMed Slates.

(b) Each sponsor who proposes construCtIon Of alteration that IS !he subject 01 anotice under paragraph (al of thiS section and IS advised by an FAA regional officethat a supplemental notice is required shall submn that notice on a prescnbed formto be receIVed by !he FAA regooal office at least 48 hours before tt18 start of !heCOI1ISlrUCtJOn or alteration.(cl Each sponsor who undertakes construc1ion or a~eratlon that IS the subject ofa notice under paragraph (al of thiS section shall, within 5 days after that constructionor alteration reaches its greatest height. submrt a supplemental notice on a prescnbedIorm to the FAA regional office haVing Junsdtclion over IIle area involved. d-

11) The construction or alteration IS more than 200 teet above !he sur1ace levelof its SRe: or12) An FAA regional office advises him that submiSSion of the form IS requ"ed.

7~OO,2D

Soulhern RegionKY, TN, NC, SC, GA, AL,MS, FL, VI, PR

Southem Regooal OfficeAir Traffic DiviSion. ASO·53O3400 Norman Berry DriveEast POInt, GA 30344Tel 404·763-7646

Mail Address:Federal Avi8lJon AdministratIOnSouthem Regional OfficeAir Traffic D,Vision. ASO·53OP.O. Box 20636Atlanta, GA 30320

Nort"-I Moun18ln RegionWA, OR, Mr, ID, WY, UT, CO

Nonhwest Mountain Regional OfficeAir Traffic DiViSIon, ANM-53O1601 Lind Avenue. SWRemon, WA 98055-4056Tel 206·227·2530Fax: 206·227-1530 •

New Englend RegionMA, NH, VT, RI, CT, ME

New England Regional OfficeA" Tral!lc DIVISion, ANE·53O12 New England Executive ParkBurtlnglon. MA 01803Tel 617·273·7143

Eulem RegionNY, PA, WV, VA, DC, MD, DE, NJ

Eastern Regional OfficeAir TraffiC DiVISion, AEA-530JFK International AlrponFitzgerald Federal BUildingJamaica. NY 11430Tel 718·553·1228Fax: 718·553·1384

ADDRESSES OF THE REGIONAL OFFICESG_I L8Iree RegionND, WI, MI, so, IL, OH, MN, IN

Great Lakes Regional OfficeAir Traffic DiVlSlon. AGL·53O2300 East Devon AvenueDes Plaines. IL 60018Tel 312-694·7568

~IRegIon

NM, TX, OK, AR, LASouthwest Regional OfficeA" Trallic DIVISion. ASW·53O4400 Blue Mound RoadFen Worth. TX 76193Tel 817-624·5534

Mati Address:Depanmem of TransporabonFederal Aviation AdmimstrabonFen Worth. TX 76I 93-0530

CenI..1RegionHE, lA, MO, KS

Central Regional OfficeAir Traffic DIVISion. ACE-53O60I East , 2Itl StreetKansas City, 1.40 64106Tel 816-426·3408

W.lem PecIftc RegionHI, CA, NV, AZ, GU

Westem·Paclfic Regional OfficeAir Traffic DiviSion. AWP·53O, 5000 AVlabon BoulevardHawthome, CA 90260Tel 310·297·1365

Mali Address:AWP-53OPO Box 92007Worldway Postal CemerLos Angeles. CA 90009

AI.....nRegIonAK

Alaskan Regional OfficeAir Traffic DiVISion. AAL·53O222 West 7th AvenueAnchorage. AK 99513Tel 907·271 ·5893

Mailing Address:Federal Aviation AdministrationAlaskan Regional OfficeAir Tratlic DiviSion. AAL·53O222 West 7th Avenue. Box 1~Ainchorage. AK 99513·7587

FAA Form 7460·1 (1-931 Supersedes Previous Edition

4-1-4

Figure 4-7[2]


WORKSHEET (FAA FORM 7460-1)THIS IS YOUR WORkSHEET Please Type or Print on This Form Foon Approved OMB NO 2120-0001

•9;16/93 7400.20

•

•

0 Notice of ProposedAeronaUbcal Study Number

IJ5.Deoa\TT'l("f"llc-.~ Construction or Alteration~~Al:Si'."'riJtkJfl

1. Nature of Proposal 2. ComDlete Description of StructureA. Type BClass C Wori< Sc:!lldJje e- Please describe, on a separaIe SIleeI 01 paper nnecessary,

D '- Conslruction Dpennar>ent ~the proposed conslrUC1ion or aIleration.

D AIleralion * D Temporary (DurOllOl1 monlhs EndA. For proposals il1YOMng transmilling stations, include

* nAIleralion, provide preVIOUS FAA AeronautiCal Sludy NUmbe<, d av_:eftective radiated power IERP) and assigned frequency 01all proposed or modified transmitlers on the structure. (If

3.... _,-._ ~ num..... of1_•......, ___1101l, Me.~ 1Iw nol knOwn, give frequency band and maximum ERPj.......INClIon .... elterIIlion. (Number, Slreel, CIly, Slate. and Zip Code) B. For proposals invoMng lMlrtlead wire, transmission lines,

eIC., include the size and the configuration 01 the wires andtheir suppofting struclures.

C. For all proposals, include site orientation, dimensions, andconstruction maIBf'ials 01 the proposed or allered struclul'll

D. Optianlll- Describe the 1ype at obstruction marking and( I lighting syslem desired for your structure. The FAA will

Alea Code Telephone Number recommend appropriate marking and lighting for the

3B Name. address and telephone number of proponent's representative, rt different 1tIan 3A. above.struclure in accordance with the standards 01 MMt:Jt:yCircular AC 7017460-1. All FAA marking and lightingrecommendation will rellect the minimum acceptable Ievalat conspicuity necessary to warn pilols at the presence atan object. However, the FAA, under certaincircumslances, will nol object to the use of a system (suchas a medium intensity llashing wilde light system or a dual

( ) fighting system) CJlher than the recommended standard.Alea Code Telephone Number

4. Location Of Structure 5. HeIGht and Elevation ~--IA. Coordinates (~=~s of seconds B. Nearest CIly 01 Town C. Near.... publIC 01 mililaty airpoot A. EJevOllOl1 01 !llI8 above meen

Latdude 01 ,1 and State heliport. "ighlpari<, 01 seaplane base sea level."

Longrtude 01 ,1 "I' I Distance to 4B (1). Dislance from Slructure to neatest B. Hetght cd struclute including all

point of nearesr runway appIJl1enances and lig/1tlng aboveground 01 walet'.

40. Source of coordinate Informationfor rtem 4A. above. (21. Direction 10 4B (2). DlrectlOll from Slructure 10 airpol1 C. Ov8fall hetgl'1t above mean sea level

o g~:dSdh;rt DSu",ey D Ott1er Ill. + BlSpecify

l'ld'cate the reference oarum of ttl€ coordinates 1"nown 4E. Describe, on a separate sheet of paper. the location of the sde wrth respect to highways, streets. airports,

n NAD27 D NAD83 DOther prominent terrain features. existing structures, etc. Attach a copy of a U.S Geological Survey quadrangle map 7.5SpeCify mInute series (or equivalent, shOWing the construction srte. navailable, attach a copy of a documented srte survey

wdh the surveyor's certification.

FAILURE TO PROVIDE ALL REQUESTED INFORMAnON MAY DELAY PROCESSING OF YOUR NOTICENm,ce IS IOQUIree by Part 77 01 ttle Feeeral A"atloo ~"9ulah()l1s (14 C.FR Part 17) pursuaot 10 5ec1ioo 1101 01 the Federal AVlabOO Act 0/1958. as ame<'Oed (49 USC app S150\ I Persoos wI10k.nowmgry ana wllffully .... 'olate the NotIce reqUirements of Part n are sub;ect to 8 eMI penalty of $1 ,Q(X) per day until the nobce IS recerved, pursuant 10 5ec'tIon 9Cl (al of rhe Federal AVlatloo Act of'958 as amended (49 USC app ~ ' (.7 1 1al1 as well as the fine Icnmlnal penaltyl 01 not more !han S500 IOf the first otIense and not more ttlan S2.ooo fOf' subsequenl oftenses, pu~suanl to Secnon902'a: 01 ttle Feeerat AVla1l0n Act of 1958. as amended [49 USC app § 1472(all

I HEREBY CERTIFY that all 01 the above statements made by me are true. complete, and correct to the best 01 my knowledge. In additlon,lagree to obstruction marl! and/or light the structure In accordance with established maridng & lighting standards as necessary.

Dale I TypeD 0' p",'e<j Name and T.., a/ """"" FiI,"9 Ncl>Ce I~re

NOnCE TO PREPARER OF FORM1. Retain thiS Work Sheet as your copy. 4. Print or type all ~ems. The address area will be used to retum a copy of this form.

2 CO~lete and return the remaining copies.(See AbOve.)

Do at Remove Carbons. 5. Notification to the FAA does not waive the requirements 01 any other govemment agency.

3 Be sure all copies are legible. 6. FAA will acknowledge this notice within 30 days of its receipt.--

Agency OI8pI8y 01 Estllllllted Burdlln ForNotice 01 Propoeed Construction or A1t.-tlon

The public report burden for this COIlectlon oIlnfonnIItlon Is eatllllllted to .".... 1 hour and _ minute per reeponM.

If you wish to comment on the accuracy of the estimate or make suggestions lor reducing this burden, please direct your comments to OMBand the FM at the following addresses.

P..... 00 NOT RETURN your form to either 01U-edcI-.

OtItce of Uenagement and Budget -and- U.S. Depertment 01 TrMsp0rt8t1onPaperwork Reduction Project 2120-0001 Fedenli Av\IItlon AdmlnlstnltlonWashington, D.C. 20503 Airspace and 0bstI'\lcti0n Evaluation Bl'anch, ATP·240

800 Independence Avenue, SWWashington, D.C. 20591

FAA Form 7460-1 (1-931 Thl. I. Your Worlrsheet

4-1-5

9/16;937~OO.2D

•

•

•Figure ~7[3]


(FAA FORM 7460-1)DO NOT REMOVE CARBONS Please Type or Pont on This Form Form Approved OMB NO 2' 2n·0001,

0 Notice of ProposedAeronautical Study ~~ .... mber

~ " ~'-.:-cx~,_.~~

-"::-'.::'-"":;'0(.""- Construction or Alteration~ AVlQ'hon Adrntn."rohon

1. Nature of Proposal 2. Complete Description of Structure --A Type i B C'ass I C Work, Scr-edu,e DaleS Please describe. or. a separate s~ee! oj :;a.pe r ,j recessary

LJ fI.le ..... Corstr;,.;cllOf"l

Io Permanent

IBegIMIr'rg

the proposed construct:on or a!teratlonio Alte,allor * o Temporary (Duration __ mOnthS~ End

A For prOpOSal,S Involv:r.g trar;srrl!t!'r"1~ s:at O"'S rcuCeI ------- effective radiated power IERP: arC ass ~""ed !reouercy Of* 11 Aifera\lOr, pwvlde preVIOus FAA Aeronautical Study Numoer, II available ali proposed or modified lransm'!!ers Dr '!,"oe 51' ...;cture If

JA. Name, Iddress. and telephone number 0' individual. company corporation. etc. proposing the not known, give frequency band arc rra'( ml;rT' ERP,

conltruction or altefltion. lNumber. Street. City, Stale, and ZiP Code) B For proposals InvolVing overt1ead ....·'re, ~ransrT' ss,or i,nesetc. Include the size and the corfrguralior. 0/ !~e .... 'res andtheir supporllng structures

C For all proposals, Include site Orientation, dlfT'ErS,Ons andconstruction materials of the proposed or alterec S1r~CiU!e

D Oplional- Descflbe the type of obstruction ,'na"ng and( ) lighting system desired for you' structure The FAA w,'·

Area Code i ejephone Number recommend appropflate marking and "ghf,ng 'or the

38 Name, address and telephone number of proponent's representative. If different than 3A abovestructure In accordance with the standards of Adv·soryCircular AC 70 7460-1 An FAA marking and :'ghtn.grecommendatlOr"l will reflect the minimum accepta~:e leve'of COnSplCUlty I"'lecessary to warn pilots of the preS€"'-CE o(an Object However. the FAA. under cMa'"circumstances. Will not object to Jhe use of a syste'T' ,sueras a medIum IntenSity flaSt"l',ng white i.gt:t Sister""' or a d'Ja

!lighting system) other than the recolT':T1erded standa,cl

Area :X1e Telephone Numoer

4. Location Of Structure 5. Heiaht and Elevation - ..

A Coordinates 10 hul'ldre~hs o! seconds B Nearest City or Town , C Nearest pubi,c or m,,'tary airport A Elevalior of SIr:' above f""ea"I il;P"10w·" I

Lalltude ,1 al'ld State

!r,el:port II'grrpark or seaplane base sea ,eve'

0' n

----

Longitude 0' ,I \11 Distance to 461

111 D'stance from s:ructure to rearf>sl B Helgnt of structure rc "':: rg ani

po.,....; 01 nearest run't'way appl.',1ena!"'ces ar:=: 'gr~''''g a::;:.,e-

i grourc or '..... aler

4D SOUrCE of coordinate ,nformation II

for Ilem 4A above 1121 Direction 10 48 121 D,rect;or from slr"Clure Ie a1rpo:'1 C Overa': r-e 9"'1 aDo"e ''"''''ca'"' see ;0. e

o ~~:dSdr.~'rt o Survey D Other I :A· B!I Specify

I --Indicate l"'€- 'efe'E'''ce Cal .... - ::1 rhe c()O---;-~I'1.ales_;4 k~W'" I 4E Descflbe, on a separate sheel of paper. the location olthe s',le with respect to hlgnways stceets 2. -;JO""S

[J NAD 27 o NAD 83 DOther

IpromInent terrain features. eXisting structures, etc. Attac/'l a copy of a U 5 Geologica: Surve) Ou20 rar-'g,e "':":3Q "75

Spec'fy minute series (or equivalent) srow',ng the construction sIte. If availaole. attach a copy of a doc"ro"e;,',~: ~,te s..... ' .2,-with the surveyor's certification

FAILURE TO PROVIDE ALL REQUESTED INFORMATION MAY DELAY PROCESSING OF YOUR NOTICENot,co? 'S leqLpred by Pa'1 77 01 the Federal AI/laboo Regulations i1 4 C F R Par1 77) purs,-,ant to Section 1~ 01 at the Federa, A"al,on Act of 1958 as a.....e":o:-: 49 '_ sea::: _ 0 ::-:::·s ~;. t. ~ :

k.now ~]~y aM Willfully \iIOlale the Notice requIrements of Par177 are subJecl to a CIVil penalty 0' $1000 per day unllilhe r,Dtlce:s reCE."'oIed. p<Jrsuan1;C SeCl.G'" 9C~ a 0/ t~e =';':::0::>':::' :., a: J- :..:' :;~

1958. as arT"enaed (49 LJ S.C app S 1471 ia)\ as well as me fine (cnmlnal penalty) of not more tr.an $500 tor the first offense and n01 more than $2.000'or sLiDseq:.;erT ~l-fe"'ses ;",'::'2"':::: 5.;:' :;.'1902(a l of the Federai AI/!atlon ACl of 1958. as amended (49 U S.C app § 1472/a))

I HEREBY CERTIFY that all of the above statements made by me are true, complete, and correct to the best of my Itnowledge. In addition, Iagree to obstruction mark andlor light the structure In accordance with established marking & lighting standards as necessary,Dale I T,ped '" P"nted Name and Tme 01 Po""" F'hng NOlie. I S'goaMe

FOR FAA USE ONLY FAA will BIther return this form or Issue a separate acknowlel1gement

The Proposal: SuppImen~Nottee of ConIlruetton, FAA Form 7460·2, 15 reQuired any time the prOject IS abanooneO or

o Does not require a notice to FAA o/j,J least 48 hOurs before the start 01 construction

o 's not <lenti'ed as an OOstrucoon under !lily~~ FAR, Part n, o Within five days after the construction reaches rts greatest heIghtSubpa~ C and woui<1 not be 0 hazard lD na'fl9OllO'1. ThIS determlnatlQf1 exptres or. !.In!ess

D,s <lenlined as an OOstrucoon under the _ ~ FAA, Part n, (a) extended, revIsed or terminated by the Issuslng office;(bl the constn.Jct)On IS sub,ett to the hcenSlng authority of the Federal Communications CommISSIQf1 :FCC! anC ar appilcat'or

SuDpan C. but woui<1 no' be ahazatd lD na'fl9OllO'1. tor a CCW'lStnJCtJOn permn. IS made 10 !he FCC on 01 ~ore !he abOve explrallon dale, In such cases the oeler.r'l'\il"lat·or

D Should be oostruetMl<1 D mari<od 0 19'1od per FAAexpires on the date prescnbed by !he FCC 101 completion of ConstructIOn, 01' on me oate ttoe FCC den,es the application

NOTE: Request tor extenSl()l"1 01 the effective penod of thiS de.munatlon must be postmarl<.ed or delivered to the 'ssV'ng officeA!jv1S()ry Clrcuiar 707460-1. Chaplers at least 15 days ~or to the expllatlOO date

D ObStruct"", ma",'ng 000 hghtlng ate I'd nocessary ~ the s1ruCtUre IS sub,ect to the lICenSing alJ'ttlorrty 01 the FCC, a copy of thiS determination W!II De sent 10 lIlat ager·cy

Aema",s

HAD 83 Coordinates IUselhese~ tor!llly ,II II 01 'I nl I0, '1 n

M\Jre correspondence WIIh the FAAI Latitude . Longitude i I .fSSue(l II'" I SognalUfe I Oare

FAA Form 7460·' "·931 00 Not Remove Carbons

4-1-6

Form Approved OMB No 2120-0001

•

•

•

9: 16/93

Figure 4-7[4]

NOTICE OF ACTUAL CONSTRUCTION OR ALTERATION,

(FAA FORM 7460-2)

SUPPI.EMENTAI. NOTICESubmission Instructions: For Advance Notice of Actual Construction or Alteration Complete Items 1,2, 3A(11.

I'''~'"<'' ''""'"3A12i, and 6 If applicable, also complete items 4 and 5 Detach Pan 1 Fold and tape at bottom. Marl to theFAA Regional Office for your area Part 1A IS provided for your file

f~ Notice of Actual Construction or Alterationus Deoortmenl ot TronsponotlOfl (Please Type or Print on this Form)Federal A"krt;on AdmInilh'at1On

1. Construction_.A. Type and Description of Construction o New B. Owner of Structure

o A~eralion

2. Construction Location - HeightA Coordinates (To hundredths 01 seconds, "known) ! B. Location (City, State, include street

Latitude

wi01 Longitude

l. w I address" any)

01 ' I .C Construcllon Heights

'"" H"9"'~Ft AMSL I

(Structure & Site)Above Mean Sea Level

Site Elevation

Structure Height Ft. AGL Ft AMSL

0 Srte Elevation Determined By E. Reference datum of coordinates F Name of Nearest Public-Use or Military Airport

o Actual Survey o NAD 27 (Include Distance and DirectIon from the Airport)

o USGS 7.5' Quad Chart o NAD83

o Other (Specify) o Other (SpeCify)

3. Construction NotificationsA. Notification

(Notice is Critical to Flight * 8. ConstrucltOn Project

IDate DateSafety - FAR Part T7 Required) •

*11) Construction Will stan

I(Submll at least 48 hIS tn advance) (1) PrOlect Abandoned

12) Estimated Compietion II

*131 Slructure Reached Greatest HeIght (21 Construction Dismantled

I(Submit wrthm 5 days)

4. Marking and LightingA. Marked B. Lighted

o Medium Intensity White o High IntenSity White [] Red

o Yes C No C Temporary , o Dual (Medium IntenSity [] Dual (Hii:' Intensity C NoneWhrte & Redl White & ed)

5. Antenna Requiring FCC LicenseA Call Sign B. Frequency C Date Applied for FCC Construction Permit D. Date Construction Permit Issued

6. Preparer's Certification.... A. Proponent's Representative B. Construction Proponent~~ Name: Name:!i· Address: Address:

!~~

(Include Area Code) I

;t;:ica--ill:.;"e:

Tel. No.: Tel. No.: (Include Area Code)i:; I h.rebv certIfy that the information provided Is true, complet., and correct to the best of my knowledae.h Signature Title i Dale0:"

I8.'"

::le~!II Q."

NOTICE IS reqUIred by Pan 77 of the Federal Aviation R~ulations 114 C.FR Pan 771 pursuant fo Section 1101 of the Federal AViation Act of , 958. as amended 149USC app § 1501). Persons who knOWingly and wlllflJlly vio ate the Notice reqUIrements of Pan 77 are SUbject to a Civil penalty of $1.000 per day until notice IS received,pursuant to Section 901(al 01 the Federal AViation Act of 1958. as amended (49 U.S.C. app § 1471(all as well as a fine ICrlmlnal penaltyl of not more than $500 forthe first offense and not more than $2,000 for subsequent offenses. pursuant to Section 9021al of the Federal AViation Act of 1958, as amended 149 U.S.C. app § 14721all

7~OO.2D

FAA Form 7460·2 11·931 SUPERSEDES PREVIOUS EDITION ADVANCE NOTICE OF CONSTRUCTIONSUBMIT WITHOUT DHA Y

Part 1

4-1-7

7~OO.2D

Figure 4-7[5]

OBSTRUCTION EVALUATION WORKSHEET

(FAA FORM 7460-6)

9,'16,93

•0

AeronaullCal StUdy No

OBSTRUcnON EVALUATION WORKSHEETUS ()ppQrtrnl!'ft Of \'o"'PJI....., Specll"st....................11'....'

Pert I • Proposed Construction ON

1. TYPE STRUCTVRE 2. ELEVAnON AND HEIGHT (In '''')

I. Site Elevat,on .1 b. Structure Hetght .1 c. Structure Elevltlon IAMSL AGL AMSL

3. LOCAnON /Nearesl Clry. lown, anaSta'a} 4. COORDINATES

Latitude0

1 'I 'ILongl1Ude ) 1.. 0 'I "

5. MAP. CHART. OR SKETCH USED IN PLOTnNG .. COORDINAnON

Office Data

7. REMARKS

Pert II • Airport ON.

Pert III • Appllc:8tlon of Notice Crlter18

o HonCE IS NOT REQUIRED o NOnCE " REQUIRED

Structure Exempt Uncler' StrUC!Uf8 exceedS Notice Criteril Uncler:

o 7715(1) Shielding o n13(a)(IIMa..lhln200ItAGL

o 77 15(b) Anlenna 0' 20 It or less o 77. 13(11(2) Slope from airpon

o 77.15(c) AIT navogation or Iancling aid (Airport neme)

o 77.15(d) NOtice reqUITed by another regulation o 77.13(a)(3) Trlverse way

o Structure does nOI exceed cflteria 01 Subpart B o Structure in an instrument approach Ir.. (7713(a)(4))

o Str.ucture on Airport (7713(a)(5»)

Part IV - Application of O~tructlonS..,dlIrda • Structure Exceeds Obstruction Stanclards as IndIcated

o 77 23(1)( 1) A heIght more than 500 It AGL Remarks:

o 77 23(11(2) A heIght AGL or Ilrport elevatIon. whIChever IS hIgher.exceedong

o 200 It w,thon 3 miles

o 300 It. wlthon 4 mIles

o 400 It wlthon 5 mIleS

o 500 It wllhin 6 mileS

o 77.23(1)(3) A heIght that inc~ a minimum instrument lIigl11 altiludeWIthin a lermlnal 8AlI (rERPS criteria)

o 7723(1)(4) A hetghl that IncnI_ I minimum obstruction clearanceIltltude MOCA (En routa cnteria)

o 77.23(a)(5) The surlace of a takeoff ancllancllng area olin airport or anyImaginary surface .tablished under n 25. n 28. or 77 29

01 Surface:

02 Surlace:

03 Surface

04 Surface:

o 77 23(b\ A he'ght 0' I tr_ way exceeding

FAA Form 7460-6 ,,-&), SUPERSEOES PREVIOUS EDITION

4-1-8

•

•

•9/16/93

Figure ~7[5] Continued

7-100.2D

•

•

Part V • AppllcaUon 01 Airport Imaginary $urt8C8Structure HMght . .15tructure ~18¥atJon

AGL AMSL

o n.25(.) A hel9hl tlleeedlng • hortzongj aurf_ 150 fL 8boft RemtrU:.irpor1 ....,.Ilon within. rlldlu8 01 (named aHpOfl)

A"pon EI811

0(1).. ISO

5.000 h. lor utll,ty or .'su.' runw.ys

0(2) 10.000 II. 'or other runwsys HeIght

o n.25(b) A helghl tlleeed1"9 I comc.llUrf8Ct (Ilopee outwn4000 fL from hortzongj aurf_ II 20:1 ratio)

o 77.25(e) A helghttllc:eedlng I prtmery aurf_ (width ahown only)

(Lengll> 's 911l>er (I) same as runway 'engll> " rl>e runway does nOll>ave •specially prepared I>ard surlace: or (2) 200 It. longer on eacl> end II Il>e runweyI>as a specially preparacJ I>ard surlace.)

o 11) 250 'I. .utility runway With .,sual approach

o (2) 500 h. - utility runw.y WIth nonpreciSIon approlCh

o (3) Other th.n utility runw.y -

o (.) 500 'I. .,sual runw.y w,th .,su.t apprOleh

o (II) 500 fl. nonprecision ,nstrument runw.y with more thin 314mile vlSlbihty minimums

0 ,",) 1.000 ft. preCISion Instrument runway.•nd nonpr8ClSionInstrument runway WIth vlSlblhty minimums as low as 314 mile

o n.25(d) A helghttllc:eecllng an Ippro8Ch IUrfae.. Runw-r __

o (1) Width at wide end ,s: (width.t narrOw end same as p'nmary surt_l

o (i) 1.2SO fl. - utility runwey with .isu.' apprOleh

o (ii) 1.500 fl.• Other lh.n utility runway WIth .'IUII .pprOlCl'l

o (iii) 2,000 fl. - utility runw.y with nonprec,sion instrument IpptOIdl

o (i.) 3,500 II.• nonpreciSlon Instrument run"';.y other tIIIn utilitywith more thin 314 mile visibility minimuma

o (.) 4,000 fl. - nonprecision instru~ent runway other thin utilitywith visibility mInimums IS low IS 314 milt

o (.,) 16,000 fl, - precIsion instrument runway

o (2) Approach Surt.ee Length.nd slope ratio

o (i) 5,000 fl. at 20: 1 - utllitY'nd VI8U81 runw.y

o (il) 10,OOOfl.8134:1-nonprec,sloninstrumentrunw.yotherthlnutIlity

o (iii) 10.000fl.•tSO:l.nd40,OOOfl.8140:t-precisioninstrumentrunw.y

0 n.25(t) A height txeeecllng • nnllllon aurf_ /s/opea ourw.tdIrom side 01 prImary and epproach Sur/ICes •.7: I, .nd lim/red to5,000 n. eill>er side 01 approach sur/eee tleyo/'id li/ftils·oIcOllic.lsur/ace}

o n .28(.) MIII1ary airport aurf_

o (1) Inner Honzontal

o (2) Conical

o (3) Outer horizontal

o n .28(b) MIII1ary runw-r aurf_

0(1) Pnmary

o (2) Clear zone

o (3) Approach

o (4) TranSItional

o n.29 Heliport IUrf_

o (a) PnrTllfy

o (b) Approae/l (8:1 Civil; 10:1 Military)

o (cl TranSItional

4-1-9

Figure 4-7[6]

ACK.'JOWLEDGME~TOF ~OTICEOF PROPOSED CONSTRUCfION OR ALTERATION

1.aOO.2D

LJ S DepOrTmenlOf TronSP0I1or,or

Feet.ral AvialionAdminislration

(FAA FOR.1\f 7460-7)

IN ~EPl v RE~EQ TO

AERONAUTICAL STUDY

NO.

9/16/93

•ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF NOTICE OF PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION OR ALTERATION

CONSTRUCTION LOCATION

II: PLACE NAME0IIIZ0~

LATITUDE ILONGITUDE

DESCRIPTION HEIGHT tlN FEET)

CONSTRUCTION .eavE GROUND IABOVE "'SLPROPOSED

The Federal AViation Administration hereby acknowledges receipt of notice datedproposed construction or alteration described above

A study has been conducted under the prOViSions of Part 77 of the Federal AViation AegulatlonslOdetermlne whetnerthe proposed constructionwould be an obstruction to air naVigation. whetner It should bemarked and Ilghled to enhance 5afely In atr naVigation. and wnether supplementalnot,ce of start and completion of construction IS requtred to perm,t timely chartmg and notification to atrmen Tne findings of that study are asfollows

o The proposed construction does n.ot require a notice to FAA

o The proposed construction IS not Identified as an obstruction under any standard of FAA. Part 77. Subpart C and would not be ahazard to air naYlgatlon

o The proposed construction is Identified as an obstruction under the standards of FAA. Part 77. Subpart C but would not be a hazard 10air navIgation

o The structure should be obstruction marked and lighted per FAA AdVisory Ctrcular AC 70'7460-'. 'Obstruction Marking andLighting· Chapters _

o Supplemental notice 's requtred at least 48 hours before the start of construction and Within fiVe days after construction reaches ItSgreatest he'ght (use the enclosed FAA form)

•ThiS determination exptres on unless

(a) extended, reVised or terminated by the iSSUing ot1ice:(b) the construction is Subject to the Itcensmg authOrity of the Federal Communications Commission and an application for a

construction perm I! is made to the FCC on or before the above exptration date. Ir, Such case the determination exptres on the dateprescribed by the FCC lor complelion of construction, or on the date the FCC denies the application.

NOTE Any request for extension of tne et1ectlVe pertod of thiS determination must be postmarked or deltvered to the Issuing office at least' 5days prior to tne exptratlon date

o The proposed construction would exceed Part 77 obstruction standards and further aeronautical study is necessary to determinewhether It would be a hazard 10 atr naVigation Pending completion of any further study, it IS presumed the construction would be ahazard 10 air navigatIOn Further study:

o Has been initiated by the FAA

o May be requesled by the sponsor within 30 days of dale of this acknowledgement

o If the proposed structure were reduced in height 10 nol exceed It. above ground level ( It above sea level), it wouldno! exeed Part 77 obstruction standards.

If the structure IS subject to the Ilcensmg authOrity of the FCC. a copy of thiS acknowledgment Will be sent to that Agency

NOTICE IS REOUIRED ANYTIME THE PROJECT IS ABANDONED OR THE PROPOSAL IS MODIFIED.

ISSUED IN ON _

SIGNED _ • TITLE _

•4-1-10

FAA FOAM 7*,7 "·&31 SUPE~5EDES peEvlOuS EOITION SW OP-l (2/90)

•9/16/93

Figure 4-7[7]

AERO~ACTICALSTUDY OF PROPOSED CONSTRUCfION OR ALTERATION

(FAA FOR.c\1 7460-8)

7~OO.2D

US DeponlT'enfor Tron~D<Yl0110n

~4viation

Adrniniltl'Cltion

~ QEPl' AE'Ei=I ~'::

AERONAUTICAL STUey

NO.

•

AERONAUTICAL STUDY OF PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION OR ALTERATION


a: PLACE NAME

I~

L.... TITUOE ILONGITuDE

CONSTRUCTION OEsCQIP"ION MEIGIolT (IN FEET,

PROPOSED ABOVE GFl:OUND /.eOVE "SL

A notice has been filed with the Federal AViation Administration that the above descflbed structure IS proposed for constructionAs proposed the structure would exceed the standards of Subpart C 01 Part 77 of the Federal AViation Regulations and would beidentified as an obstruction to a" navigation Accordingly. the FAA IS conducting an aeronautical study of the proposal todetermine ItS eNect upon the safe and eNIClent use of the navigable airspace by aircraft and on the operation of a" navigationfacilities

In the study conSideration will be given to all facts relevant to theeNect of the proposal on eXisting and planned airspace use. a"navigation facilities. airports. aircraft operations. procedures and minimum flight altitudes; and the a" traNlc control system.However. only those plans on file With the FAA. on the date the notice concerning the above descflbed proposed constructionwas recell,ed. Will be considered

Interested persons are Invited to partiCipate In the aeronautical study by submitting comments to the FAA oN,ce ISSUing thiSnotice To be eligible for consideration. comments must be relevant to the eNect the proposed construction would have onaviation. provide suNiclent detail to permit a clear understanding. and be received on or before _Please refer to tne aeronautical study number printed ,n the upper fight hand corner of thiS notice

ThiS notice may be reproduced and recirculated by any Interested person.

ATTACHMENT - See Reverse Page

Proposal reviewed and comments stated in separate letter.

Proposal reviewed and no comments submitted.

Signature and Title

Representing

Date

S'G'EC_~__~ ~__~ ' ·.f ~_~ - __

•5>S""E:: ,~ ~ 2"

AIRPORT MANAGERS· PLEASE POST

COMMENTS INVITED

F..... Form7~e···"',S.~PE·SECESP.E.OL'E~·C~ SW OP-l (2/90) Supersedes previous editi

4-1-11

70400.20

Figure ~7(8]

DETER."n~ATIO~OF NO HAZARD TO AIR NAVIGATION (FAA FOR..\1746~9)

9!l6/93

•u5 DePorlmentOf Tron~pot'lOliO'1

feoderol AviationAdmlNltratlon

DETERMINATION OF NO HAZARD TO AIR NAVIGATION

...(~\" 111('1- TO

AEIlONAUTICAL STUDY

NO.


!.....a._

I2..

LATITLlDI/"OHGITUOI

OESCAI__TIOf'rf "liGHT I'" 'intCONSTRUCTION

AlIOvt GIlOuOoO I-"Sl.PROPOSED

An nronaul,cai siudy of Ihe proposed conSlruCl,on described abO... has Deen compleled under llle provISionS 0' Pa" 77 olllle Federal "'v..lIonRegulal,ons eased on Ihe study II,s lound Ihalille conSlruCloOn wOuld have no subslanllaladverse elftcl on tile sala and elf,clent ul,loutoon 0'Ihe na.,gable a,rspac. by a"crafl or on Ihe operallon 01 Air nav'gll,on tac,lohes Tlleretore. pu..uanl to ,"'aulhonly delegaled '0 me, rt is herebydet.rm,ned 11'1" Ihe conSiruCllon would 1'101 De a hazard 10 a" ""v'gal,on prOv'dedlhe 101l0w,,'G condltoonsare mel.

COnd,llons •

Supp,.m.ntal nOllce 01 conSlr~Cllon 's rlKlu"ed any I,me the prOlect '. abandoned (use the enclosee FAA lorm), or

o At leasI 48 hours belore Ihe sta" 01 construCIlon (use lhe e"Closee FAA lorm).

o W,th,n ',ve days afler Ihe construct,on reaches lis gre"esthe,ghl (use .he enclosed FAA lorm)

TnlS d~termlnatlon ~xplres on unlesa

la) e.!ended.rev'sed or !erm,nlled by Ihe Issu,ng offa:Ib) Ihe construCllon 's sub,eello 'he Iocens"'g authonly olllle Federal Commun'cllions Comm'SSlon and an applicallon tor a

construCllon perm,l,S made 10 the FCC on or belorelhe abov. e,p"a1,on dale In such case the delermlnalion e.p"es on tile dalepreSc"bed by I". fCC lor complel,on 01 Construehon, or on I". dale '''' FCC den,es IIIe nppliCAtoon,

NOTE: ReQueSI lor lI.te"Slon 01 the eftecl,ve period 01 thiS delermlnatoon must be postmarked or delivered 10lhe Issuing oftlce at 'ea1115 deyaprior to the ._p,r•• lon dale

ThiS delerm.nafion II loJb,ecl10 r.....ew If an Interelled party 'Ilel • petition on or before . In lhee.ent a peilloon for reView IS f,led. II shOuld De subm,lIed '1'1 Ir,ploCa'e 10 tile Manager, Flogi'll Informaloon and Obstruetoons BranCh, AAT- 210,Federal Av,a1,on Adm,""Slral,on. Wasnlnglon, DC 2059', and conla'" a 'ullstalemenl 01 tile basiS upon wI1OC:h IllS made

Th,S aetem,nat,on beComes 'Inal on unlass a petlllOtl lor ..._ is timell lilaet, in wI1ie" caMIhe oet.rmlnat,on Will 1'101 beCome Iinal pending dlsposlllOn Oll/'la petlllOn Interested pa"", Will be nOhloacl 01 llIe grant 01 any review,

An accOunt of 'he sfudy f,ndlngs. aero"auhcal ObJections, if any, ~isteredWith tile FAA eluring tile study. anelllle bailS lorllle FAA's Clacl.io.... lnth,s matter W,II be ICl<Jncl on the lollowing pagels).

If the struelure IS ...bJAClIO t". hcensing aut"ority 01 Itle FCC, a copy 0' I"is ClaIarmination will be sent 10 lhal Agency.Th,s delermlnal,on, issued ,n accordance wilh FAA Pa" 77, concernsllle effacl o"";s proposal orulle sa'e anelefflc;anl use 0' IIIe ".villableairspace Dy a"cralt and does 1'101 reheve IIIe sponsor 0' any comphance responllbillhes relal,nll'O .ny I.w, orelinance, or r811ulllion of anyFederal. Stale, or lOcal governmenl body.

•

4-1-12

I/G"EO T'lLt

FAA F_7~' Iz,w,)J 5u'ER5EO[S 'R(VIOUS (OIT,O"

SW OP-l (2/90) Supersedes previous editionPage 1 0' Paget •

•9;16/93

Figure 4-7[9]

DETERMINATION OF HAZARD TO AIR NAVIGATION (FAA FORM 7460-10)

7~OO.2D

uS Depor~menl

of Tron~porlOllon

~deralAviationAdmil\l$tration

I~ ~EPl y ~HE~ ~o

...ERO......UTlC...L STUDY

NO

•

OETERMINATION OF HAZARD TO AIR NAVIGATION

CONSTRUCTIO... LOC...TION

a: PLACE NAME0IIIZ

2III

L.A.TITUOE ILONGITUDE

CO"'STRUCTlONOESCR,Pi lOtio HEiG""T (IN ~EETJ

"SOvE GFIOUNO IABOvE MSLPROPOSED

An aeronautical study of the proposed construction descrobed above has been completed under the provisions of Pan 77 oflhe Federal AViationRegulations Based on the study 'liS found that the construclion would have a substantial adverse effect on the safe and effiCient utilization of thenavigable arrspace by aITcraft or on the operation of aIT navigation facilities Theretore. pursuant to The authoroty delegated 10 me. It IS herebydetermined that the construction would be a hazard to aIT navigation

ThiS determination IS subject to reView if a petition is filed by the sponsor on Or before In theevent a petition tor review IS filed ,t should be submitted ,n triplicate to the Manager. Flight Information and ObstrucliOns Branch AAT·210,Federal AViation Adm,n,stralion. Wash,ngton, DC 20591, and contain a lull statement of the bas,s upon wh,ch It 's made

ThIS determination becomes final on unless a petItion for rev'ew IS timely filed. In whiCh casethe determination Will not beCome final pending diSPosItion ot the petitIon Inleresl&d partIes Will be notified o11he grant of any reView

An account of the study findings. aeronautical obJections. It any. registered With the FAA durong the study, and the baSIS forthe FAA s deCISion InthiS matter Will be found belOW and lor on Ihe foHowlng pagefs)

It the structure IS sUb,ectto the licenSing authoroty of the FCC. a copy 01 this determlnallon Will be sent to that Agency

ThIS determinat,on. Issued In accordance With FAR Pan 77, concerns the effecT of thiS proposal on the safe and effiCient use oflhe naVigableaITspace by aITcralT and does nOI relieve the sponsor Of any compliance responsibllitoes reJatlng 10 any law, ordinance, or regulation of anyFederal, State, or loeal government DOdy

S,GNEO TITLE _

• ISSUED IN ~ ON

F...... F...... 7~'O (t-Cli SUPERSEDES PREVIOUS EDITION

SW OP-l (2/90) Supersedes previous edition

Page 1 of Pages

4-1-13

9/16937~OO,2D

Figure 4-7[10]

PROJECT STATUS REQUEST (FAA FORM 7460-11)

fOR"" APPROvED 0""8 NO 11}O-OOOl •US [)eparlmenT01 Tlon5PQrlOhon

~~

Admnistration

PROJECT STATUS REQUEST

... A(p\' ... "(f'fATO

A!RONAU~STUD'

NO.

CONITRUCTION LOCATION

i PU'Cfi_

Z

~LAnTUDE JLONGITUDE

CONSTRUCT1ON DESC"IPTION HEIGHT 'N FE£T/

PROPOSED -~ T--n"s concems lhe ebove llesC"becl proposed construcllon lor ..t"en you Wed notice ",Ih lhe F~el Ayjat,on Adminlslrellonon A cleltl",,,nellOn oJ no h8Zerd to eor nelll98tlOn ... issued uncler U. -.onMlticlll mJdy rwterwncecl 8boYtlWe ha.. no record 01 ne",ng _Yedeltner the requored nOla otllClual eonstructiOn or e noboe 01 prOjeclllb8ndonment PIMM ,ndlC8lelhe, ..tus 01 u. project In the spece below end lWIum ttl's en,"e 1et1... 10 US .. your un_I corwenoence.

S'gnalureAlrspKe $peeleltst •Our Ieleptlone number is

2 ConsJructlOh stalUi ill • IoIlOwS:

PROJECT STATUS

o ill not ebllnclonecJ

. II you _ eny q.-tlOns or requIre us.stance

o ConstructioG illICheclulllCllo lIeQin on or 8bout

o Structute rwed>ecl ita~ heoghl 01 ftAGL(ft. AMSL) on _

3 ObstructIOn Mer1led:

" Obstructoon LoghtecI:

5 The structure'

o HogJI InterWty While 0 Reel 0 Duel (Htgh 'nten$lly While end Redl 0 None 0 Temporary

4-1-14

o II not IUll;KlIo FCC liOInIlnll8UttlOrity·

o .. sulljeCl to FCCI~ authority, an eppliC8lion lor e consttuctlOh permit 0 lies ..... 0 lies not ..... folllCl wiltlthe FCC

NOTE: II the structure lies~ 8bIInclonecl. or. if the llructu", lies reec:t1ecl j'. greet.,1 heoght and i' _f1leesencllor Ioghled in 8CCOIlIence ",Ihthe ClelermmallOh. suIlmIIa'On ol FAA Form 7~2 IS nol requIred d It"s lorm il compleleclend lWIumecl.

_______________n.fl£ .,.--- _

,--"' ......---, (Also Print or Type Name)TITLE TELI_~"

N01ICf .. I'IIlIUItN"O,Patt 71Q1r"'''~.A'''0'I.......,...(r4C'R """'I~IOSKICIfI 'tJr ol,,. '...,....'Ol"cl~ 'M .. ....,...,'..USC ,tOl. "'10"' erlO.no-If'IQIrMflfl-"'..., ..... Me,.,c. .............,. oIP." 77.. IoUCllIK' '0. '.. 'C'....,.,,.nMf" Q1nor mror. """IXIJ'IJI ,.. ,•." 0'''''''.''''1'lOl' mror. "..,UQXJ'or il.oCIMO~n,

an.-.""""'IlD$eclIO"IDiPl''''oI'''F''.~Ac'OI'1SI........f.USC ,.71tAII

fM F_7~" '4.-31 SUP(AOEDfS "'E.,QUS [0'''0''

SW OP-l (2/90) Obsoletes Previous Edition •

9/16/93 7400.2D


4-22. PROCESSING WHEN NOTICECRITERIA NOT EXCEEDED

a. If you determine that notice criteria are notexceeded and the proposed structure will not causeelectromagnetic or line-of-sight interference to anair navigation facility, acknowledgment may bemade oq FAA Form 7460-1 as follows:

1. Check the appropriate box in the shadedarea on Form 7460-1.

4-21. EQUIPMENT WITH APPROVED SITINGCRITERIA

No notice is required under Part 77.15(c) forcertain equipment installations "of a type approvedby the Administrator" when the equipment is installedin accordance with the established FAA sitingcriteria. Equipment installed in compliance withthe siting criteria without waivers and which donot affect other runways do not have to be consideredunder Part 77 criteria. Some examples of thiskind of equipment not requiring notice are: windequipment (except supplemental wind cones);transmissometers (RVV and RVR equipment); radars(PAR's, ASR's, and ARSR's); instrument landingsystems (ILS's); visual approach slope indicators(VASI's); airport lighting installations (runway lights,in-runway lights, approach light systems, thresholdlights, runway end identifier lights (REIL's), andtaxiway lights); runway "distance-to-go" markers;aircraft arresting devices; visibility markers (RVO's);FAA airport traffic control towers (ATCT's); radiobeacons (RBN's); VHF omnidirectional ranges(VOR's); tactical air navigation (TACAN's) facilities;VOR'sITACAN's (VORTAC's); and microwavelanding systems (MLS's).

•

Section 2. RESPONSIBILITIES-SCREENING OF NOTICES

4-20. DETERMINING NOTICE ACTION 2. If marking and/or lighting is required, checkREQUIREMENTS that box and indicate the appropriate specific chapters

a. Apply the criteria of Part 77.13 and Part to AC 70/7460-1 on the line provided.77.15 to determine the action necessary on proposals. 3. Return a signed and dated copy of theThis requires application of Part 77.23(a)(3) and form to the originator.(a)(4) criteria to determine if instrument procedures b. When responding by letter or computer format,would be affected. Use of the checklists on FAA address all appropriate items noted in subparagraphForm 7460-6 is recommended to assure all required a1 through a3.areas are considered. In all cases, the effect ofelectromagnetic or line-of-sight interference to air 4-23. PROCESSING WHEN NOTICE

CRITERIA ARE EXCEEDEDnavigation, communications, radar, and control sys-tems facilities shall be considered. a. If notice criteria are exceeded, determine if

and to what extent the proposed construction orb. If notice is required by any other FAA regula- alteration will exceed Part 77, Subpart C. Coordination

tion, the appropriate division shall process the is required within regional offices whose functionalnotice under that regulation. Do not acknowledgeunder Part 77. responsibilities are as follows:

1. Air Traffic: The appropriate air traffic officeapplies Part 77.23(a)(1).

See Figure 4-23[1].2. Airports: The appropriate airports office

applies Part 77.23(a)(2) and Part 77.23(a)(5), including Part 77.25, Part 77.28, and Part 77.29 ifappropriate, see:

Figure 4-23[2],Figure 4-23[3],Figure 4-23[4],Figure 4-23[5],Figure 4-23[6],Figure 4-23[7], andFigure 4-23[8].

3. Flight Standards: The appropriate flight standards office applies Part 77.23(a)(3) and Part77.23(a)(4).

4. Airway Facilities: Regional airway facilitiespersonnel evaluate the potential physical or electromagnetic effect of proposals on air navigationand communications facilities and line-of-sight problems.

b. Each office shall forward the results of itsevaluation to the air traffic office for further processing. The air traffic office is responsible for issuingthe determination. A processing flow chart is diagrammed in Figure 4-23[9].

4-24. PROCESSING NOTICES UNDERSECTION 77.17(d)

Regional offices shall issue instructions for processingemergency notices submitted under Part 77.17(d)to ensure prompt attention by appropriate officeswithin their areas of jurisdiction.

•

•PARA 4-20 4-2-1

7-l00.2D

Figure 4-20[1]

SUBPART B-NOTICE OF CONSTRUCTION OR ALTERATION

§77 13(aH 1! ~ A notice is reqUired for any proposed constructionor alteration thaI would be more than 200 feer In height abovetht> ground level at ,ts site

§77 13(a)( 1) ~ Notice ReqUirement Anywhere

Less than200 AGL ~~ .f""r"y

,j

M,)'e :'lac,~tv- 200 AGL~

~~

... \ •. ' -;.;- 1'.; ',~,:J

• * \-._, '\:;:" '::'~] ~j , :-- e a

4-2-2

9tl6,93

•

•

•

• • •Figure 4--20[2]§77.13(a)(2~NOTICE REQUIREMENT RELATED TO AIRPORTS

"""""""" **~

Imaginary "Notice" Surface(100:1 or 50:1)

Subpart B - Notice of Construction or Alteration

Imaginary "Notice" Surface(100:1 or 50:1'

* **~(~____ Runway /\

-------~::=_t~==II=~IIE22?~=~':::--------TaXiWay.... "

Ramp

*Notice required**Notice not required

Elevation of neares' point of runway

~ Each airport must be available for public useand listed in the Airport/Facility Directoryor in either the Alaska or Pacific ChartSupplement; under constructIOn and the subjectof a nollce or proposal on file with FAA, and exceptfor Military airports, it is clearly indicated that ,hatairport will be avaIlable for public use. or operatedby an armed lorce of the United States. (Heliportsand seaplane bases without specified boundariesare excluded.'

§77.13(aIl2) - A notice is required for any proposedconstruction or alteration that would be of greater heightthan an imaginary surface extending outward andupward at one of the following slopes -

(i) 100 to 1 for a hOrIZontal distance of 20,000feet from the nearest point of the nearestrunway 01 each airport with at least onerunway more than 3,200 feet in actual length.

(ii) 50 to 1 lora horizontal distance of 10,0001eetfrom the nearest point of the nearest runwayof each airport with its longest runway nomore than 3.200 feet in actual length

(Note: §77 13(a/l5) requires notice of any proposedconstruction or alteration on each airport, includingheliports)

tN

L.

7~OO.2D

Figure 4-20[3]

NOTICE REQUIREMENT RELATED TO HELIPORTS

9,' 16,93

•.

•

Approach and

Departure Paths

NOIIC~

125 11

..&._-T

J--....A" ......

lahd1ng and

Takeoff 4rea

\Prlfnary

SUrfdCt=!!

II~

L Safety

fBarrler

-..-.........,-....,,;.----....-~------~--_.I_..II..-~----r- ---- ......r-- --..,.---,,-'

\'Curved Aporoach Departure .-., \

Paths also permisSible -- - I

ISud.:lct'!

W,dth 500 teet at 4.000 fee,from end of prImary surface

Eleval10n of nearest pOint of :he Landing and Takeoff Ar~a

Subpart B - Notice of Construction or Alteration

§77 13(aH2) - A notice is reqUired for any proposedconstruction or alteration that would be of greater heightthan an Imaginary surface eKtendlng outward and upwardat the follOWing slope

(111125 to , for a hOrIZontal distance of 5,CXXJ feet fromthe nearest landing and takeoff area of each heliport,available for public use and listed in the Airport/Facility Directory or in either the Alaska or PacificChart Supplement; is under construction and IS the subjectof a notice or proposal on file With the FAA andeKcept for military heliports It 's clearly indicated thatthat heliport will be available for pwbllc use, oropp.ratp.d by a Fp.deral Military agency

•4-2-4

• • •Figure 4-20[4]§77.13(a)(3)-Notice Requirement Related to Traverse Ways

17'.15' or 10'depending onhighway type

Highway orTraverse Way

Nearest Point ofNearest Runway

Imaginary "Notice" Surface(Slope as speci'ied in §77.13(al(211

Subpart B - Notice 0' Construction or Alteration

§77 1J(aKJI - Notice is required for any proposed constructionor alteration of any highway. railroad, or other traverse way'or mobile objects if of greater height than the standards of§77.1J(al(1 lor (21 after their height has been adjusted upward by

one 0' the 'ollowing:17 feet 'or an Interstate highway that is parI of the

National System of Military and Interstate Highways,15 feet for any other public roadway,10 feet or the height of the highest mobile object that would

normally traverse the road. whichever is greater. fora private road,

23 'eet for a railroad.For a waterway or any other traverse way. an amount equal

to the height of the highest mobile oblect that wouldnormally use it.

Runway

~~-/l:=:- Airpo.==~'-,,,,,,,,,-,,--I "-

I II

«:V'''~~piI(,_--''' Railroad

* Notice required** Notice not required

•

More than500' AGL *

Ground Level

* Obstruction to Air Navigation** Not an Obstruction to Air Navigation

Figure ~23[l]

§77.23(a)(l}--ANYWHERE

J Less than-..J'..y- 500' AGL **f~

Subpart C - Obstruction Standards

§77.23(a)(1) - An object would be an obstructionto air navigation if of greater heightthan 500 feet above ground level atits site.

• •

• •Figure 4-23[2]§77.23(a)(2)-NEAR AIRPORTS

•

Subpart C - Obstruction Stenderds§77.23IaH21- An object would be an obstructionto air navigation if of greater height than 200 feetabove ground at the site, or above the establishedairport elevation, whichever is higher -(a) within 3 nautical miles of the establishedreference point of an airport with its longestrunway more than 3,200 feet in actual length, and(b) that height increases in proportion of100 feet for each additional nautical mile fromthe airport reference point up to a maximum of 500 feet.

Note: Heliports excluded

Established Airport ElevatIonGround

Level

500' 500'

6 Nautical Miles

3 Nautical Milescentered on ARP

Airport ReferencePoint IARP)

ControllingSurface

500'

6 Nautical Miles

1500'

7400.2D

Figure 4-23[3]

§77.25-CIVILIAN AIRPORT IMAGINARY SURFACES •§

gCen

:::t

dO'--- J---......-,,-7"",--7 ,- E.

7 ,

Horizontal Surface150 Fp.et Above

ESldbllsned AirportElp.vatlon

20 1 f~rJnlCrll Sur/ace

Dimensional Standards (Feet I

•

VrSlJdl or Non Pq-"f"'c;'un 4.ppr,Jdl 11

'Siupp EI

A - Utility runways

B - Runways larger than Uldily

C VISibllqy Jnlnlmums grPdter than 3 4 mile

o - VISibility minimums as low CIS 3 4 mile

E - PrecIsion InstrumenT approach slope 1$ 50 1 for Inner 10,000fept and 40 1 lor an addl\!onal 4O.()(X) feet

V'sual Runwav on· PreCISionPrec:Slon •DIM ITEM instrlJment Runwav

InstrumentBA A

C DRunw3'r

Wid!" ,)t f.J',rndfy ::,urTdCf' ':Hl<.1

Sl"rfi:l';-P wlcJlh al 250 500 500 sao 1 000 I 000A ,wproac: h

rner pncl

Racj'l.s ._,1 '10r'lontal surfac,~ 5000 5000 5 000 100(lIJ

VI5licii Pr~c,:jl()n

.'\pprodC" InS[[l,rnPI1!

d( 0

;"PP;UdchA

C Approac!l Sl,rf,h:I'VVI(Jlh ," ,..,n(j 1 250 , 500 2000 3500 <1000 16000

0 Approclcn sue/acp !l-'nqt h 5000 5 000 5 000 10000 10000

E ApprOdCI' slopp 201 201 20 I 3d I 3d I

Isometric View of Section A - A

4-2-8

•9 16,93

Figure 4-23[4]

§77.2~MILITARYAIRPORT IMAGINARY SURFACES

7~OO.2D

l.J-e~-,-- -

G500' Above Airfield Elevation

H

D§,ti

•A Primary SurfaceB Clear Zone SurfaceC Approach-Departure Clearance

Surface (Glide Angle)D Approach-Departure Clearance

Surface (Horrzontal)

E Inner Horizontal SurfaceF Conical SurfaceG Outer Horizontal SurfaceH Transitional Surface

•4-2-9

•

Figure 4-23[5]§77.28---MlLITARY AIRPORT IMAGINARY SURFACES

Legend

A Primary Surface

8 Clear Zone Surface

C Approach-Departure Clearance Surface(Glide Angle) (50: 1)

D Approach-Departure Clearance Surface(Horizontal)

E Inner Horizontal SurfaceF Conical Surface (20: 1)

G Outer Horizontal Surface

H Transitional Surface (7: 1)

•

G

•

•916,93

Figure 4-23[6]

§77.2~MILITARYAIRPORT IMAGINARY SURFACES

7400.2D

500' Elev D

B

200'

1,000'....-~--25,000'----..r ---25,000'-----1IHI

Longitudinal Section

8 D0. +------- --------i~c.o

• --- - .... _-

_--"-O=:::::::::::....----,,L-..,,....------G

Plan View

Legend

•

A Primary SurfaceB Clear Zone SurfaceC Approach-Departure Clearance Surface

(Glide AnglelD Approach-Departure Clearance Surface

(HorIZontal)E Inner Horizontal SurfaceF Conical SurfaceG Outer Horizontal SurfaceH TranSitional Surface

4-2-11

9/16,937400.10

Figure ~23(

§77.28(b)(2)-C 7]LEARZONE-MILITARY •

•....

-----Where the natupward do n ural ground SiDzone below I~~ ~egrade the CI~:~grades ~ naxlrTlum allowable

---

(~!I"ar Ze-r,!",100;::O~----

Pian!\jlll!rl Se,ll!"'

200 ···-ICC~-------::: 1-...1_-1-

........ ,

Profilps!\jor 10 S~ale

•4-2-12

• •Figure 4-23(8)§77.29--AIRPORT IMAGINARY SURFACES FOR HEliPORTS

•Approach and

Departure PathsSafety Barrier

~A/- t- - 1.---- ---- ---

--......., ---.-~~-t ~:_t---__ "\

A Curved Approach-Departure \ \Paths also Permissible~

Landing andTakeoff Area

(Primary Surface)

Touchdown Area

------....... -------"--"1--

Peripheral Area

Width 500 feetat 4,000 feet

from end of primary surface

---+- --

ApproachSurface

Transitional Surfaces~., ~

~ (2:1) ~10" .... \ ~AJe • I ".

Section A-A

1.-250'

Extend to 4,000' from Primary Surface ~.HeIiPortApproach Surface

• \ Llilll:8 :r:l:I:S:J:/J::0;,;pe;.· ....:8::.;:~1 cS.I::\o.l:l~' •lTIlD·iIliii =.Profile

·Slope 10: 1 for Military Heliports

tNI.~

..,

7~OO.2D

Figure 4-23[9]

§OBSTRUCTIO~EVALuATION NOTICE PROCESSING FLOW CHART

Obstruction EvaluationNotice Processing

Flowchart

9/16(93

•

4-2-14

Notice)..Received

SecretaryRecords;" Receipt

SecretaryAssigns OE Number

SecretaryAttaches

OE WorksheetJ.

SecretaryRoutes

to Specialist

Forms Used

1. Form 7460-1

2. Log Form7460-5

3. DE WorksheetForm 7460-6

•

•

•Figure 4-23 [9] Continued

7400.2D

OE SpecialistCompletes Part One

OE Worksheet

(Standard Formnot reqUIred)

No Send to>--~Sponsor&

Mil Reps

Send Copyto Sponsor, 1---"0{ Stop

Mil Repsand to FCC

Ask Sponsorfor NeededInformation

OE Specialist Completes FAABox on Form 7460-1 or

Acknowledges on Form 7460- 7

No

"No

Cite ReasonNotice WasRequired

OE SpecialistCompletes Parts Two

& Three OE Worksheet

Yes

Cite NO!lceCriteria --Or- - -

Exceeded

•

"Coordinate with Airports, Airway Facilities, and Flight Standards.

•4-2-15

7~OO.2D

Figure Figure 4-23[9] Continued

©OE Specialist Completes

Parts Four and FiveOE Worksheet

9116/93

•

Issue 77 , 9c(3),..:Acknowledgment

Determinationof Hazard

Study Initiated

o

4 Acknowledgment~Form 7460-71

OE Specialist Completes FAABox on Form 7460-' or

Acknowledges on Form 7460- 7

Issue 77 19c131 4Acknowledgment

Determinationof Hazard

•

4-2-16

'Coordlnate with Airports, Airway Facilities, and Flight Standards

•

•9.16/93


7400.2D

•

Issue Circular Noticeof

Aeronautical Study

Yes~---..tE

5. Circular NoticeForm 7460-8

No~---..{E

•

List/EffectsAccommodations

if Necessary

4-2-17

7~OO.2D


9/16,93

•* Complete

AeronauticalStudy

6.

IssueHazard!

Determination

7 No HazardForm 7460-9

No

IssueNo Hazard)

Determination

•Send Copy toSponsor, FCC,Mil Reps, andAll Aeronauti-cal Interests

Yes

No

I1I

I

I Stop II'- - _. J

Send Copy toSponsor, MilReps, and AllAeronautical

Interests

No

Yes

Send Copy toSponsor, FCC,Mil Reps, andAll Aeronauti-cal Interests

Send Form 7460-11, Status Request,Prior to EXpiration Period.

as Appropriate

•Coordinate With Airports, Airway Facilities, and Flight Standards

•4-2-18

9/16/93 7400.2D

4-37. NEED FOR SUPPLEMENTAL NOTICEThe information submitted by construction sponsorson the actual construction or alteration of groundstructures is used for:

a. Charting obstructions to air navigation on aeronautical charts;

b. Giving notice to airmen of the erection ofobstructions;

c. Changing affected aeronautical procedures andoperations; and

d. Revising minimum flight altitudes.

4-33. PETITIONING INFORMATIONAcknowledgments issued under Part 77.19 are determinations and, except for those. issued under FAR77.19(c)(1), are petitionable. Include petitioninginformation in acknowledgments issued under FAR77.19(c)(2). It is presumed that a proponent inreceipt of an acknowledgment under FAR 77.19(c)(3)would request further study in lieu of filing apetition.

4-35. FCC ADDRESSSend FCC's copies to:

Federal Communications CommissionAttention: Chief, Support ServicesBranch1270 Fairfield RoadGettysburg, PA 17325-7245

4-34. DISTRIBUTION OFACKNOWLEDGMENTS

Send a copy of the acknowledgement to:a. The sponsor.b. The regional military representative.c. The FCC when appropriate (see address below).d. ATP-200 except when acknowledgment is

issued under Part 77.19(c)(1).e. Any interested party when a proposal is acknowl

edged under Part 77.19(c)(2).

4-36. FURNISHING FORM 7460-2FAA Form 7460-2, Notice of Actual Constructionor Alteration, is the authorized form for constructionsponsors to use in reporting the start, completion,abandonment of construction, or dismantlement ofstructures. It is essential that FAA Form 7460-2be furnished to each construction sponsor whoseproposed construction is determined to be an obstruction but no hazard to air navigation or will bemore than 200 feet above ground level.

Section 3. ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF NOTICES

•4-30. FORMS AND TYPES OF

ACKNOWLEDGMENTSThe receipt of each notice submitted under Part77 shall be acknowledged in writing. Part 77.19(c)provides for the following types of acknowledgments:

a. The structure would not exceed Subpart Cstandards and would not be a hazard to air navigation(Part 77.19(c)(1)). Acknowledge by FAA Form7460-1, FAA Form 7460-7, or letter.

b. The structure would exceed Subpart C standardsbut would not be a hazard to air navigation (Part77.19(c)(2)). Acknowledge by FAA Form 7460-9or letter. Issue this acknowledgment only afterdetermining that circularization of the proposal isnot necessary. FAA Forms 7460-1 and 7460-7may only be used in the case when the proposaldeals with temporary construction equipment.

c. The structure would exceed Subpart C standardsand it is presumed to be a hazard to air navigationpending further aeronautical study (Part 77.19(c)(3)).Acknowledge by FAA Form 7460-7 or letter.

d. A structure for which notice is not requiredunder Part 77.13 or Part 77.15. Acknowledge byFAA Form 7460-1, FAA Form 7460-7, or letter.

•4-31. PRELIMINARY STUDYIssue an acknowledgment only after a preliminarystudy has been accomplished to determine:

a. If there is any possibility that the proposalmay affect the operations, availability, or qualityof NAS facilities or the air traffic services neededfor the safe operation of aircraft. This shouldbe accomplished by air traffic and airway facilitiespersonnel.

b. If the proposal would affect an existing airport,future development of an existing airport, or aplan on file for a proposed airport; or if anexisting structure scheduled for removal was usedfor shielding or in the determination of anotherstructure. This should be accomplished by Airportspersonnel.

c. If there is a possibility that the proposedconstruction may exceed clearance or visibilityrequirements for instrument and visual approachsystems. This should be accomplished by Airports,Airway Facilities, and Flight Standards personnel.

d. The effect of the proposed structure on bothIFR and VFR aircraft operations. This should beaccomplished by Flight Standards personnel.

4-32. EFFECTIVE AND EXPIRATION DATESInclude effective and expiration dates in acknowledgments issued under Part 77.•PARA 4-30 4-3-1

7400.2D

4-38. SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS-48HOURS

Request construction sponsors to complete and mailPart 1 of FAA Form 7460-2 to be received atleast 48 hours prior to the start of constructionor alteration when:

a. An aeronautical procedure or minimum flightaltitude will be affected (supplemental notice earlierthan 48 hours may be requested to permit adjustments); or

b. The construction will be in progress overan extended period of time; or

c. The structure will exceed 500 feet AGL andbe erected within a relatively short period of time,as in the case of a TV tower.

4-39. SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS-5DAYS

Request construction sponsor to complete and mailPart 2 of FAA Form 7460-2 within 5 days afterthe construction or alteration reaches its greatestheight in each case where:

a. The structure is more than 200 feet abovegroundleveI.

b. The structure exceeds an obstruction standard.c. At any other time determined necessary by

the requesting office.

4-40. REGIONAL PREPARATION OF FORM7460-2

Insert the aeronautical study number, the city andstate, and the requesting office's return address

4-3-2

9/16/93

before sending the form to the sponsor. RetainPart 3 of the form in the requesting office. •

4-41. DISTRIBUTION OF EXECUTED FORM7460-2

When a completed Form 7460-2 is received, theappropriate air traffic office shall immediately compare the information on the form with the studyfile. If minimum flight altitudes require changeor the potential for electronic interference exists,notify the appropriate Flight Standards and AirwayFacilities Offices by the fastest means possible.Additionally, send copies of a completed Form7460-2 to ATM-600 for processing and to allother interested offices.

4-42. FOLLOWUP ACTIONTake appropriate action to determine the constructionstatus when the Form 7460-2 has not been received.Use Form 7460-11 for this status request. Insertthe aeronautical study number and the requestingoffice's return address before sending the formto the sponsor. After the form is returned andindicates construction has started, or is complete,ensure that notification is accomplished in accordancewith paragraph 4-41; however, Form 7460-11 maybe used in this notification process in lieu Of.Form 7460-2.

•PARA 4-42

9/16/93

•7400.2D

Chapter 5. AERONAUTICAL STUDIES-PROPOSEDCONSTRUCTION OR ALTERATION

Section 1. GENERAL

5-1. STRUCTURES SUBJECT TO STUDYConduct aeronautical studies of proposed structuresthat exceed Part 77 obstruction standards in accordance with Subpart D, Part 77, and this order.Also, determine the line-of-sight and physical orelectromagnetic interference effect of the proposalon the use of the navigable airspace and theoperation of air navigation facilities.

5-2. EXTENT OF STUDYThe extent of an aeronautical study depends uponthe impact of a proposed structure on aeronauticaloperations and procedures, airport operations andefficiency, and/or air navigation facilities. Thisinvolves coordination between Air Traffic, Airports,Flight Standards, and Airway Facilities; and, tothe extent necessary, with those persons and Govern-

•

ment agencies outside the FAA that have a validaeronautical interest.

•

5-3. MULTIPLE APPLICANTS FOR ASINGLE SITE

At times, multiple applicants may be competingbefore the FCC for the same license in the samemarket area and may propose the same communications band/frequency/channel using the same effectiveradiated power at the same location and height.If desired by these applicants and/or their consultant,a single FAA Form 7460-1 may be submittedto cover multiple applicants for a common site.The following procedures are applicable.

a. A list must be attached to each submittedFAA Form 7460-1 containing the corporate name,address, telephone number, and contact person foreach applicant covered by the notice.

b. The appropriate FAA regional office mustreceive prompt, written notification when the FCCdecides which proponent shall be the survivingapplicant.

c. The surviving applicant shall expeditiously submit an application for an FCC construction permitand shall forward a copy of that application tothe appropriate FAA regional office.

d. The surviving applicant must properly completeand return to the appropriate FAA regional office

PARA 5-1

all requested forms concerning the actual constructionof the structure within the timeframe requested.

e. All conditions specified in the FAA acknowledgment or determination will be complied with bythe surviving applicant.

f. If a preliminary study indicates that the proposedstructure would be a hazard to air navigation,a proponent may propose a decrease in structureheight to minimize or eliminate the objection. Anysuch proposal must be made in a prompt andtimely manner so that the additional work requiredto process the change will not place an undueburden on the affected regional office.

5-4. MULTIPLE SITESNormally, study only one site and height for eachnotice of proposed construction or alteration. Morethan one site or height may be studied simultaneouslyfor a sponsor if it appears justified and in thepublic interest. A sponsor may modify his proposalany time during the aeronautical study; however,except as provided for in Chapter 8, Section 4,once a determination has been issued, assign anew aeronautical study number and process anymodification received as a new proposal.

5-5. MULTIPLE STRUCTURESConsider multiple-structure proposals as a singleproposal when the structures would be closelygrouped as in an antenna array, windmill clusters,housing development, cluster of buildings, or autility pole line. Consider multiple-structure proposals, such as microwave relay system towers, asseparate structures requiring separate notice andstudy.

5--6. CIVIL AIRPORT SURFACESCivil airport imaginary surfaces related to runwaysand heliports are defined in Part 77.25 and Part77.29. Civil airport imaginary surfaces are basedupon the use of each runway according to thetype of approach (visual, nonprecision, or precision)available or planned for each runway end andthe type runway (utility or other than utility).(See Figure 5-6[1].) Heliport imaginary surfacesare based upon the size of the takeoff and landingarea. (See AC 150/5390-1, Heliport Design Guide.)

5-1-1

7400.2D

Note.- Part 77.25 does not make provisions for precisionapproaches to utility runways. In these situations, use precisionstandards for other than utility runways to develop the primary,approach, and transition surfaces.

8. Runway End: The appropriate runway imaginarysurface shall be applied to the primary surfacerelated to the physical end of the specific runwaysurface usable for either takeoff or landing. Ifthe runway threshold has been previously relocatedso that a portion of the runway has been permanentlyclosed to all takeoffs and landings, consider therelocated threshold to be the end of the runwaysurface.Note.- A "relocated" threshold permanently closes a portionof a runway to takeoffs and landings. A "displaced" thresholddoes not close that portion of the runway for takeoffs. (See AC150/5300.4, Appendix 9.)

b. Approach Surface Elevation: Use the runwaycenterline elevatiOn at the runway end as the elevationfrom which the approach surface begins (Part 77.25).

c. Planned Runway Configuration: Consider theplanned runway configuration and use it whenthere is a plan on file with the FAA or withan appropriate military service to extend the runwayand/or upgrade its use.

5-7. VFR AIRPORTSFor the purpose of applying the standards of Part77, Subpart C, consider runways which were constructed to the former "VFR Airport" standardsand have not been updated to be either "utility"or "other than utility," depending on the typeof existing or planned aircraft operations.

5-8. MILITARY AIRPORT SURFACESThe obstruction standards in Part 77.28, MilitaryAirport Imaginary Surfaces, are applicable onlyto military airports operated by a military serviceof the United States. Apply the Civil AirportImaginary Surfaces, (Part 77.25) to civil operatedjoint-use airports.

5-9. TERMINAL OBSTACLE CLEARANCEAREA

The terminal obstacle clearance area specified inPart 77.23(a)(3) includes the initial, intermediate,final, and missed approach segments of an instrumentapproach procedure and the circling approach andinstrument departure areas as prescribed in FAAOrder 8260.3, U.S. Standard Terminal InstrumentProcedures (TERPS).

5-10. EN ROUTE OBSTACLE CLEARANCEAREA

The en route obstacle clearance area specifiedin Part 77.23(a)(4) is applicable when evaluatingthe effect of an object on an airway, a feeder

5-1-2

9/16/93

route, or an approved off-airway route (direct route)as prescribed in TERPS, Chapter 17.

5-11. STUDY ACTIONSIf the proposed structure exceeds any Part 77,Subpart C, Obstruction Standards, a study shallbe conducted to identify the effects of the proposalon the use of the navigable airspace by aircraftand the operation of air navigation facilities. Whena problem is identified, notify other divisions thatmay be affected. Use Form 7460-6, or other meansnecessary to document the effect.

8. Air Traffic: The appropriate Air Traffic personnel shall study the effect on aeronautical operations,air traffic control procedures, and airport trafficpatterns plus take the following actions as appropriate:

1. Issue a Determination of No Hazard toAir Navigation when a proposed structure wouldhave no substantial adverse effect. If required,circularize the proposal and evaluate valid aeronautical comments before issuing the determination.

2. Negotiate with the construction sponsor torevise a proposal so as to eliminate the problemwhen a proposed structure would have an adverseeffect. If the sponsor agrees to revise the proposalso that it does not exceed Part 77 ObstructionStandards and would have no adverse effect, thenterminate the aeronautical study and acknowledgethe revised proposal.

3. Issue a Determination of No Hazard toAir Navigation when aviation requirements thatwould accommodate the structure can be adjustedwithout substantial adverse effect on the safe andefficient use of the navigable airspace by aircraftor on the operation of air navigation facilities,or if a revision of the proposal is negotiatedso as to mitigate the substantial adverse effect.Before issuing the determination, take the actionset forth in Part 77.35(b)(1).

4. Issue a Determination of Hazard to AirNavigation when negotiations with the proponentare not sufficiently successful to eliminate thesubstantial adverse effect and the affected aeronauticaloperations and procedures cannot be adjusted toaccommodate the structure without a substantialadverse effect. Before issuing the determination,take the actions set forth in Part 77.35(b)(1).

5. Specify marking and lighting recommendations/provisions as appropriate.

b. Flight Standards: Areas to be evaluated bythe appropriate Flight Standards personnel include,but are not specifically limited to the following:

1. VFR Traffic: The effect of the constructionor alteration on VFR routes, VFR terminal operations,and other concentrations of VFR traffic. When

PARA 5-11

•

•

•

•

•

•

9/16/93

requested by air traffic, evaluate the mitigationof adverse effect on VFR operations through theinstallation and operation of high intensity whiteobstruction lights.

2. IFR-Terminal Area: The effect upon terminalarea IFR operations, including transitions, radarvectoring, holding, STAR's, SID's, any segmentof a SlAP, including proposed instrument procedures,and departure areas.

3. IFR-En Route. The effect of the proposedconstruction or alteration on MEA's, MOCA's,MCA's, MHA's, and turning and termination areas.

4. Interference. Coordinate with Air Traffic andAirway Facilities personnel to determine whetherthere may be interference with navigation facilityperformance, and identify the effect of this interference on any terminal or en route procedure.

5. Procedural Adjustments: If the structure willaffect an instrument flight procedure, provide astatement as to what adjustments can be madeto the procedure/structure to eliminate the adverseeffects. Some procedural changes may require anenvironmental assessment.

c. Airports: Action by appropriate Airports personnel shall include:

1. Evaluating the effect of the proposal onexisting and planned airports (plans on file) includingpotential restrictions/impacts on airport operations,capacity, efficiency, and development.

2. Making recommendations for procedure/structure revisions that would eliminate adverse effect.

d. Airway Facilities: The appropriate AirwayFacilities personnel shall evaluate the electromagnetic/physical effect on air navigation facilities including:

1. Effect on the availability or quality of navigational or communications signals to or from aircraft,including lighting systems.

2. Effect on ground-based communications andnavigation aid equipment, and the signal pathsbetween ground-based and airborne equipments.

PARA 5-12

7400.2D

3. Effect on the availability or quality of airtraffic services needed for the safe operation ofaircraft; i.e., ground-based primary and secondaryradar, direction finders, air traffic control towerline~f-sight visibility, the effects of sunlight reflection from glass covered structures, powerlines, orbuildings near a navigation aid, communicationsfacilities, and on the signal paths betweenground-based and airborne equipment.

4. Recommendations or revisions that may benecessary to minimize or eliminate adverse effect.

5-12. NEGOTIATIONSWhether a study is conducted under Part 77 orthe Federal Aviation Act, attempt to negotiate asolution to any adverse effects on aeronauticaloperations or air navigation facilities with theconstruction sponsor. Do not encourage heightswhich would exceed those requested by the sponsoror the standards of Subpart C, Part 77, exceptto recommend collocation of the proposal withother structures of equal or greater heights. Includein the aeronautical study file and in the determinationa record of all the negotiations attempted andthe results.

5-13. POLICY ON RELEASE OFINFORMATION

Requests from the public for access to or copiesof information contained in obstruction evaluationstudy files are occasionally made to the regionaloffices. Such requests shall be processed in accordance with the provisions of the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552), as implemented by Part7 of the Department of Transportation Regulationsand FAA Order 1200.23.


5-1-3

9,16,937400.2D

Figure 5-6[1]

FAR PART 77, APPROACH SURFACE DATA •Approach/Opposite

Runway End Combinations

Runway

Type

Rwy UseAvad Planned Approach Surface Dimensions Slopes and Flare Ratios

length Inner Outer Slope Flare

l W,dth-W Width-W' Ratio Ratlo-A

NPNP

NP-------- -- -- ---------

5000 250 1 250 20 1 1 1

5.000 250 1.250 201 _-'-1_' _

5000 500 1 250 20 1 075 1

_~QQQ__I____---500-_1--- 2 OOJ 20 1 I---__~ _

5000 500 2.000 20 t 15'

5 000 500 2 OOJ 20 1 15 1

---- f---V--

v

v

50000

5000::'

10000

50000

vv---- --- - -

V

NP 3 4·----------- ----

!fJ V>-<I: NP 3 4SZ V:::cr P>->- I\JP 3 4·:i>- NP 3 4·::JZ NP 3 4·:5 NP 3 4

::: NP 3 4-

P;::, NP 3 4

NP 3 4

.,<P 3 4

"P

P

5 000 500 1 500 20 1 1 1

__~.2()~ 1-----__ 500 1 500 20 1 1 1

5000 500 1 500 20 1 , 1

f--- __--'_0 009_ 500 3 500 34 1 '-~'_ _

5 000 1 000 1 500 20 1 05 1

_ ---'-9_000 _l_~~ 4. OOJ~ 1 _-.-l2.-'--__5 000 1 000 1 500 20 1 05 1

__~9_000_ _ _~QQQ_ 16 000 50 1 4Q_~__ '--___--..1.2'

_10 000 500 3 500 34 , 15 1

__I~Q9__ 500 ..._.. _.,.3_~~ __3.4_1_--- '~ I10000 1000 3500 341 1251

_19_QOO _IJ)OQ ~QQQ_ _ _3'!.L 15 1

1000C 1 000 3 500 34 1 125 I

S(> 000 I 000 16 000 ~Q.J_.'!.Q_~_ I- 15 1

1°000 1 000 4 000 34 1 15 1

10 000 1 000 4 000 34 1 15 1_. ---- -- -------- ---- ----- ------- -

, 000 4 000 34 1 1:' 1

_LQQQ. ~..Q.. ~4.Q.J.. 151

1 000 '6 000 50 1 40 1 1:' 1

1 000 16 000 50 1 40 1 15 1

•\. SUcl! ....... P NonprPl.'

P pr>-,c soon

3 4· V s'bll,ty M,nr<nurT's More Than 3 4 SM

3 4 'JI",bJl,~y Minimums As Low As 3 4 SM

EXAMPLE

Approach End .1

y d,starlce from runway centerline to edge of the aporoach surface

d dlStancp fr~}r"":1 pnd 01 prlfT'.d''r surface at WhiCh, proposed construction IS 90~ from extended runl/vay cenlerllne

Scl"';.J·'~ US" ;J'U['i~'''- PrUPo,,~(j SirdCi,iCe would be localed by measurement to be 20.000 feet from the end of the primary surface

iHl(1 3 40() '-..-' 31 9rJ tr'Jrrl i'le p,terlCled centerline of a preCISion runway (Refer 10 Section 77 21(bi for relation of p"marysurface to

t'r,d 01 Cui""d, ' T') delt"-' ne w'lelhpr '1 wDulei fail w,t!lln n-,e approach surface of that runway apply the follOWing formula

-d'A+:,;y2

20 000' I5 . 1 0002

3 000 ~ 500 3500 istructure would be Within approach surlacel

•5-1-4 PARA 5-14

9/16/93

Section 2. CIRCULARIZATION

7400.2D

• 5-20. POLICYI The Regional Administrator or his designee shall

determine when it is necessary to distribute apublic notice of intent to conduct an aeronauticalstudy under Part 77, Subpart D. Normally, anyproposed structure that would affect an airportor require a change in aeronautical operations orprocedures should always be circularized in accordance with nonrulemaking procedures specified inChapter 2, Section 2. Circularization should notbe necessary for the following types of proposals:

a. Reduction in height of an existing structure.b. The proposed structure would be located on

a site in proximity to another previously studiedproposal, would have no greater effect on aeronauticaloperations and procedures, and the basis for thedetermination issued under the previous study couldbe appropriately applied.

c. A proposed structure would replace an existingor destroyed structure, would be located on thesame site would be at the same or lower heightas the original structure, and would be markedand/or lighted under the same provisions as theoriginal structures.

•

Note.-This does not preclude the imposition of additionalmarkingllighting for added conspicuity.

d. The proposed structure would be in proximityto, and would have no greater effect than, apreviously studied existing structure, and there isno plan on file with the FAA to alter or removethe existing structure.

e. A proposed structure would be temporary,and appropriate temporary actions can be takento accommodate the structure without an unduehardship on aviation.

f. A proposal found to have substantial adverseeffect based on an internal FAA study.

•

5-21. NOTICE OF AERONAUTICAL STUDYCircularizing a notice of aeronautical study providesthe opportunity for interested persons to participateby submitting comments for consideration. UseFAA Form 7460-8, to notify interested personsof the study being conducted under Part 77. Supplement the printed information on the form as follows:

a. List the standard of Part 77, Subpart C, exceededand the number of feet by which the proposedstructure would exceed the standard/so

b. Explain the probable effects of the proposalin sufficient detail to assist interested persons informulating comments on how the proposal wouldaffect aeronautical operations.

PARA 5-20

c. Include with the notice, as appropriate, illustrations or graphics depicting the location of theproposed structure:

1. On-airport proposals: Use airport layout plansor best available graphic.

2. Off-airport proposals: Use the appropriateaeronautical chart. Additional illustrations may beincluded, as necessary.

5-22. COMMENT PERIODAlways specify the date for comments to be receivedin the notice of aeronautical study. The date established should normally allow interested persons30 days in which to submit comments, but ashorter comment period may be established dependingupon circumstances.

5-23. STANDARD DISTRIBUTIONCircular notices should be given only the distributiondetermined necessary to obtain information neededto assist in evaluating the aeronautical effect ofthe proposal under study. Comments of anonaeronautical nature are not considered in conducting aeronautical studies under Part 77. Therefore,care should be taken to ensure that the numberof addressees on standard circularization lists, otherthan FAA offices and facilities involved, are limitedto only those interested persons such as non-FAAGovernmental agencies and organizations or individuals with valid aeronautical interests.

a. Governmental agencies outside of the FAAinclude state, city, local aviation authorities, airportauthorities, and the various military organizationsof the Department of Defense.

b. Organizations or individuals with valid aeronautical interests include airport owners, flying clubs,aviation organizations, and other similar groupsat the national; state, and local level. This groupshould also include any interested aircraft operatorsand the construction proponent and/or his representative. Other organizations or individuals that demonstrate a specific aeronautical interest may beincluded in standard distribution lists if authorizedby the Regional Administrator, or his designee. I5-24. SPECIAL DISTRIBUTIONState and local zoning authorities, CIVIC groups,organizations, and individuals who do not havean aeronautical interest but may become involvedin specific aeronautical cases shall be includedin the notice distribution, and also given supplementalnotice of actions and proceedings. This shall beon a case-by-case basis. Those involved shouldalso clearly understand that the purpose is to solicitaeronautical comments concerning the physical effect

5-2-1

7400.2D

of the proposal on the safe and efficient useof airspace by aircraft.

5-25. DISTRIBUTION RECORDSRecord the names of persons or organizations circularized in each aeronautical study file. Referenceto a distribution code, mailing list, or evidenceof circularization is sufficient, provided a printoutor list of each coded distribution is maintainedfor future reference. Also record the time periodduring which each printout or list is used. Theretention schedule is listed in FAA Order 1350.15.

5-26. EVALUATING COMMENTSEvaluate each response to a notice of aeronauticalstudy in reference to aeronautical effects. Consider

5-2-2

9/16/93

only valid aeronautical objections or commentsin determining the extent of adverse effect Of.the proposal under study.

5-27. INFORMAL AIRSPACE MEETINGSInformal airspace meetings may be convened withinterested parties as necessary to discuss the effectsof construction proposals and to gather additionalfacts or information relevant to the aeronauticalstudy (see Part 1, Chapter 2, Section 3).

•

•PARA 5-27

•9/16/93 7400.2D

Chapter 6. AERONAUTICAL STUDIES OF EXISTINGOBJECTS

•

•

6-1. AUTHORITYAeronautical studies of existing objects shall beconducted under the authority of Section 307(a)and Section 313(a) of the Federal Aviation Actof 1958, as amended, and in accordance withappropriate sections of this order.

6-2. PURPOSEAeronautical studies of existing objects are conductedwhen deemed necessary by the FAA to determinethe physical or electromagnetic effect on the useof navigable airspace and air navigation facilities.

6-3. INITIATION OF STUDIESAeronautical studies of existing objects may beinitiated as a result of:

a. Information received or a situation observed.b. A request for the study from another FAA

component, another agency, or person with a validinterest in the matter.

c. A notice received under Part 77 for proposedconstruction or alteration that has already beenstarted and, therefore, must be considered an existingstructure.

d. A structure blocking all or portions of runways,taxiways, or traffic patterns from being seen froman airport traffic control tower.

e. Other situations for which such an aeronauticalstudy would be appropriate.

6-4. NEED FOR STUDYSituations that may require aeronautical study ofexisting objects include but are not limited to:

a. Determining the effect of a change in aeronautical procedures; however, analysis of existing obstaclesby Flight Standards personnel, relative to establishment of instrument flight procedures, should satisfythe aeronautical study requirement.

b. Determining the effect of a proposed runwayconstruction, extension, or realignment.

c. Determining the need for providing technicalassistance in the design and development of airports.

d. Determining whether the FAA should recommend that an existing object be altered or removed.

e. Determining whether the FAA should recommend that an existing object be made conspicuous

PARA 6-1

by marking and lighting in accordance with currentstandards.

f. Determining whether the marking and lightingdisplay on an existing object can be removedor reduced without adversely affecting aviation safetyor should be increased to more effectively makeits presence known to airmen.

g. Determining whether an existing object hasan electromagnetic effect upon an air navigationor communications facility or obstructs visibilityfrom an airport control tower.

h. Providing recommendations to FCC concerningdismantlement of abandoned antenna structures.

i. Providing information and assistance to a personor body politic to achieve safe and efficient utilizationof the navigable airspace in the vicinity of anexisting object.

6-5. PRELIMINARY STUDY14 CFR Part 77, Subpart C, Obstruction Standards,may be applied independently to an existing objectwithout conducting further aeronautical study todetermine whether that object is an obstructionto air navigation. The application of these standards(referred to as FAA Obstruction Standards whendealing with existing structures) could also constitutethe preliminary step in an extended aeronauticalstudy to determine whether an object found tobe an obstruction is a hazard to aeronautical operationsand procedures.

6-6. EXTENT OF STUDYThe extent to which an aeronautical study of anexisting object should be conducted depends uponthe reason for the study and the relative impactthe object may have upon aeronautical operations,procedures, and air navigation facilities. It maybe necessary to study an object of natural growth,a terrain feature, or a manmade structure to determinethe effect upon a proposed or existing airport,a runway, an air navigation facility, or an airtraffic control facility.

6-7. COORDINATIONAeronautical studies of existing objects shall beconducted by Air Traffic, Airports, Airway Facilities,and Flight Standards personnel, and coordinatedwith other FAA offices and with outside intereststo ensure the development of a true agency position.

6-1-1

7400.2D

Coordinate with interested persons or agencies outsideFAA if changes in aeronautical operations or procedures are required because of the object.

6-8. RELEASE OF INFORMATIONThe guidelines in paragraph 5-11 apply in respondingto requests for access to copies of informationcontained in aeronautical study files of existingobjects.

6-9. AIRPORT IMAGINARY SURFACESWhen conducting aeronautical studies of existingobjects, the guidelines in paragraph 5-6 and paragraph5-7 apply in regard to airport imaginary surfaces.

6-10. ELECTROMAGNETIC ORLINE-OF-SIGHT INTERFERENCE

Airway Facilities personnel shall determine the potential impact of existing objects on the operationof NAS facilities. These studies shall take intoconsideration existing siting clearance criteria asestablished in agency orders, and advisory circulars.Additionally, the object must be evaluated to determine the potential for electromagnetic interference.This evaluation shall analyze the shape, location,and types of material used in the object, plusthe potential of causing deflections, reradiation,or interference to the signals emitted from and/or received by a NAS facility.

6-11. CIRCULARIZATIONThe extent of distribution of a notice of intentto conduct an aeronautical study of an existing

~1-2

9/16/93

object shall be as determined necessary on acase-by-ease basis. Give serious consideration to •circularizing the notice to all interested personswhen the aeronautical study may result in anFAA recommendation to the owner/ sponsor ofthe object, or to another person, or to a bodypolitic with a valid interest in the results of thestudy. The comment period, distribution records,evaluation of comments, and informal airspace meet-ings guidelines for proposed structures shall alsoapply to studies of existing objects.

6-12. NEGOTIATIONSAttempt to resolve any conflict between the existingobject and any adversely affected aeronautical operations or air navigation facility. The study shouldbe terminated and interested persons advised ifthe sponsor or owner can be persuaded to alteror remove an existing object to avoid an adverseeffect.

6-13. INFORMAL AIRSPACE MEETINGSExisting objects may be discussed at an informalairspace meeting when considered appropriate (seeChapter 2, Section 3).

6-14. PETITION PROCESSING •Headquarters discretionary review of obstructionIevaluation determinations issued under the authorityof the Federal Aviation (FA) Act of 1958. (SeeFigure 6-14[1]).

•PARA ~14

•9/16/93

Figure 6-14[1]

Petition Processing Memorandum

Memorandumus ()Ipa?ti'"~ 10C>O Uta ,

Federal ArttatIoftAdrf*Wtratk1n

7400.2D

Associat. Adaini.trator for Air Traffic, AAT-lFrom

To

ACTION: H.adquart.r. di.cr.tioaary r••i.v ofob.truction ••aluation d.t.raiaationl i ••u.d und.rthe authority of th. P.d.ral A.iation (FA) Act of 1958

I'I~IO

AIIIl 01

All Regioaal Dir.ctor.

APR 2 I I~

•

•PARA 6-14

For aany year., the Federal A.iation le8ulation. (PAR) hay. contained aprovi.ion peraitt1na certain partie. to p.tition Wa.hincton headquarter. fordi.cretioaary r.vi.v of ob.truction evaluation d.teraiaation. i ••ued by th.region. und.r Part 77. Durina a typical y.ar, 50 to 75 .uch petition. arefiled and ar. proc••••d in accordanc. with S.ction 77.37 of the PAR •

!he regionl occalionally il.u. d.terainationl under the authority of theFederal Aviation (FA) Act of 1958, a. a.end.d, in .ituationl vhere, forinstance, the .tructure i. not a physical hazard, but will create anunacceptable lev.l of electroaagnetic interfer.nce. FA Act authority i. al.oused for deterainationl vhere the .tructure already exi.tl or i. undereoaltruction. !hil i. neces.ary •• these lituation. ar. not covered inPart 77.

It has not been our practic. to reviev p.tition. filed vith Wa~~in8ton

headquarter. on deterainatioa. issued under the FA Act a. a aatter ofcourse. Bovever, r.presentative. fro. our Office of the Chief Coun.el (ACe)have pointed out that the absence of a formal FAA revi.v proc.dure doe. notpreclude our conductina .uch r.vievs. Further, th.y .tronaly r.co...ad thatwe chanle our practic. and belin acceptinl petition. fil.d on d.teralaation.issued under the FA Act to provide a acre .ound 1.lal foot ina .hould .ny ofth••• cas•• be chall.nl.d in th. court.. AGe has prOVided the follovinlreasons to justify this change of practice:

1. The p.tition for r••iev and any sub••qu.nt r••pons. froa h••dquart.r.vill lhov th••xhaustion of adaini.tratl•• reaedies aad fora a r.cord forr ••ie. in the Circuit Court••

2. ne nw rni" procedore. will clarUy that a nul fA Actd.t.ralutioD i ••ued ~la'relion or the headquart.r. re.ie. of .ucb adetera1aation will .. coaaidered an ·order· aDder 5ectioo 1006 aDdentitl.d to revi•• " the Circuit Court.

3. The nev procedur.s acr. clo.ely follov the direction of the Part 77Notice of Propo••d luleaakinl (to be pub:ished in the near future) •

6-1-3

7400.2D

Figure ~14[l]

Petition Processing Memorandum-Continued

2

•• 'or litll.tloa purpo•••• utlliaina the .... r.~i.¥ proc.dur•• forFA Act d.t.raiaacioa••• for P.rt 77 d.t.ra!aatioo. would .aabl. thecourt. to r.ly on P.rt 77 c••• pr.c.d.ac. io d.cldi.. tb. proc.duralaatt.r. 10 'A Act-d.t.ralaatloa c..... Ii.torlc.ll,. tb. court. ba~.

be.a quit. r.c.ptl.e to our po.itioa ia Part 77 c•••••

5. Provi.ioa. of r •• iew undlr P.rt 77 would •• t .peciflc lla1t.tion••nd.t.nd.rd. for rl.l.w undlr 'A Act d.tara!oatioo. ¥bleb .r. f.ir top.titlon.r•• afford aotic. to the .fflctad parti••• aad pro.ld. ru1d.ac.to FAA per.oaall.

Although thi. changl aay Ilnlr.tl ••llght Incrlas. in the worklo.d for theh••dqu.rtlr. oraaniz.tlon. dlrlctly In.ol••d in tb. ob.tructloa •••lu.tlonproar.a. v. do not In.i.ion .ny worLload lapact .t the rillon.l 1••11. Eventhe h.adquart.r. lap.ct .hould be lia1t.d to the proc•••lnl of oae or tvo.dditional p.tltion. per year.

Proponents mu.t be Inforaed that headqu.rter. dl.cretlooary re.l.. 1•• vallabl•• und.r approprl.t. condition•• for PA Act d.t.raloatloo.. toprovld. thi. 1aforaatlon In a con.l.tent ..aa.r. pl•••••pply the Part 77deteraination auldelin•• of 'AA Handbook 7400.2C. P.rt 2. vh.a 1••ulnl 'A Actdetermination.. Pay particular att.ntion to Ch.pt.r 8. S.ctloa 2.Deteraination D.te.. Bovevlr. cit. the authority refer.ac•••hoYD inparaataph 2300 10 place of Part 77. 10 additloa. If u.inl thl dlterainatlonfora. plea.e be c.rtain to reaov. r.f.r.ac•• to P.rt 77. Subp.rt C.Ob.truction Standards. and .ub.titut. tb. tera -PAA Ob.tructloa Standard.- a.di.cussed in p.ralraph 2304.

We vish to emphasize that the dl.cretionary re~iev proc••• vill be perforaedat headquarters using siailar practic. to that vhich 1. a••ocl.ted withPart 77 deteraiaations. Accordinaly. the pro.l.ioa. of FAA! 7400.2C.p.ragraph 2313. are no longer appropriate aad ar••u.p.nd.d uatil peraanentlyremoved in a future haadbook chana••

Even though the workload at the beaequart.r. le••l ..y incre••e .li&htly. theImproved l.gal po.ition outwelah. aay incon••n1.ac. ¥bich .., occur. Du. tothe increa.e in th. nuaber of lav.uit. vbich be.e ba.a fll.d a,.la.t the FAAon issue~ rei~ting to -hazard· and -no hazard- d.teraioatlon•• it i.necessary to apply the procedures immediately.

If there ar••ay further que.tion. re,ardina thi. i ••u•• ple••• coatactMr. C.o. 'al••tti. Kanal.r. 'lilht lDforaatioa aDd Ohatruetioo. Iraacb.A1O-2l0. at FTS 267-8790.

/5-:J::~'B. Xe Potte

9/16/93

•

•< •

•6-1-4 PARA 6-14

•9/16/93 7400.2D

Chapter 7. EVALUATING AERONAUTICAL EFFECTSection 1. GENERAL

•

•

7-1. POLICYa. The Federal Aviation Act of 1958, as amended,

does not provide specific authority for the FAAto regulate or control how real estate (land) maybe used involving structures that may penetratethe navigable airspace. Consequently, Part 77 wasadopted to establish notice standards for proposedconstruction or alteration to protect aircraft fromunannounced objects.

b. Subpart C of Part 77 establishes standardsfor determining obstructions to air navigation. Objectsthat exceed these standards are presumed to behazards to air navigation unless an aeronauticalstudy determines otherwise. Once an aeronauticalstudy has been initiated, other standards in additionto those in Subpart C shall be used to determineif the object being studied would actually be ahazard to air navigation. The additional standardsused are those established by the FAA to satisfyoperational, procedural, and electronic requirements.

7-2. EVALUATION BY FAA OFFICESThe FAA's obstruction evaluation program transcendsall organizational lines. The regional Air Traffic,Flight Standards, Airways Facilities, and AirportOffices have specific responsibilities in the aeronautical study process. Each of these offices shallevaluate the aeronautical effect by applying standardspertinent to their functions as follows:

a. Air Traffic Personnel: Pertinent to aeronauticaloperations, air traffic control procedures, and obstruction marking and lighting recommendations.

b. Airports Personnel: Pertinent to existing airportsand planned or future airport development programson file with the agency.

c. Flight Standards Personnel: Pertinent to enroute or terminal obstruction clearance altitudes,a feeder route or altitude, and approved or plannedinstrument approach/departure procedures.

d. Airway Facilities Personnel: Pertinent to possible restrictions to air traffic control line--Qf-sightcapability and interference effects upon electronicand visual aids to air navigation as well as onthe aircraft using such aids. The service positionshall contain the results of the electromagneticinterference status when submitting such information

PARA 7-1

to the Air Traffic Service as the basis for adetermination.

e. Other Interested FAA Offices or Services:May be requested to evaluate the proposal ona case-by-case basis.

7-3. ADVERSE EFFECTAn object to be considered for adverse aeronauticaleffect must first exceed the obstruction standardsof Subpart C, Part 77 and/or be found to havephysical or electromagnetic radiation effect on theoperation of air navigation facilities. A proposedstructure, if erected, would have, or an existingobject, if not altered or removed, has an adverseeffect if either would:

a. Require a change to an existing or plannedIFR minimum flight altitude, a published or specialinstrument procedure, or an IFR departure procedure.

b. Require a VFR operation, excluding operationsunder Part 137, VFR military training routes (VRroutes), and any operation conducted under a waiveror exemption to FAR's, to change from a regularflight course or altitude.

c. Cause an electromagnetic effect upon the operation of an air navigation facility or the signalused by aircraft.

d. Restrict a clear view of runways, helipads,taxiways, or traffic patterns from the airport airtraffic control tower.

e. Derogate airport capacity/efficiency.f. Affect future VFR and/or IFR operations

indicated by plans on file.g. Affect the usable length of an existing or

planned runway.

7-4. SUBSTANTIAL ADVERSE EFFECTA proposed structure would have, or an existingobject has, a substantial adverse effect if thereis a combination of:

a. Adverse effect; andb. A significant volume of aeronautical operations

would be affected.

7-5. SIGNIFICANT VOLUME OF ACTIVITYThe type of activity must be considered in reachinga decision on the question of what volume ofaeronautical activity is "significant." For example,

7-1-1

7400.2D

if one or more aeronautical operations per daywould be affected, this would indicate regular andcontinuing activity, thus a significant volume nomatter what the type of operation. On the otherhand, an affected instrument procedure or minimumaltitude may need to be used only an averageof once a week to be considered significant ifthe procedure is one which serves as the primaryprocedure under certain conditions.

7-6. SHIELDINGa. Consideration: Shielding is one of the many

factors that must be considered in determiningthe physical effect an object may have upon aeronautical operations and procedures. Good judgment, plusthe circumstances of location and flight activity,will influence the consideration given this factorin determining whether proposed or existing objectswould be physically shielded.

b. Principle: The basic principle in applying theshielding guidelines is whether the location andheight of proposed or existing objects are suchthat aircraft, when operating with due regard forthe shielding object, would not collide with theshielded object.

c. Limitations: Application of the shielding effectfactor to an existing object or proposed constructionor alteration is limited to:

1. The physical protection provided by existingnatural terrain, topographic features, or surface structures of equal or greater height than the structureunder study; and

2. The objects providing the shielding protectionare of a permanent nature and there are no plansfor removal or alteration on file with the FAA.

7-7. SHIELDING GUIDELINESAny proposed construction or alteration or existingobject is normally considered to be physicallyshielded by an existing permanent structure(s), naturalterrain, or topographic feature(s) of equal or greaterheight if the object under consideration wouldbe located as indicated in one of the following,see:

Figure 7-7[1],Figure 7-7[2],

7-1-2

9/16/93

Figure 7-7[3], andFigure 7-7[4]. •

a. Not more than 500 feet horizontal distancefrom the shielding object(s) and in the congestedarea of a city, town, or settlement, provided theshielded object would not have located closer thanthe shielding objects to any heliport or airportlocated within 5 miles of the object(s);

b. Such that there would be at least one suchshielding object situated on at least three sidesof the shielded structure at a horizontal distanceof not more than 500 feet; and

c. Within the lateral dimensions of any runwayapproach surface but would not exceed an overallheight above the established airport elevation greaterthan that of the outer extremity of the approachsurface, and located within, but would not penetrate,the shadow plane/s of the shielding object/so

7-8. SHADOW PLANEThe term "shadow plane" means a surface originatingat a horizontal line passing through the top ofthe shielding object at right angles to a straightline extending from the top of the shielding objectto the end of the runway. The shadow planehas a width equal to the projection of the shieldingobject's width onto a plane normal to the line •extending from the top and center of the shieldingobject to the midpoint of the runway end. Theshadow plane extends horizontally outward awayfrom the shielding object until it intersects orreaches the end of one of the imaginary approacharea surfaces, see:

Figure 7-7[1],Figure 7-7[2],Figure 7-7[3], andFigure 7-7[4].

7-9. MARKING AND LIGHTINGEvery aeronautical study shall include an evaluationto determine whether obstruction marking and/orlighting is necessary.


•PARA 7-10

• •Figure 7-7[1]STANDARDS FOR DETERMINING SHIELDING: CONGESTED PART OF CITY, TOWN, OR SETfLEMENT

•

.....I....~

b

Ground Level

+ Shielded Object

* Shielding Object

a Not More Than 500 Feet

b Congested Part ot City, Town, or Settlement

*---1.~ Airport - Within 5 Miles

Figure 7-7[2]STANDARDS FOR DETERMINING SIllELDING

Conical Surface

Ground Level

Shadow Plane

Horizontal

Surface

•Runway

•+ Shielded Object

* Shielding Object

•

• •Figure 7-7[3]STANDARDS FOR DEVELOPING SHIELDING: PERSPECflVE OF A SHADOW PlANE

•

Figure 7-7[4]STANDARDS FOR DETERMINING SHIElDING: EXAMPLES OF SHADOW PIANES

•

Shadow Pia ne

•

_................-------....----- -- --- --- ....--..... -----------

Approach Surface

----------------- ----- -----------

•

Primary Surface

Runway

Section 2. GUIDELINES FOR EVALUATING EFFECT ON VFROPERATIONS•

•

•

9/16/93

7-20. PURPOSEThe guidelines in this section are for use in determining the effect of proposed construction or alteration,or existing objects, upon VFR aeronautical operationsin the navigable airspace. The intent of theseguidelines is to provide a basis for analytic judgmentsin evaluating and determining the effect of proposedor existing surface structures on VFR operations.

7-21. NAVIGABLE AIRSPACEa. Minimum flight altitudes are prescribed by

regulation. Generally, speaking, from a VFR standpoint, it may be considered that the navigableairspace includes all airspace 500 feet and moreabove the surface and that airspace below 500feet required for:

1. Takeoff and landing, including an airporttraffic pattern.

2. Flight over open water and sparsely populatedareas.

3. Helicopters where the operation may beconducted without hazard to persons and propertyon the surface.

b. VFR Weather Minimums: Proposed or existingstructures potentially have the greatest impact inthose areas where VFR operations are conductedwhen ceiling and/or visibility conditions are ator near VFR weather minimums. Any object thatwould interfere with significant volume of lowaltitude flights by actually excluding or restrictingVFR operations in a specific area would havea substantial adverse effect and may be considereda hazard to air navigation.

c. Obstruction Marking and Lighting or Shielded:Not every object penetrating into the navigableairspace is considered to be a hazard to air navigation.Some can be obstruction marked and lighted ina manner so that pilots can visually observe andavoid the structures. Others may be "shielded"by being located in proximity to other permanentstructures or terrain and would not, by themselves,adversely affect aeronautical operations.

d. Height Of Structures: Surface structures areof concern to pilots during climb after takeoff,during low altitude operations, and when descendingto land. Any structure more than 500 feet aboveground level, or structures of any height whichwould affect landing and takeoff operations, requiresextensive evaluation to determine the extent ofadverse effect on VFR aeronautical operations.

e. Airport Traffic Patterns: The primary concernregarding structures in airport traffic pattern areas

PARA 7-20

7400.2D

is whether they would create a dangerous situationduring a critical phase of flight. Such structuresmay cause substantial adverse effect if adjustmentscannot be made to the affected traffic pattern.

f. Class B and Class C airspace: Proposed structures Ithat exceed obstruction standards in areas availablefor VFR flight below the floor of a Class Bor Class C areas require careful evaluation. Class IB and Class C areas are designed to providea more regulated environment for IFR and VFRtraffic around certain airports. Consequently, thefloors of some Class B and Class C areas compress Ithe airspace into geographical areas of limitedsize and minimum altitude availability for VFRoperations.

g. VFR Routes: Pilots operating VFR frequentlyfly routes that parallel or follow rivers, coastlines,mountain passes, valleys, and similar types of naturallandmarks or major highways, railroads, powerlines,canals, and other manmade objects. The basic consideration in evaluating the effect of obstructionson operations along these routes is whether pilotswould be able to visually observe and avoid themduring marginal VFR weather conditions. At least1 mile flight visibility is required for VFR operationsbeneath the floor of controlled airspace. This meansthat a surface reference used for VFR low altitudeflight must be horizontally visible to pilots fora minimum of 1 mile. A VFR route may alsofollow specific radials of a VOR. These routesmay correspond to an established Federal Airway,direct radials between navigation facilities, or asingle radial providing transition to a route predicatedon visual aids. While there may be establishedminimum en route altitudes for segments of theseroutes and navigation is dependent upon adequatesignal reception, the pilot may be expected tofly at an altitude below the established minimumaltitude in order to maintain visual contact withthe ground.

7-22. EN ROUTE OPERATIONSThe area considered for en route VFR flight beginsand ends outside the airport traffic pattern airspaceareas or Class B, C, and D areas for airports Iwith airport traffic control towers.

a. A proposed object would have, or an existingobject has, an adverse effect upon VFR air navigationif its height is more than 500 feet above thesurface at its site, and it is within 2 statutemiles of any regularly used VFR route. (See Figure7-22[1 ].)

7-2-1

7400.2D 9/16/93

•7-24. HELICOPTERSThe special maneuvering characteristics of helicoptersare recognized in Part 91.119 and Part 91.155,

are no hard-and-fast rules that can be applied,the airport category and types of aircraft USing.the airport normally determine specific airport trafficpattern airspace requirements. (See paragraph 10-14.)Any obstruction in the traffic pattern area is apotential hazard to air navigation if it would tendto distract a pilot's attention during a critical phaseof flight. The effect of proposed or existing objectsdepends upon the altitudes established for the typesof aircraft operating in the traffic patterns. Therecommended traffic pattern altitude is 1,000 feetabove the ground; however, turbine-powered air-planes operate at 1,500 feet above the surfaceat airports with operating control towers. Not allairports can comply with the recommendation; there-fore, it will be necessary to determine the trafficpattern altitude established at most airports. Astructure that penetrates a plane 300 feet beneaththe airport traffic pattern altitude has an adverseeffect.

b. Terminal Transition Routes: A proposed structure would have, or an existing structure has,an adverse effect upon VFR air navigation ifit would:

1. Exceed a height of 500 feet above thesurface at its site; and

2. Be located within 2 statute miles of the.centerline of any regularly used VFR transitionroutes between airports or between an airport andany air navigation aid serving the airport. (SeeFigure 7-22[1].)

c. Approach Surface Slope Ratios. A proposedobject would have, or an existing object has, anadverse effect upon VFR air navigation if it wouldpenetrate the approach surface slope ratio of anyrunway. The slope ratio for:

1. A civil visual approach is 20 to 1.2. Military runway approach surfaces are 50

to 1.3. Helicopter approach surfaces are 8 to 1

for civil and 10 to 1 for military.d. Random structures that exceed basic approach

slope ratios should be individually studied and,except when shielded, resisted even though theymay not be controlling obstacles. Additionally, steeperapproach surfaces are required at some airportsbecause of existing structures. However, any proposedstructure that would require a still steeper approachsurface at such airports would have an adverseeffect and careful study is necessary to determinethe effect on airport operations.

b. Evaluation of obstructions that would be locatedwithin VFR routes must consider the fact thatpilots may and sometimes do operate below thefloor of controlled airspace with low ceilings and1 mile flight visibility. When operating withinthese limitations using pilotage navigation, theseflights must remain within 1 mile of the identifiablelandmark to maintain visual reference. Even ifmade more conspicuous by the installation of highintensity white obstruction lights, a structure placedin this location could be a hazard to air navigationbecause after sighting it, the pilot may not havethe opportunity to safely circumnavigate or overflythe structure. As flight visibility increases andif ceiling permits, the pilot is able to move fartheraway from the landmark and be at high altitudesto maintain visual contact. Accordingly, increasedconspicuity by the installation of high intensitywhite obstruction lights may eliminate the substantialadverse effect of structures located on the outerfringes of the area considered for VFR routes.Additional factors that serve to anticipate pilotactions include but not limited to the following:

1. Part 91.119 minimum altitude requirements.2. Historical weather data (ceiling/visibility).3. Floor of controlled airspace.4. Conditions which could make circumnaviga

tion or overflight of the structure impossible orimpractical such as other tall structures, terrain,special use airspace, large bodies of water, controlledairspace configurations, etc.

c. In all cases, a full aeronautical study shallbe conducted to ensure that the structure is notor will not be a hazard to air navigation. Ifan aeronautical study disclosed that the installationand operation of high intensity white obstructionlights would mitigate the substantial adverse effect,the conditions section of the determination of nohazard must specify that "the structure is lightedand monitored in accordance with (the appropriatechapters) of AC 7017460-1, Obstruction Markingand Lighting." Also, provide the sponsors witha copy of the advisory circular or advise themthat the circular is available free of charge fromthe Department of Transportation, Subsequent Distribution Unit, M-494.3, 400 7th Street, SW.,Washington, D.C. 20590.

7-23. AIRPORT AREASThe following requires consideration in determiningthe effect of proposed or existing objects on VFRoperations in airport airspace areas:

a. Traffic Pattern Airspace: There are many variables that influence the establishment of airportarrival and departure traffic flows. While there

7-2-2 PARA 7-24

1

9/16/93

provided operations are conducted without hazard

•

to persons or property on the ground; and ifoperating when the visibility is less than 1 mile,be outside of controlled airspace at 1,200 feetor less above the surface. Helicopter pilots takingadvantage of these exemptions must also operateat a speed that will allow them to see-and-avoidobstructions. Consequently, proposed or existingstructures are not considered to be factors in determining adverse effect upon helicopter VFR operationsexcept as follows:

a. En route: When routes and altitudes are prescribed for helicopters by the Administrator, thehelicopter exemptions to Part 91 do not apply.Thus, any structure would have an adverse effectif it penetrates an imaginary surface 300 feetbelow an established helicopter minimum flightaltitude and is located within 250 feet either sideof the established route's centerline.

b. Heliport LandingfTakeoff Area: Any structurewould have an adverse effect if it would exceedany of the heliport imaginary surfaces. Helicopterapproach-departure paths may curve within thelength of the approach departure surface; however,the surface remains fixed.

7-25. VFR MILITARY TRAINING ROUTES

•

(VR's)Operations on VR's provide pilots with trainingfor low altitude navigation and tactics (see FAAOrder 7610.4, Special Military Operations). Surfacestructures have their greatest impact on VFR operations when ceiling and visibility conditions areat or near basic VFR minimums. Accordingly,the guidelines for a finding of substantial adverseeffect on en route VFR operations are based onconsideration for those operations conducted underPart 91 that permits flight clear of clouds with1 mile flight visibility outside controlled airspace.In contrast, flight along VR's can be conducted

•PARA 7-25

7400.2D

only when weather conditions equal or exceed3,000 feet ceiling and 5 miles flight visibility.A proposed structure's location on a VR is nota basis for determining it to be a hazard toair navigation; however, in recognition of the military's requirement to conduct low altitude training,disseminate Part 77 notices and aeronautical studyinformation to military representatives. Additionally,attempt to persuade the sponsor to lower or relocateproposed structures that exceed obstruction standardsand have been identified by the military as detrimentalto their training requirement.

7-26. AGRICULTURAL AIRCRAFTOPERATIONS

Rules that apply to agricultural dispensing operations,as prescribed in Part 137, allow deviation fromPart 91 altitude restrictions. It is the pilot's responsibility to avoid obstacles because the agriculturaloperations must be conducted without creating ahazard to persons or property on the surface.Consequently, Part 77 obstruction standards nota hazard/no hazard determining factor in relationto agricultural aircraft operations.

7-27. OPERATIONS UNDER WAIVER!EXEMPTION TO FAR'S

Waivers/exemptions to FAR operating rules includeprovisions to ensure achievement of a level ofsafety equivalent to that which would be presentfor compliance with the regulation waived orexempted. Additionally, waivers/ exemptions do notrelieve pilots of the responsibility to conduct operations without creating a hazard to persons andproperty on the surface. Accordingly, a determinationof hazard to air navigation shall not be basedupon a proposed structure's effect on aeronauticaloperations conducted under a waiver or exemptionto FAR operating rules.


7-2-3

7400.2D

Figure 7-22[1]

VFRROUTES •

,

•Boundary 2 S M

Either Side ofVFR Route

Trl City Airport

Freetown VOR

.............--- Frpetown A.lrport

,II,I,I,\,

~-+--- Bay City RBN

""""l=......r:;.;..-- Bay City Airport

Freetown ---+liot

River --4~~\\ t.--1ir---- Railroad

Bay Cit y -......lot----'1toJI.

VFR Routp

Airport 10 Airport

Edell County Airport ---...

•7-~ PARA 7-28

Section 3. GUIDELINES FOR EVALUATING EFFECT ON IFROPERATIONS•

•

•

9/16/93

7-30. PURPOSEThis section provides general guidelines for determining the effect of proposed construction or alterationand existing objects upon IFR aeronautical operations.Proper application should result in determinationsbased upon well documented, properly analyzedand evaluated aeronautical studies.

7-31. OPERATIONAL STANDARDSPart 77 obstruction standards are not the basisfor a determination regarding proposals once anaeronautical study has been initiated. Generally,they are more restrictive than is needed for safeflight operations. The standards used in determiningthe advem affect are those established by theFAA to satisfy operational, procedural, and electromagnetic requirements. They are contained in theFAR's, advisory circulars, and other FAA Order's;i.e., FAA Order 8260.3, FAA Order 8260.19, FAAOrder 7110.65, etc. Obstruction evaluation personnelshall apply these standards in judging the extentof adverse affect to determine if the object beingstudied would actually have a substantial adverseeffect on air navigation.

7-32. IFR MINIMUM FLIGHT ALTITUDESThe Aviation Standards National Field Office isthe principle FAA staff element responsible forestablishing instrument procedures and minimumaltitudes for IFR operations. The appropriate regionalFlight Standards personnel shall evaluate the effectof proposed or existing structures on IFR aeronauticaloperations as outlined in FAA Order 8260.19.The Air Traffic divisions establish, revise, or deleteairways/routes based upon air traffic demand anduser requirements. Flight Standards personnel participate in airway/route planning with respect to navigational signal coverage, development of minimumaltitudes, and related data.

7-33. EN ROUTE IFR OPERATIONSa. Minimum En Route Altitudes (MEA's): MEA's

are established for each segment of an airwayor an approved route based upon obstacle clearance,navigational signal reception, and communications.The MEA assures obstruction clearance and acceptable navigational signal coverage over the entireairway or route segment flown. Any proposedstructure that will require an MEA to be raisedhas an adverse effect. Careful analysis by theappropriate Flight Standards and Air Traffic personnelis necessary to determine if there would be asubstantial adverse effect on the navigable airspace.Generally, the loss of a cardinal altitude is considered

PARA 7-30

7400.2D

to be a substantial adverse effect. However, theeffect may not be substantial if the aeronauticalstudy discloses that the affected MEA is not normallyflown by aircraft, not used for air traffic controlpurposes, and there are no FAA plans to increasethe use of the affected MEA.

b. Minimum Obstruction Clearance Altitude(MOCA): The MOCA assures obstacle clearanceover the entire route segment to which it appliesand assures navigational signal coverage within22 nautical miles of the associated VOR navigationalfacility. For that portion of the route segmentbeyond 22 nautical miles from the VOR wherethe MOCA is lower than the MEA and thereare no plans to reduce the MEA down to theMOCA, a structure that affects only the MOCAwould not be considered to have substantial adverseeffect. Other situations require study as ATC mayassign altitudes down to the MOCA under certainconditions.

c. IFR Military Training Routes (IR's): Operationson IR's provide pilots with training for low altitudenavigation and tactics (see FAA Order 7610.4,Special Military Operations). Flight along theseroutes can be conducted below the minimum IFRaltitudes specified in Part 91, and the militaryconducts operational flight evaluations of each routeto ensure compatibility with their obstruction clearance requirements. A proposed structure's locationon an IR is not a basis for determining it tobe a hazard to air navigation; however, in recognitionof the military's requirement to conduct low altitudetraining, disseminate Part 77 notices and aeronauticalstudy information to military representatives.Additionally, attempt to persuade the sponsor tolower or relocate proposed structures that exceedobstruction standards and have been identified bythe military. as detrimental to their training requirement.

d. Minimum IFR Altitudes (MIA's): These altitudes are established in accordance with FAA Order7210.37 to provide the controller with minimumIFR altitude information for off-airway operations.MIA's provide the minimum obstacle clearanceprescribed by Part 91.177 and are established withoutrespect to flight~hecked radar or normal radarcoverage. MIA's are developed by en route facilities,approved by the associated Flight Inspection FieldOffice (FIFO), and published for controllers onMIA Sector Charts. Any proposed structure thatwould cause an increase in an MIA is an obstruction,and a study is required to determine the extent

7-3-1

7400.2D

of adverse effect. Radar coverage adequate to vectoraround such a structure is not, of itself, sufficientto mitigate a finding of substantial adverse effectthat would otherwise be the basis for a determinationof hazard to air navigation.

e. Radar Bomb Sites (RBS's): These sites area vital link in the low level training networkused by the Strategic Air Command to evaluatebomber crew proficiency. They provide an accurateradar record for aircraft flying at low altitudesas they attack simulated targets along the RBSscoring line. An obstruction located within theboundaries may have a substantial adverse effectand a serious operational impact on military trainingcapability.

7-34. TERMINAL AREA IFR OPERATIONSThe obstruction standards in Part 77 are specificwith assigned values for identifying obstructionswithin terminal obstacle clearance areas. Any structureidentified as an obstruction is considered to havean adverse effect; however, there is no clear-cutformula to determine at what stage the extentof adverse effect is considered substantial. Instrumentapproach/departure procedures are established inaccordance with published obstacle clearance guidelines and criteria. Yet, there are segments ofinstrument approach procedures where the minimumaltitudes may be revised without substantiallyeffecting or causing landing minimums to be raised.Thus, the determination must represent a decisionbased on the best factual information that canbe obtained during the aeronautical study.

a. Standard Instrument Approach Procedures(SlAP's): Appropriate Flight Standards personnelare responsible for evaluating the effect of proposedor existing structures upon any segment of a SlAP,any proposed SlAP or any departure restriction.However, all FAA personnel involved in the obstruction evaluation process should be familiar withall aspects of the terminal area IFR operationsbeing considered. If Flight Standards personnel determine that a structure will affect instrument flightprocedures, their evaluation should include thoseprocedural adjustments that can be made withoutadversely affecting IFR operations at the airport!s. When the study discloses that the proceduraladjustments to reduce or eliminate any adverseeffect cannot be accomplished, then the commentsto Air Traffic shall include a statement to thesignificance of this effect on the procedures andaircraft operations. Personnel are reminded thatairport layout and configuration are also factorsregarding the establishment of SlAP's and in evaluating the effect of obstructions on proposed or existingSlAP's. The airport landing surfaces must be adequate

7-3-2

9/16/93

to accommodate the type of aircraft expected touse the procedures, and the airport must have •been found acceptable for IFR operations as aresult of an airport airspace analysis by the FAA.

b. Minimum Vectoring Altitudes (MVA's): Thesealtitudes are based upon obstruction clearance requirements (see FAA Order 8260.19) only. The areaconsidered for obstacle clearance is the normaloperational use of the radar without regard tothe flight-ehecked radar coverage. It is the responsibility of individual controllers to determine thata target return is adequate for radar control purposes.MVA's are developed by terminal facilities, approvedby the associated FIFO, and published for controllerson MVA Sector Charts. Any proposed structurethat would cause an increase in an MVA is anobstruction and a study is required to determinethe extent of adverse effect. Radar coverage adequateto vector around such a structure is not, of itself,sufficient to mitigate a finding of substantial adverseeffect that would otherwise be the basis for adetermination of hazard to air navigation.

c. Military Airports: With the exception of theU.S. Army, the appropriate military command estab-lishes and approves terminal instrument proceduresfor airports under their respective jurisdictions. Consequently, the Air Traffic Office responsible for •the issuance of a determination shall ensure thatthe military are provided the opportunity to evaluatea proposed structure that may affect their operations.While the military has the responsibility for determin-ing the effect of a proposal, it is expected thatFlight Standards will assist Air Traffic in reconcilingdifferences in the military's findings.

d. Departure Procedures: Criteria exists in Chapter12 of TERPS for the development of IFR departureprocedures. Generally, any obstacle that penetratesthe 40:1 obstacle identification surface should beevaluated on a case-by-case basis to determinethe need for a departure restriction.

e. Minimum Safe Altitudes (MSA's): An MSAis the minimum obstacle clearance altitude foremergency use within a specified distance fromthe navigation facility upon which a procedureis predicated. These are either Minimum SectorAltitudes established for all procedures within a25 mile (may be increased to 30 miles undercertain conditions) radius of the navigational facilityor Emergency Safe Altitude established within a100 mile radius of the navigation facility andnormally used only in military procedures at theoption of the approving authority. These altitudes •are designed for emergency use only and arenot routinely used by pilots or by air trafficcontrol. Consequently, they are not considered a

PARA 7-34

9/16/93

factor in determining the extent of adverse effect

•

or used as the basis of a determination and shouldnot be identified in the notice of intent to conductan aeronautical study.

7-35. AIR NAVIGATION ANDCOMMUNICATION AIDS

a. The FAA is authorized to establish, operate,and maintain air navigation and communicationsfacilities and to protect such facilities from interference. During evaluation of proposed structures,factors that may adversely affect any portion orcomponent of the National Airspace System (NAS)must be considered. Since an electromagnetic interference potential may create adverse effects asserious as those caused by a physical penetrationof the airspace by a structure, those effects shallbe identified and stated. Determinations regardingthe potential harmful effect on navigation and communication systems should be issued under Part 77when the proposed structure exceeds the obstructionstandards, or under the Federal Aviation Act (seeparagraph 1-2) when the proposed structure doesnot exceed the Part 77 obstruction standards. Proposals evaluated under the Act will be handled, whenappropriate, directly with FCC through the FAA

•

Headquarters Spectrum Engineering Division,ASM-500.

b. Airway Facilities personnel shall evaluateproposals to determine if the proposed constructionor alteration will affect the performance of existingor proposed NAS facilities. The study must alsoinclude any plans for future facilities, proposedairports, or improvements to existing airports.

c. The physical presence of a structure and/or the electromagnetic signals emanating or reflectingtherefrom may have a substantial adverse effecton the availability or quality of navigational andcommunications signals or on air traffic servicesneeded for the safe operation of aircraft. Thefollowing general guidelines are provided to assistin determining the anticipated interference.

1. ILS: General structures supporting electromagnetic radiators (antennas) are potential sourcesof electromagnetic interference which may effectthe operation of aircraft using the ILS facility.The structure height, the antenna radiation pattern,the operating frequency, the effective radiated power(ERP), and its proximity to the runway centerlineare all factors contributing to the possibility ofinterference. Normally, any structure supporting an

•

electromagnetic radiator within the established localizer and/or glide slope service volume must bestudied carefully. However, extremes in structureheight, ERP, frequency, and/or antenna radiation

PARA 7-35

7400.2D

pattern may require careful study of proposalsup to 30 nautical miles from the ILS.

(a) ILS Localizer: Large mass objects adjacentto the localizer course and/or antenna array arepotential sources of reflections and/or reradiationwhich may affect facility operation. The shapeand intensity of such reflections and/or reradiationdepends upon the size of the reflecting surfaceand distance from the localizer antenna. The angleof incidence reflection in the azimuthal plane generally follows the rules of basic optical reflection.Normally, in order to affect the course structure,the reflections must come from objects which liein parallel, or near parallel to the on-course signal.Large mass objects of any type, including metallicfences or powerlines, within plus/minus 15° ofextended centerline up to 1 NM from the approachend of the runway and any obstruction within500 feet of the localizer antenna array must bestudied carefUlly. (Refer to FAA Order 6750.16.)

(b) ILS Glide Slope: Vertical surfaces approximately parallel to and within 1,000 feet of therunway centerline and located up to 3,000 feetforward of the glide slope antenna can cause harmfulreflections. Most interference to the glide slopeis caused by discontinuities in the ground surface,described approximately as a rectangular area 1,000feet wide by 5,000 feet long, extending forwardfrom the glide slope antenna and centered at aboutthe runway centerline. Discontinuities are usuallyin the form of rough terrain or buildings. (Referto FAA Order 6750.16.)

2. MLS: The guidelines stated for ILS systemsabove also apply to MLS installations. The establishedMLS service volume defines the area of concern.

3. VOR/TACAN: Usually, there should be noreflecting objects or heavy vegetation (trees, brush,etc.) within a 1,000 foot radius of the VOR orthe TACAN antenna. Interference may occur fromlarge structures or powerlines up to 2 NM fromthe antenna. (Refer to FAA Order 6700.11.)

4. ARSR/ASR: Normally, there should be noreflecting objects within a 1,500 foot radius ofthe radar antenna. In addition, large reflective structures up to 3 nautical miles from the antennacan cause interference unless they are in the"shadow" of topographic features.

5. ATC Radar Beacon: The effects encountereddue to reflections of the secondary radar mainlobe are more serious than those associated withprimary radar. Therefore, it is necessary to ensurethat no large vertical reflecting surface penetratesa 1,500 foot radius horizontal plane located 25feet below the antenna platform. In addition, interference may occur from large structures up to

7-3-3

7400.2D

12 miles away from the antenna. This distancewill depend on the area of the reflecting surface,the reflection coefficient of the surface, and itselevation with respect to the interrogator antenna(refer to FAA Order 6310.6 for potential problems).

6. VHF/DF: The DF antenna site should befree of objects which will obstruct line-of-sightwith aircraft at low altitudes. The vicinity within300 feet of the antenna should be free of metallicobjects which can act as reradiators.

7. Communication Facilities: The minimumdesirable distances to prevent interference problemsbetween communication facilities and other construction are 1,000 feet from power transmission lines(other than those serving the facility) and otherradio or radar facilities; 300 feet from areas ofhigh vehicle activity, such as highways, busy roads,and large parking areas; and 1 NM from commercialbroadcasting stations (FM, TV, etc.).

8. Approach Lighting System: No object, exceptthe localizer antenna, the localizer far field monitorantenna, or the marker antenna, shall protrudeabove the approach light plane. For approach lightplane clearance purposes, all roads, highways, vehicleparking areas, and railroads shall be consideredas vertical solid objects. The clearance requiredabove interstate highways is 17 feet; above railroads,23 feet; and for all other roads, highways, andvehicle parking areas, 15 feet. The clearance forroads and highways shall be measured from thecrown of the road; the clearance for railroadsshall be measured from the top of the rails. Forvehicle parking areas, clearance shall be measuredfrom the average grade in the vicinity of thehighest point. Relative to airport service roadssubstantial adverse effect can be eliminated if allvehicular traffic is controlled or managed by theair traffic control facility. A clear line-of-sightis required to all lights in the system from anypoint on a surface, one-half degree below theaircraft descent path and extending 250 feet eachside of the runway centerline, up to 1,600 feetin advance of the outermost light in the system.

9. VASI: No objects or obstructions shall beplaced within the clearance zone for the particularsite involved or the projected visual glide path.In consideration of siting requirements for theILS glide slope end field antenna, refer to FAAOrder 6750.16.

10. REIL: No objects or obstructions shallbe placed within the established clearance zone.

d. There are factors that modify the evaluationcriteria guidelines that require consideration. Somefacility signal areas are more susceptible to interference than others. The operational status of some

7-3-4

9/16/93

signals may already be marginal because of existinginterference from other objects. Also the following •characteristics of proposed structures must be consid-ered:

1. The higher the object in relation to theantenna, the greater is the chance of interferingreflections. Any structure subtending a vertical anglegreater than one degree from the facilities is usuallycause for concern. Tall structures, such as radiotowers and grain elevators, can interfere from distances greater than those listed in the generalcriteria.

2. The type of construction material on thereflecting surface of the proposed structure is afactor, with nonmetallic surfaces being less troublesome than metallic or metallic impregnated glass.

3. Aircraft hangars with large doors can bea special problem because the reflecting surfacesof the hangar varies appreciably with changes inthe position of the doors.

4. Interference is usually caused by mirrorreflections from surfaces on the proposed structure.Orientation of the structure therefore plays an impor-tant part in the extent of the interference. Reflectionsof the largest amplitude will come from signalsstriking a surface perpendicular to the signals. •Signals striking a surface at a shallow angle willhave a smaller amplitude.

e. Air Traffic personnel shall request AirwayFacilities personnel to assist in discussions withconstruction sponsors to explore alternatives to resolvethe prospective adverse effects to facilities. Thesemay involve design revisions, relocations, orreorientations depending on the character of theconstruction and facility involved.

f. Since there are no provisions for petitioningdeterminations issued under the Federal AviationAct, notify the proponent by letter that the proposedstructure may create harmful electromagnetic interference before issuing a determination. Include inthe letter the formulae and values applied, thespecific adverse effects expected, and an offerto meet and informally discuss alternatives. Providethe proponent as well as your office ample timeto exhaust all available avenues for positive resolution.The intent of this process is to allow the proponentadequate time to consider the problems and alternatives before a "final" decision is rendered bythe issuance of an FAA determination. These guidelines are to be followed in all situations whereharmful electromagnetic interference is indicated •by our study regardless of whether the determinationwill be issued under the authority of the FederalAviation Act or the provisions of Part 77.

PARA 7-35

9/16/93

7-36. PLANNED OR FUTURE AIRPORTDEVELOPMENT PROGRAMS

•The national system of airports consists of thosepublic, civil, and joint-use airport facilities considerednecessary to provide airports to adequately meetthe anticipated needs of civil aeronautics. AirportPlanning and Programming Offices are the mostaccurate source of up-to-date information on airportdevelopment plans. Consequently, Airports personnelare expected to extensively review proposed structuresin reference to the safe and orderly developmentof airport facilities, including what developmentwill realistically be accomplished within a reasonabletime. Areas of considerations in accomplishing thisresponsibility are:

a. Future Development of Existing Airports: Adetailed review in this area requires looking atcurrent planned airport projects, national airportplan data, and land-use planning studies in thevicinity of the proposed structure. The results ofthe study forwarded to the Air Traffic Officeshall include appropriate comments regarding theextent of Federal aid and sponsor airport investments,obligations of the airport owner in existinggrant-in-aid agreements, and anticipated air activityof the airport and general area. If a proposedstructure would adversely impact an airport's effi-

•

ciency, utility, or capacity, the responsible AirportsOffice should document this impact in its evaluation.Comments should include recommended new location/s for the proposed structure as appropriate.

b. New Airport Development: When a structurerequiring notice under Part 77 and any new airportdevelopment are both proposed in the same vicinity,Airports personnel shall study the interrelationshipof the structure and the airport. Additionally, supplemental information on the proposed airport siteshall be furnished to the Air Traffic Office. Ifa major problem is anticipated, Airports personnelshall provide detailed comments and specific recommendations regarding the proposed structure.

7-37. TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTIONa. Temporary Construction Equipment: Construc

tion of many structures require utilization of temporary construction equipment of a greater heightthan the proposed structure. While this is nota consideration in the aeronautical study of theproposal, appropriate action is necessary to ensurethat the temporary construction equipment does

•PARA 7-36

7400.2D

not present a hazard to air navigation. Therefore,when appropriate, construction sponsors should beadvised that the determination does not includetemporary construction equipment which may beused during actual construction. (See paragraph8-8.) It is not possible to set forth criteria thatis applicable for every situation, but the followingaction examples may help to minimize potentialproblems:

1. If use of the temporary construction equipmentis on an airport, it may be necessary to negotiatewith airport managers/owners to close a runway,taxiway, relocate a runway threshold, or othersimilar action.

2. Negotiate with equipment operators to raiseand lower cranes, derricks, or other constructionequipment when weather conditions go below predetermined minimums as necessary for air trafficsituations or as appropriate for the airport runwaysin use.

3. Control the movement of construction vehicletraffic on airports.

4. Adjust minimum IFR altitudes or instrumentprocedures as necessary to accommodate the construction equipment if such action will not have seriousadverse effects on aeronautical operations.

5. Request that the temporary construction equipment be appropriately obstruction marked and/orlighted as the situation warrants.

b. Temporary Structures: Notices of proposedconstruction or alteration received on temporarystructures are processed in the same manner asa permanent structure but require special considerationin determining the extent of adverse effect. Thisis especially true of a structures such as cranesand derricks that may only be at a particularsite for a short period of time. As a generalpolicy, it is considered in the public interest tomake whatever adjustments are necessary toaccommodate the temporary structure of 30 daysor less if there are no substantial adverse affecton aeronautical operations or procedures. However,this policy does not apply if the aeronautical studydiscloses that existence of the structure wouldbe a hazard to aviation. Reasonable adjustmentsin aeronautical requirements or operations and modifications to the temporary structure should be givenequal consideration.

7-3-5

Figure 7-30[1]OE DETERMINAnON DATES

DETERMINATION

PREfERRED fORM

NO NOTICEREQUIRED

7460-1

DOES NOTEXCEED

7460-1

NO HAZARD

7460-9

HAZARD

7460-10

Issuance Date

Petition Date

April

None

April 1

None

April 1}

May 1

+ 30 days

Elfective Date

Expiration Date

Issuance Date

None

Issuance Date

+ 18 mo. fromIssuance Date

+6 mo. FromIssuance Date

See FCC Note

May 11 (+ 10 days)(Fortieth day alletissuance

+ 18 mo. FromEffec/lve Date

+6 mo. FromEffective Date

See FCC Note

May11 (+10days)(Fortieth day afterIssuance

None

•

Note: If FCC Construction Permit is required, expiration date is 6 months.

fCC Construction Permit required for:

Commercial Broadcast-TV, RadioCommon Carrier-TelephoneCATV-Cable TV

•

__--L.. ..

•

9/16/93

• Chapter 8. OBSTRUCTION EVALUATIONDETERMINATIONS

Section 1. GENERAL

7400.2D

8-1. AUTHORITYThe FAA's authority to promote the safe andefficient use of the navigable airspace is derivedfrom the Federal Aviation Act of 1958, as amended.However, this authority is not intended to beand may not be exercised to regulate the useof land (real property) beneath the navigable airspace.The guidelines in this chapter relate to this authorityand apply to determinations issued:

a. In accordance with Subpart D, Part 77, regardingproposed construction or alteration; or

b. Under the authority of Section 307(a) andSection 313(a) of the Federal Aviation Act of1958, as amended, pertaining to existing structuresunder construction and to structures of any typewhich would not exceed Part 77 obstruction standards,

•

but would have adverse physical or electromagneticinterference effect upon the navigable airspace orair navigation facilities.

8-2. POLICYDeterminations shall be based on the findings ofan aeronautical study as to the extent of adversephysical or electromagnetic interference effect uponthe navigable airspace or air navigation facilities.Evidence of adverse effect, either physical or electromagnetic, is not sufficient justification for a determination of hazard. However, a finding of a substantial physical or electromagnetic adverse effect normally requires issuance of a determination of hazard.The effect of objects studied shall be identifiedin each determination issued along with a clear,but brief, statement why aviation can or cannotaccommodate the proposal. Additionally, state inthe determination the extent of consideration givento any valid aeronautical comments received duringthe aeronautical study. The official FAA determination shall be a composite of the comments andfindings received from other interested FAA offices.Should there be a disagreement in the airspacefindings, the disagreement shall be resolved beforeissuance of the official FAA determination. Usethe following items, as appropriate, to ensure that

•th~ n~cessary information is included in each determmatIon:

a. Determination of No Hazard.

PARA 8-1

1. Brief description of location and obstructionstandards exceeded;

2. Effect on terminal and/or en route aeronauticaloperations, IFR, VFR, airports and so forth;

3. Circularization, associated comments, informal airspace meetings and negotiations;

4. Reasons and basis for determination as towhy the structure will not be a hazard to airnavigation and accommodations necessary by aeronautics or sponsors;

5. Any conditions of the determination thatare additional to those listed on the first pageof the determination. Routinely, the conditions specified pertain to the marking and lighting of astructure. There are, however, other conditions thatare not normally stated, such as changes in proceduresand/or altitudes, that are necessary to accommodatethe structure or else the object would be a hazard.Consequently, the "conditions" should include astatement that appropriate action will be takento amend the effected procedure/s and/or altitude/s upon notification to the FAA by the sponsorprior to the start of construction or alteration;

6. Limitations, if any; and7. Additional information such as supplemental

notice requirements.b. Determination of Hazard.

1. Include the items in paragraph 8-2a1, 2,and 3;

2. Changes necessary by aviation and/or bythe sponsor to accommodate the proposal; and

3. Reasons and basis for determination as towhy structure will be a hazard; i.e., a clear showingof substantial adverse effect.

8-3. STANDARD FORMSDeterminations issued by the FAA receive widespreadpublic distribution and review. Consequently, itis essential that each determination issued be consistent in form and content to the extent practicable.To facilitate this and to achieve economy in clericalhandling, standard forms are provided for circularsand determinations issued under Part 77.

8-1-1

7400.2D 9/16/93

8-8. SUPPLEMENTAL DATADeterminations of No Hazard may require supplemental statements to resolve potential problems.or specify conditions of determination. In additionto the statements on the current FAA Form 7460-9,Determination of No Hazard to Air Navigation,the following examples are provided for standardiza-tion.

a. Temporary Construction Equipment."This determination does not include temporaryconstruction equipment, such as cranes, derricks,etc., which may be used during the actualconstruction phase of this proposal. Such equipment which has a height greater than the proposed structure. and a height which wouldexceed the notice standard of Part 77 of theFederal Aviation Regulations requires separatenotice."

b. Laws or Regulations Other Than Part 77."This determination, issued in accordance withPart 77 of the Federal Aviation Regulations,concerns the effect of the proposal on the safeand efficient use of the navigable airspace byaircraft and does not relieve the sponsor of anycompliance responsibilities relating to any law,ordinance, or regulation of any Federal, state, orlocal governmental body."

c. Transmitting Towers/Antennas. •"This decision is based solely on the foregoingdescription of the structure/s, which includes

~. NOISE ISSUESComments on noise issues relating to a specificproposal will not be contained in an acknowledgmentor determination issued under Part 77. Such information may be transmitted to the construction sponsorin the form of a letter separate and apart fromthe obstruction evaluation acknowledgment or determination.

8-5. CONFORMANCE TO POLICYThe FAA office responsible for issuing determinationsshall assure that each determination issued conformsto established policies, procedures, and guidelines.Exceptional cases may require special handling,but no determination shall be issued which wouldbe contrary to agency policy until the matter has

Ibeen coordinated with and approved by the RegionalAdministrator and the Director, Air Traffic Rulesand Procedures Service, ATP-l.

a. No Hazard: Use FAA Form 7460-9 whenissuing a determination of no hazard to air navigationunder the provisions of Subpart D of Part 77.The preprinted form is designed to incorporatea maximum amount of the standard language requiredin each determination of no hazard. This reducesthe time required to prepare a determination forissuance and provides a standard of excellencedesirable to issuances being distributed to the public.

b. Hazard: Use FAA Form 7460-10 when issuinga determination of hazard to air navigation underthe provisions of Subpart D of Part 77. Thereasons and basis for the decision must includethe adverse effect of the proposal upon the safeand efficient use of the navigable airspace byaircraft and upon air navigation facilities. Also,state the reasons the affected aeronautical operationsor the procedure cannot be adjusted to alleviateor eliminate the conflicting demands for the airspace.

c. Proposed Construction or Alteration: Informationof an exact nature to clearly identify the characterof the proposed construction or alteration shallbe stated in the "Description" box of Form 7460-9(or Form 7460-10). Use wording, such as microwaveantenna tower, FM or AM transmitter antennatower, suspension bridge, TV antenna tower, orfour-stack power plant. When a proposal concernsan array of antennas or other multiple-type structures,specific information on this should also be statedin the description.

d. Conditions of Determination: Any conditionsupon which a determination of no hazard is basedshall be specified under the "Conditions" portionof Form 7460-9.· If more space is needed, usethe reverse side (page 2) of the form and stateunder "Conditions" that these are given on page2.

8-6. AIRCRAFT ROUTE CHANGESInclude the following statement in all determinations.of no hazard issued under Part 77 when it isbelieved that a change in departure and arrivalroutes or airport traffic patterns will be necessary:"Construction of the proposal may require a changein aircraft tracks over the ground near the airport."

8-7. EXISTING OBJECTSA determination issued as a result of a studyof an existing object may be written in variousforms:

a. As a determination of hazard or no hazardsimilar in form to a determination under Part77.35 but without reference to Part 77;

b. As a formal letter outlining the effects ofthe structure and perhaps, recommending to thesponsor that the structure be marked and/or lighted,reduced in height, or removed;

c. As an informal letter or staff study makingan internal FAA recommendation; or

d. As a formal letter to FCC recommendingdismantlement of an abandoned tower.

•

8-1-2 PARA 8-8

•

•

•

9/16/93

location, height, ERP, and operating frequency.""The FAA hereby requests that notice be givenfor any future construction or alteration thatwould exceed the above described heights,include any increase to the ERP, alter thetransmitting frequency, and/or add othertransmitting device/s.' ,

8-9. DISTRIBUTIONa. Determinations Issued Under Part 77.35. Copies

of determinations issued under FAR 77.35(c) shallbe sent to each FAA office that participated inthe study and to all known interested persons.One copy of· each determination shall be sentto ATP-240, ATM--600, military representatives,and, if appropriate, the FCC.

PARA 8-9

7400.2D

b. Determinations On Existing Objects: A determination or recommendation resulting from an aeronautical study of an existing object shall be distributedas considered appropriate by the issuing office.Send one copy to ATP-240.

c. Records: A record of the distribution for eachdetermination issued under Part 77.35(c), eachrevised, extended, or affirmed determination issuedunder Part 77.39, or as the result of a studyon an existing object shall be entered in theaeronautical study file. Reference to the distributioncode, a mailing list, or any other evidence ofdistribution will be sufficient.


8-1-3

9/16/93 7400.2D


ing facilities coming under the jurisdiction of thelicensing authority of the FCC, the expiration dateof a no hazard determination is 6 months fromthe effective date unless the sponsor makes applicationto the FCC for a construction permit. When atimely application is filed with the FCC, the determination continues in force until such time asthe FCC denies the application or if granted, untilthe date specified in the FCC construction permitfor completion of construction. Thus, using againthe example in paragraph 8-21, the constructionsponsor would be advised that the determinationexpires on August 11, 1993, unless applicationis made to the FCC for a construction permitor the determination is otherwise extended, revised,or terminated; and that if application is madeto the FCC within the 6-month time period, thedetermination expires on the date prescribed inthe FCC construction permit for completion ofconstruction or on the date the FCC denies theapplication.

c. Petition or Review: If the date of a finaldetermination is changed as a result of a petitionor review, the expiration of the determination isautomatically extended as appropriate.

d. Existing Objects: Determinations issued withregard to studies of existing structures shall notcontain an expiration date.

8-22. EXPIRATION DATEa. Non-FCC: For proposed construction not under

the licensing authority of the FCC, the expirationdate of a no hazard determination is 18 monthsfrom the effective date of the determination. Thusi~ the example given in paragraph 8-21, the construc~tIon sponsor should be advised that the determinationexpires on August 11, 1993, unless otherwiseextended, revised, or terminated.

b. FCC: For proposed construction concerningradio, television, microwave relay, or other broadcast-

8-21. EFFECTIVE DATEa. Proposed Structures: The effective date of

a determination issued under Part 77.35 is thefortieth day after the date of issuance. Thus, ifa determinati.on is issued on January 2, 1993,the construction sponsor should be advised thatthe determination is subject to review if a petitionis file~ .on or before February 1, 1993; that ifno petition is filed, the determination becomes~inal. on February 11, 1993; and, that if a petitionIS fIled, further notice will be given and the~etermination ~i~l not become final pending disposition of the petition (see Figure 4-7[8] and Figure4-7[9]).

b. Existing Objects: A determination, statementof FAA po~ition, or recommendation resulting froman ae~onautIcal study of an existing object is effectiveupon Issuance.

Section 2. DETERMINATION DATES

• 8-20. ISSUANCE DATEThe issuance date of a determination is the dateon the determination under "issued in ........ on

"

•

•PARA 8-20 8-2-1

Section 3. EXTENSION OF DETERMINATIONS

8-32. COORDINATIONCoordination shall be effected with ATP-240 priorto denying extensions which pertain to structuressubject to the licensing authority of the FCC.

8-33. EXTENSION PERIODNormally, an extension should be for a periodof 18 months unless a shorter period is requested

8-30. AUTHORITYThe FAA official issuing a determination has thedelegated authority to grant an extension. Wherea petition for an extension precipitates a policydetermination which is of such controversial naturethat the matter should be considered by the Administrator, the petition should be referred through the

I Regional Administrator to the Administrator.

8-31. CONDITIONSAn extension may be granted provided the requestis timely (postmarked or delivered 15 days beforethe determination expires) and a review of aeronautical activity shows that no significant change hasoccurred since the determination was issued.

•

•

•

9/16/93 7400.2D

by the proponent. If the structure is subject tothe licensing authority of the FCC, the extensionshall be for a period of 6 months.

8-34. REVIEW PROVISIONSUnder the provisions of Part 77.37, extensionsof the effective periods of determinations are subjectto review; therefore, each extension granted shallcontain a paragraph similar to that in determinationsadvising of the petition period, the effective date,and the new expiration date.

8-35. DISTRIBUTIONCopies of extensions issued under Part 77.39(b)should be sent to all known interested parties.Send one copy of each extension to ATP-240and, if appropriate, to the FCC.


PARA 8-30 8-3-1

Section 4. REVISION, CORRECTION, AND TERMINATION OFDETERMINATIONS•

•

•

9/16/93

8-40. REVISIONS, EXTENSIONS, ANDTERMINATIONS

The FAA official responsible for issuing a nohazard determination has the delegated authorityunder Part 77.39 to revise, extend, or terminatethe determination provided the revision is basedupon new facts that change the basis on whichthe determination was made.

8-41. CORRECTIONThe FAA official issuing a determination mayalso correct that determination as required. Editorialchanges, such as the change in name of a constructionsponsor, should be issued as corrections. Minoradjustments to a proposal, usually as a resultof a more accurate survey, may be issued asa corrected determination electromagnetic effect uponair navigation facilities or aeronautical operationsand procedures than the original proposal. Thecorrected determination shall be issued under theoriginal study number. Corrected determinations are

PARA 8-,40

7400.2D

effective on issuance, except that in no case willthe effective date be prior to the effective dateof the original determination.

8-42. STANDARD FORMATForms 7460-9/10 should be used in issuing corrections or revisions. Indicate the issuance of a reviseddetermination by adding "Revised" at the endof the title. Indicate the issuance of a correctedproposal or determination by adding "Corrected"at the end of the title. Include an explanationof the revision or correction in the determination.

8-43. DISTRIBUTIONCopies of revised or corrected determinations shallbe given the same distribution as the originaldetermination and, if appropriate, other knowninterested persons.


8+1

9/16/93 7400.2D

8-57. NOTICES OF REVIEWThe decision of the Director, Air Traffic Rulesand Procedures Service, ATP-1, is distributed asa notice to the petitioner, the sponsor, interestedparties of record and, if appropriate, the FCC.The notice shall advise whether the review willbe based upon written materials or a public hearing.

8-58. REVIEW BASED ON WRITTENMATERIALS

When a review is granted on the basis of writtenmaterials, the notice of review shall also adviseof the specific issues which are to be consideredand solicit written comments from interested parties.The review normally includes a study of a reportby the Regional Administrator of the aeronautical Istudy, briefs, other relevant facts, and related submissions by any interested party.

8-59. REVIEW BASED ON PUBLICHEARINGS

Hearings held on proposed construction or alterationto determine the effect on the safety of aircraftand the efficient use of navigable airspace arefactfinding in nature. As a factfinding procedure,

the fastest means available. In the event a petitionconcerning a determination of no hazard is receivedtoward the end of the 3O-day petition filing period,the receiving office shall also promptly notifyATP-240 by telephone.

8-54. JURISDICTIONUpon receipt of a petition, jurisdiction of thecase immediately transfers from the issuing officeto the Washington Office. Any further coordinationwith the petitioner, the sponsor, or their representatives will be conducted by the Washington Office.Regional assistance may be requested as required.

8-55. WRITTEN COMMUNICATIONSAny written communication containing an objectionto a determination issued under Part 77.19, Part77.35, or Part 77.39 which might be consideredto be a petition under Part 77.37 shall be treatedas though it were a valid petition and forwardedto the Washington Office.

8-56. RECOMMENDATIONSBased upon his examination of the petition andafter appropriate coordination, ATP-240 recommendsthe grant or denial of the requested review tothe Director, Air Traffic Rules and ProceduresService, ATP-1, through the Manager,Airspace-Rules and Aeronautical Information Division.

Section 5. WASHINGTON OFFICE REVIEWS

• 8-50. AUTHORITYThe Director, Air Traffic Rules and ProceduresService, ATP-1, is delegated the authority to decideupon a petition initiated under Part 77.37 to:

8. Determine whether a determination issued underPart 77.19 or Part 77.35, or a revision or extensionof a determination issued under Part 77.39(c) shouldbe reviewed or denied;

b. Decide the procedural basis (written materialsor public hearings) upon which a review willbe made; and

c. Affirm, revise, or reverse a determination asindicated by the review.

8-51. PETITIONS FOR REVIEWThe Airspace and Obstruction Evaluation Branch,ATP-240, is responsible for processing petitionsfor discretionary review filed under Part 77.37and for making recommendations to the Director,Air Traffic Rules and Procedures Service, ATP-1,through the Manager, Airspace-Rules and Aeronautical Information Division, as to whether the reviewshould be granted, whether the review should beon the basis of written materials, or public hearing.

•

ATP-240 shall coordinate with the SpectrumEngineering Division, Frequency Management

IBranch, ASM-51O; Technical Programs Division,Flight Procedures Standards Branch, AFS-420;Design and Operations Criteria Division, DesignStandards Group, AAS-llO; and, as appropriate,with AGC-230 prior to making recommendationstoATP-l.

8-52. PETITION PROCESSINGATP-240 is the focal point within the FAA forthe processing of petitions to the Administratorunder Part 77.37. Upon receiving notification ofa petition, ATP-240, shall:

8. Docket Number: Assign an OE docket numberto the petition composed of the last two digitsof the calendar year in which the assignmentis made, the symbol AWA to indicate WashingtonHeadquarters, the symbol OE to indicate obstructionevaluation, and a serial number. Serial numbersrun consecutively within each calendar year.

b. Notification: As appropriate, notify the construction sponsor, the petitioner, the FAA region concerned, and the FCC that the determination isnot and will not be final pending disposition ofthe petition.

8-53. REGIONAL OFFICESAny FAA office receiving a petition under Part77.37 shall forward the petition to ATP-240 by•PARA 8-50 8-5-1

7400.2D

each hearing is nonadversary, and there are noformal pleadings or adverse parties.

a. Notice: When a review is granted on thebasis of a public hearing, the notice of reviewwill advise of the FAA official who is to bethe presiding officer at the hearing.

b. Responsibility: Upon the designation of a presiding officer, ATP-240 shall serve as technical assistantand staff to him and shall assist in the preparation,coordination, and issuance of further notices andorders pertaining to the hearing, arrange for hearingroom space, recorders, record keeping, and performother tasks incidental to the hearing.

c. Rules of Practice: Rules of practice for publichearings are set forth in Subpart E of Part 77.

8-60. REGIONAL PARTICIPATION

IWhen a discretionary review is granted, the RegionalAdministrator concerned will normally be requestedto submit a written recommendation report in accord-ance with Part 77.37(c)(1). Such written reportsshall be forwarded together with the original orcertified true copy of the aeronautical study casefile.

a. Summary Reports: A summary report of theaeronautical study may also be requested of the

I Regional Administrator. When a summary reportis requested, it shall be transmitted together with

Ithe aeronautical study file and Regional Administrator's recommendation report to the Director, AirTraffic Rules and Procedures Service, ATP-1.

b. Content and Format: Requested summary reportsshall be submitted in a format similar to thefollowing:

1. Description of construction proposal.2. Part 77 obstruction standards exceeded and

to what extent.3. Narrative summary of the aeronautical study:

Include, as appropriate, information and data ofeffect on:

(a) Airports.(b) Airport approaches and clear zones.(c) Airport traffic patterns.(d) Approach slope ratios.(e) Departure slope ratios.(f) Instrument approach procedures.(g) Instrument departure routes.(h) Transition procedures.(i) Radar procedures.Q) Airway and approved off-airway routes.(k) Visual flight rules (VFR) operations.(1) Any related airspace actions.(m) Other.

8-5-2

9/16/93

4. Checklist for attachments: Include, asapplicable but not limited to:

(a) FAA Form 7460-1 or other form ofnotice.

(b) Acknowledgment.(c) Circular notice of study.(d) Replies to circularization.(e) Notification of informal meetings.(f) Summary of informal meetings.(g) Instrument approach charts.(h) Local airport traffic pattern data.(i) Standard instrument departure procedures.G) FAA Form 5010-1 FAA Master Airport

Record.(k) FAA Form 8260 series for instrument

approach procedures.(1) Letters of agreement.(m) Operations letters.(n) Other.

8-61. FINAL DECISIONa. Review Based on Written Materials: Based

upon review, analysis and evaluation of the region'sreport of the aeronautical study, briefs, and relatedsubmissions by any interested party, and otherrelevant facts, ATP-240 prepares, coordinates, andrecommends to the Director, Air Traffic Rulesand Procedures Service, ATP-1, a notice affirming,revising, or reversing the determination issued underPart 77.19, Part 77.35, or Part 77.39.

b. Review Based on Public Hearings: The Director,Air Traffic Rules and Procedures Service, ATP-1,after reviewing the evidence relevant to the questionof fact in a hearing, including the official transcriptand exhibits, resolves all questions and, basedon the weight of the evidence, makes his determination stating the basis and reasons for it. He shallthen issue an appropriate order to be served oneach of the parties.

8-62. DISTRIBUTION OF DECISIONCopies of the final decision shall be distributedto the petitioner/s, the sponsor, the interested partiesof record, the regional air traffic division and,if appropriate, the FCC.

8-63. CASES REFERRED TO WASHINGTONThe responsibility for processing obstruction evaluation cases referred to Washington is also delegatedto ATP-240, with the coordinated assistance ofASM-51O, AAS-llO, and AFS-230. Additionally,ASM-51O shall ensure that the Spectrum EngineeringDivision reviews all obstruction evaluation casesfor potential AM/FM/TV broadcast interference.

PARA 8-63

•

•

•

•9/16/93

AGC-230 shall review each case for form andlegality as determined necessary by ATP-240.

8-64. PERIODIC REVIEWATP-240 shall conduct special and periodic reviewsof regional aeronautical studies, processing procedures, and issuances to ensure agency-wide continuityin the execution of the obstruction evaluation program.ASM-510, AAS-llO, and AFS-230 shall assistin these reviews as requested by ATP-240.

8-65. SENSITIVE CASES

I a. Regional Office: The Air Traffic DivisionManager, prior to issuing, revising, or extendinga determination concerning a construction proposalwhich precipitates a policy determination, may refer

•

•PARA 8-64

7400.2D

the matter together with his recommendation tothe Washington Office for action.

b. When a Air Traffic Division Manager refers Ia sensitive case to the Washington Office, ATP-240shall:

1. Review, analyze, and evaluate the constructionproposal, the aeronautical study, and the region'srecommendation.

2. Prepare and coordinate a briefing paper forthe Director, Air Traffic Rules and ProceduresService, ATP-l, to the Associate Administratorfor Air Traffic, AAT-l, recommending concurrenceor nonconcurrence with the region and transmittinga memorandum for the Administrator's signaturereplying to the region.

8-5-3

9/16/93

•7400.2D

Chapter 9. OBSTRUCTION MARKING AND LIGHTINGSection 1. OBJECTS TO BE MARKED AND LIGHTED

9-1. POLICYObstruction marking and lighting shall be madea condition of determination of no hazard provided:

a. Marking and lighting were specifically evaluatedin the aeronautical study or in a separate study;and

b. It disclosed that the obstruction will not bea hazard provided it is marked and lighted.

9-2. STANDARDSFAA standards, procedures, and types of equipmentspecified for marking and lighting obstructions toair navigation are presented in AC 70/7460-1,Obstruction Marking and Lighting. These standardsprovide a uniform means to indicate the presenceof obstructions and are the basis for recommendingmarking and lighting to the public. These standardsare the minimum acceptable level of conspicuity

•

to warn pilots of the presence of objects. Theyshall also apply when Federal funds are to beexpended for marking and lighting obstructions.

•

9-3. AERONAUTICAL STUDYThe aeronautical study shall determine whetherobstruction marking and/or lighting is necessaryand to what extent. The entire structure or complex,including closely surrounding terrain and otherobjects, must be considered in recommending markingand lighting. A later study may indicate a needfor recommending marking and/or lighting whereno such recommendation was made in the originalstudy or, in some cases, after a Determinationof No Hazard is issued.

a. Proposed Objects: A change in runway lengthor alignment, a new airport development, a changein aeronautical procedures, or similar reasons maybe cause for additional study of proposed objectsto determine if marking and/or lighting is nowappropriate when it was not recommended as aresult of the original study.

b. Existing Objects: Marking and lighting recommendations may be made at any time. Considerchanges occurring in the vicinity of the objectsince the initial recommendation was made andinclude such factors as increased aircraft activity,the closing of an airport, changes in IFR andVFR routes, and shielding by taller structures.

PARA 9-1

9-4. RECOMMENDATIONSRecommend the obstruction marking and/or lightingstandard most appropriate for the height and locationof any temporary or permanent object that:

a. Exceeds 200 feet in overall height aboveground level at its site or exceeds any obstructionstandard contained in Part 77, Subpart C, unlessan aeronautical study shows the absence of suchmarking and/or lighting will not impair aviationsafety; or

b. Is not identified as an obstruction under thestandards of Part 77, Subpart C, but may indicateby its particular location a need to be markedor lighted to promote aviation safety.

9-5. PARTIAL MARKING AND LIGHTINGOmitting marking and/or lighting on the bottomsection; e.g., the lowest 200 feet, of a tall structureshould be discouraged unless that part of the structureis shielded. Marking and lighting standards arebased on a total system configuration and areonly totally effective when used as intended. Therefore, the object and its location must be givencareful consideration prior to recommending partialmarking and/or lighting.

9-6. OMISSION/DELETION OF MARKINGAND LIGHTING

When recommending that the marking and/or lightingbe omitted because the structure is conspicuousby its shape, size, and/or color, include a judgmentthat the structure would not blend into any physicalor atmospheric background that may reasonablybe expected in the vicinity.

9-7. EXCESSIVE MARKING AND LIGHTINGRecommend specific advisory circular chapters, paragraphs, and when appropriate, specific intensitiesthat address the minimum marking and/or lightingstandards for safety. Recommendations of specificchapters allow for the use of those chapters only,even though they may contain references to otherchapters. If the sponsor insists on or the FAAfinds that high intensity white lights would notbe objectionable, indicate in the determination thatthe FAA does not object to increased conspicuityprovided the lighting is in accordance with guidelinesof AC 70/7460-1, Obstruction Marking and Lighting.

9-1-1

7400.2D

9-8. HIGH AND MEDIUM INTENSITYWHITE OBSTRUCTION LIGHTINGSYSTEMS

a. High intensity lighting systems should notbe recommended for structures less than 300 feetabove ground level and, normally, not on structures500 feet or less above ground level except whenan aeronautical study shows otherwise. This doesnot apply to catenary support structures.

b. Use caution in recommending the use of highor medium intensity white obstruction lighting systems. Aircraft operations can be adversely affectedwhere strobe-lighted structures are located in anarea of limited visual cues. These situations cancontribute to spatial disorientation when pilots aremaneuvering in minimum visibility conditions.

9-1-2

9/16/93

Marine or surface vessels and other vehicles, espe-cially on nearby elevated roadways, could also.experience operational difficulties from strobe lights.Adverse effects may be minimized by externalshielding. Examples are:

1. Locations within the airportlheliport environment in a sparsely lit rural setting.

2. An offshore installation.c. Dual lighting systems should be considered

when a structure is located in or near residentialareas, especially in hilly terrain where some housesare higher than the base of the structure.


•

•PARA 9-9

Section 2. DEVIATIONS AND MODIFICATIONS

•

•

•

9/16/93

9-20. AERONAUTICAL STUDYWhen the sponsor or owner of an object requestspermission to alter or eliminate the recommendedmarking and/or lighting, an appropriate aeronauticalstudy should be made to determine whether:

a. Marking and/or lighting is necessary;b. The owner/sponsor's proposed alteration is

acceptable; orc. The recommended marking and/or lighting

should be retained.

9-21. MODIFICATIONSA modified application of marking and lightingrefers to the amount of standard marking and/or lighting such as:

a. Placing standard marking and/or lighting ononly a portion of an object.

b. Adding marking and/or lighting in additionto the standard marking and lighting to improvethe conspicuity of the object.

c. Reducing the amount of standard markingand/or lighting to the extent of eliminating oneor the other as may be considered appropriate.

d. Adjusting the standard spacing of recommendedintermediate light levels for ease of installationand maintenance as considered appropriate.

9-22. APPROVAL OF MODIFICATIONSA request for a modified application may be approved

I by the Air Traffic Division Manager or his designee.

PARA 9-20

7400.2D

Examples of modified application may be foundin AC 70/7460-1, paragraph 5(a).

9-23. DEVIATIONA deviation refers to a change from the standardpatterns, intensities, flashing rates, etc. A markingand lighting deviation is considered to be:

a. Marking patterns or colors other than thosespecified in AC 70/7460-1.

b. Lighting patterns, intensities, flashing rates,or colors other than those specified in AC 70/7460-1.

9-24. REQUEST FOR DEVIATIONSRequests for deviations shall be forwarded to theAirspace-Rules and Aeronautical Information Division, ATP-200, only after an aeronautical studyhas been conducted on the proposal. The resultsof the study and the regional recommendationshall be submitted with the request.

9-25. DEVIATION APPROVALDeviations require approval by the Director, AirTraffic Rules and Procedures Service. Any coordination necessary prior to approval shall be effectedby the Airspace-Rules and Aeronautical InformationDivision, ATP-200. Examples of deviations maybe found in AC 70/7460-1.

9-2-1

APPE~DIX 2-1.

SVPPLEMENTAL POLICY REGARDING OBSTRUCTION EVALUATION (OE) AIRPORTAIRSPACE ANALYSIS (AAA) DETERMINATIONS

7~OO.1D

Memorandumus DepomnenI(;1~

~AvIat'on

AdmInlstraKon

9/16/93

•INFOR:iATIO~: Supplemental Policy RegardingObstruct~~;~;uation (OE) Airport Airspace

~;s~~termAti:ns

R. J. Van Vuren . \Associate Administrator for Air Traffic, AAT-l

To Regional Directors

Olle AUG 2 ~

Reply toAlln ot Wugal ter: 426-8790

In the spirit of FAA's Vision of Excellence to provide quality of serviceand maintain our integrity, we would like to address two important mattersthat have been of concern to the Associate Administrators for AviationSta~dards, Development and Logistics, Airports, and Air Traffic.

The first of these matters is to highlight the most recent edition ofHandbook 7400.2C, Procedures for Handling Airspace Matters; the second is toaddress, in a forum less public than the handbook, the necessity forconsistency in policy, specifically when technical application of our jointOE and AAA procedures have the potential to place two agency elements atodds in the public light.

Handbook 7400.2C, with the concurrence and signatures of siz office/serviceheads, reflects an eztensive 2-year coordination effort and became effeciiveMay 1. This document promotes the one-voice philosophy and outlinesprocedures and each office's responsibilities to obtain and receive thenecessary support and coordination of the related operating divisions (AirTraffic, Airports, Airway Facilities, Flight Standards) to the administration of fAR Parts 77, 157, and the Federal grant programs (Parts 151, 152,etc.) with their associated compliance requirements. The Dew and clarifiedprocedures call for all operating divisions to review Dotices of proposedconstruction or alteration received by FAA and not issue aDy acknowledgementand/or determination until all operating divisions agree that the proposalwill Dot create a hazard. It ahould be emphasized that this conclusion mustbe reached even on a proposal that doesn't meet the Part 77 noticecriteria. It ia worthy to note that when Congress concluded the FA Act of1958, the FAA was authorized (Sec. 1101) to obtain ·public notice ••• of theconstruction, of any structure where notice will promote safety in aircommerce.· This is the only basis in law for our entire obstructionevaluation program.

Therefore, once we receive the notice, we ahould take the opportunity tooppose any structure that creates an unacceptable circumstance, electro&agnetic or physical, for any element of the agency. With intelligenthandling and artful negotiation, we can accomplish more than a narrow,explicit application of the -acknowledgment- requirements of Part 77. If,to the language of FAR 77.19, proposals are acknowledged without consideration of related problems outside the purview of Part 77, two factions

9-2-2

•

•

•

•

•

9/16/93

APPENDIX 2-1. Continued

of the agency may end up publicly at odds and leave the impression that ourOE program is inconsistently applied, or, in lome casel, that Part 77 andTERPS are contradictory and, lIost unfortunately, that the FAA lpeakl withtwo voices.

A major problem that can lead us into such an untenable position relates tothe administration of interrelated FAR Parts. Air Traffic ..y receivenotice under Part 77 OD a construction or alteration proposal that i.located just off the property of an airport .ubject to a Federal grantagreement. Technically, Part 77 would apply and the proposal ..y or ..y notbe identified as an obstruction under Subpart C. That Itructure'. location,however, may also be in the obstacle free ZODe or in the runway clear zoneidentified under Federal grant agreements. Without recognizing itllocation, we could normally acknowledge the notice under P.rt 77 and checkoff the bOI stating that while ·the structure'would be an obstruction, itwill not be a hazard to air navigation.· At the same time, the obstructionmay be an airport hazard by airport .tandard's definition and the airportsgraDt agreement specifically requires the airport owner to work with thecommun1ty in estab11sh1ng zon1ng or other act10n that protects these areas.In other words, if we acknowledge the proposal with1n just the purv1ew ofPart 77, our Airports element is placed 1n a precarious pos1t10n because thesponsor now has a "no hazard" determination s1gned by the FAA say1ng theproposal is acceptable, wh1le the airport owner 1s placed 1nto noncomp11ancewith the grant agreement for failure to conta1n structures 1n these areas •

This 1s a very real and, unfortunately, too frequent problem beeaule the A1rTraff1c spec1a11st fells compelled to acknowledge the notice as prescr1bedby Part 77, while the Airports Ipecialist needs to enforce the grantagreement. Here is an opportunity that must be .erved by a ·one FAAvo1ce." It 1s obv10usly to our advantage, as well as to the advantage ofthe publiC, not to acknowledge notice under Part 77 and to address it w1th1nthe purview or-the grant agreement.

The decis10n to handle the proposal this way 1s much eas1er to defend andfar less potentially damaging to the agency than a public confrontation oversuch 1ssues as objects 1n a clear zone that are not obstruct1ons underPart 77. S1milarly, when ODe element of the agency does not receive lupportfrom the other, any case 1. weakened. Of equal concern is when a proposedstructure might derogate airport capacity/eff1c1ency, Qr increa.e land1ng/dep~ture m1nimums at an a1rport lubject to Federal grant agreementCI). Thepotent1al persuas1ve power of rrant agreement noncomp11ance can beeffectively uled to prevent the creatiOD of an aeronautical hazard. This iselpec1ally important when the propoled construct1on project il lubject tothe concurrence or influence of the a1rport Iponsor, and that Iponlor 1saware that lubsequent rrant requests can be approved only if be 11 1ncomp11ance with the esilting grant aireement.

We Ihould be conf1dent that ODce aware of a propo.ed .tTucture by not1ce orother lDeill', we are not 11l1l1te~ in our study. We lDust Dot abdicate theagency" overall re,ponlib111ty to lafety 1n adm1n1.tering the a1rspace byfa1ling to provide mutual support for each eIelDent's ind1v1dualreapoU51b1l1ty •

7-S00.2D

9-2-3

7400.2D

9-2-4

APPENDIX 2-1. Continued

Another problem of inter-agency contradiction involves field office/facilitymanagers and specialists. These viewed experts from all facets of the agencyincluding ATCT's, FSDO's. GADa's, etc •• are ambassadors of good will and keepsafety and good intentions i~ mind when conducting their activities; however,not enough have a working knowledge of the obstruction evaluation standardsand, in Many Cdses, believe that these standards are not their responsibilityto apply. When approached about an ~opinion~ regarding decisions based onthese standards, they are unconsciously free with their independent thoughtsthat May be in conflict with the agency's collective expert judgments.

In the focus of the programs' administration, the compelling concerns are morethan a one voice philosophy. We are concerned about total program awareness;a need to exercise caution whee approached by the public for our expertadvice; and a qeed to be consistent in applying our joint standards. Part 77does not conflict with TEP.PS, nor does Part 77 conflict with the terms ofgrant agreements. They complement each other and we should, too. _e are aunified organization staffed with an exceptional union of experts who workclose as a team - and hope that the outside, as well ao the inside, can say we speak with one voice.

Towards the goal of presenting a unified front to the aeronautical public, werequest your assistance in disseminating this philosophy to your staff andfield offices.

This letter has been coordinated with and has the support of the AssociateAdministrators for Aviation Standards, AVS-l. Development and Logistics,ADL-l, and Airports, ARP-l.

9/16/93

•

•

•

•9/16/93

PART 3. AIRPORT AIRSPACE ANALYSISChapter 10. POLICY

7400.2D

•

•

10-1. INTRODUCTIONThis part provides guidance and procedures forprocessing notices of landing area proposals submittedin accordance with Part 157, Airport ImprovementProgram (AIP), Military Construction Program(MCP), or as otherwise received for considerationby the FAA. The provisions of this part arebased upon the authority and responsibility of theAdministrator under Section 307(a), Section 308(b),Section 309, Section 312(a), and Section 313(a)of the Federal Aviation Act of 1958, as amended.In part, Section 312(a) directs the FAA to makelong range plans for, and formulate policy withrespect to, the orderly development and locationof landing areas. The airport airspace analysis derivedfrom an aeronautical study is an important stepin achieving this goal. The results of this studyare used to advise an airport proponent, in theform of a determination, as to the effect theconstruction, alteration, activation, or deactivationof an airport will have on the safe and efficientuse of the navigable airspace by aircraft. Suchadvice must be developed through the aeronauticalstudy process during which specific attention shallbe given matters concerning the proposal's effecton the airspace structure and projected programsof the FAA. There are many factors which influenceairport studies, and each proposal must be individuallystudied on its own merits. For the purpose ofthis part, the term airport is used as definedin Part 1.

10-2. PURPOSEThe purpose of an aeronautical study is to determinewhat effect the proposal may have on compliancewith the overall Airports Program and on thesafe and efficient utilization of the navigable airspaceby aircraft. A complete study consists of an airspaceanalysis, a flight safety review, and a review ofthe potential effect of the proposal on air trafficcontrol and air navigation facilities. Each of thesephases of the airport aeronautical study requirescomplete and accurate data to enable the FAAto provide the best possible advice regarding themerits of the proposal on the National AirspaceSystem.

PARA 10-1

10-3. DELEGATION OF AUTHORITYThe authority for conducting the airport programis delegated to regional offices. Airport personnelshall administer the Airports Program with thecoordinated assistance of Air Traffic, Airway Facilities, and Flight Standards personnel.

10-4. AIRPORTS OFFICE RESPONSIBILITYAppropriate Airports Offices are responsible forthe overall Airports Program, initiating studies ofairport proposals, developing and forwarding theFAA determination to the airport sponsor/proponent,and, where applicable, forwarding comments regarding potential noise problems to the airport proponent/sponsor for resolution.

10-5. AIR TRAFFIC OFFICERESPONSIBILITY

The appropriate air traffic office is responsiblefor evaluating the proposal from the standpointof safe and efficient use of airspace by aircraft.In addition, based on existing and/or contemplatedtraffic patterns and procedures, the air traffic officeshall be responsible for identifying potential noiseproblems and advising the Airports Office accordingly.

10-6. FLIGHT STANDARDS OFFICERESPONSIBILITY

The appropriate Flight Standards Office is responsiblefor evaluating whether aircraft operations can beconducted safely and in accordance with applicablecriteria or standards.

10-7. AIRWAY FACILITIES OFFICERESPONSIBILITY

The appropriate Airway Facilities Office will beresponsible for conducting the following engineeringstudies:

a. Conducting engineering studies on airportproposals to evaluate their effects upon commissionedand/or proposed air navigation aids.

b. Electromagnetic studies to evaluate the effectsexisting and/or proposed objects will have uponair navigation and communications facilities.

c. Line-of-site (shadow) studies on existing and/or proposed objects for control tower visibility.

10-1-1

7400.2D

10-8. LOCAL OFFICE NOTIFICATIONEach of the above offices shall be responsiblefor keeping their respective local field offices andfacilities advised of proposed and completed airportproposals as appropriate.

10-9. STUDY NUMBER ASSIGNMENTThe appropriate Airports Office is responsible toassign an NRA aeronautical study number to eachairport case in accordance with paragraph 2-21.

10-lO. PROPOSALS SUBJECT TOAERONAUTICAL STUDY

To the extent required, conduct an aeronauticalstudy of the following types of airport proposals:

a. Airport proposals submitted pursuant to theprovisions of Part 157.

b. Airport Improvement Program requests for aid.c. Notices of existing airports where prior notice

of the airport construction or alteration was notprovided as required by Part 157.

d. Disposal of Federal surplus real property forpublic airport purposes.

e. Airport layout plans, including considerationof the effect of structures which may restrict controltower line~f-sight capability and effects upon electronic and visual aids to air navigation.

f. Military proposals for military airports usedonly by the armed forces.

g. Proposals on joint-use (civil/military) airports.h. Proposed designation of precision instrument

landing runways.i. Airport site selection feasibility studies.j. Any other airport case when deemed necessary

to assess the safe and efficient use of the navigableairspace by aircraft and/or the safety of personsand property on the ground.

10-11. AIRPORT PROGRAMSa. Part 157. Pursuant to appropriate sections of

the Federal Aviation Act of 1958, as amended,Part 157 was adopted to require notice to theAdministrator by persons proposing to constru~t,

alter, activate, or deactivate a civil or joint-use(civil/military) airport for which Federal funds havenot been requested. Such notice is required sothat a study can be made and the proponentcan be advised as to the proposal's effect onthe use of the navigable airspace by aircraft (seeFigure 10-11[1], Figure 10-11[2], and Figure10-11[3]).

b. Airport Improvement Program (AlP): FederalAviation Regulations, Part 152, initially was promulgated under the authority of the Airport and AirwayDevelopment Act of 1970 to prescribe the policies

10-1-2

9/16/93

and procedures for administering the Airport Development Aid Program (ADAP). Airport projects eligiblefor Federal aid must be submitted in accordancewith the current provisions of Part 152. AlP projects,including airport layout plans, are processed similarto non-AlP projects, except that the airport studyresults in either an agency approval or disapprovalof the project.

c. Federal Aid Airport Program (FAAP) and Airport Development Aid Program (ADAP): FederalAviation Regulations, Part 151, projects are processedin the same manner as Part 152 proposals. Applicableregulations will remain in effect until all grantsand agreements issued for projects under the FAAPor ADAP have been completed and the obligationshave expired.

d. Military Construction Program: Federal AviationAct, Section 308(b) provides that the Departmentof Defense (DOD) and/or the National Aeronauticsand Space Administration (NASA) shall not acquire,establish, or construct any military airport, missileor rocket site, or substantially alter any runwaylayout unless reasonable prior notice is given tothe FAA. This permits the FAA to advise otherinterested persons as to the effects of such projectsupon the use of airspace by aircraft.

e. Disposal of Federal Surplus Real Propertyfor Public Airport Purposes. The FAA is requiredto officially endorse the site before property interestin land owned and controlled by the United Statesis conveyed to a public agency for public airportpurposes. Federal surplus property cases are handledin the same manner as ADAP proposals.

10-12. AIRPORT DESIGN STANDARDSFor Federally obligated airports, it is the responsibilityof, and for non-Federally obligated airports, itshould be encouraged for the airport proponent!sponsor/planner to comply with FAA airport designstandards. This action, combined with airport hazardremoval standards, should provide hazard-free airspace for airport aeronautical operations. Whenairport design standards are combined with appropriate state and local zoning ordinances, the resultanteffect will:

a. Assure the lowest possible operational altitudesfor aircraft;

b. Protect the economic investment in the airport;and

c. Promote safety in the areas affected by theairport by assuring, through proper development,land use most beneficial to the community.

10-13. FUNDING RESPONSIBILITIESEach participating office shall be particularly sensitiveto airport projects or airport layout plan changes

PARA 10-13

•

•

•

,

9/16/93

which would, if accomplished, lead to the relocation,

•

rePlacement, or modification of air traffic controlor air navigation and communications facilities.Such conditions shall be identified in the reviewprocess and appropriate recommendations maderegarding funding responsibilities as related to currentFAA policy on facility relocations occasioned byairport improvements or changes. (See FAA Order6030.1 and AC 150/5300-7.)

10-14. AIRPORT SPACING GUIDELINES ANDTRAFFIC PATTERN AIRSPACE AREAS

The following general IFR and VFR airspace requirement guidelines are to be used as an aid inevaluating airport proposals. They may also beused in determining the airspace requirements toaccommodate a given operation under a givencondition, areas of potential air traffic conflictfor aircraft having certain operational and performancecharacteristics, and the degree of aircraft operationalflight compatibility with other airports in a givenarea. These guidelines are not to be construedas authorization for aircraft operations contrary toany Federal Aviation Regulations, nor are the dimensions to be construed as air traffic separationstandards.

a. Aircraft Approach Categories: The factor used

•to categorize the following aircraft was taken fromPart 97. This factor is based on 1.3 times thestall speed with aircraft in landing configurationat maximum certificated landing weight.

1. Category A: Speed less than 91 knots. Thiscategory includes civil single-engine aircraft, lighttwins, and some of the heavier twins.

2. Category B: Speed 91 knots or greater butless than 121 knots.

3. Category C: Speed 121 knots or greaterbut less than 141 knots.

4. Category D: Speed 141 knots or greaterbut less than 166 knots.

5. Category E: Speed 166 knots or greater.This category includes, for the most part, thosemilitary, experimental, and some civil aircraft havingextremely high speeds and critical performancecharacteristics.Note.-For more exam~les, review AC 150/5300-4, Appendix11.

b. IFR Radar Airspace.1. Air traffic control airspace requirements for

a given runway or airport are generally dictatedby the approach category of the aircraft that will

•

use the airport and the direction of the instrumentapproaches and departures. Based on these factors,the following rectangular airspace areas were devel·oped as a general guide for the planning or siting

PARA 10-14

7400.2D

of new airports and the designation of instrumentrunways when IFR radar control procedures arecontemplated or programmed for a single airportoperation or under certain conditions multiple airportoperations. No provisions are made for holdingor for procedure turns within the airspace areas.

(a) Airports which are regularly used byCategory C aircraft or larger, 10 miles in thedeparture direction, 15 miles in the direction fromwhich approaches will be made, and 5 miles eitherside of the extended runway centerline.

(b) Airports which are regularly used byCategory B and smaller aircraft, 5 miles in thedeparture direction, 10 miles in the direction fromwhich approaches will be made, and 4 miles eitherside of the extended runway centerline.

(c) In metropolitan areas requiring more thanone airport, the primary instrument runways forall airports should be aligned in the same generaldirection to allow maximum spacing between airspaceareas.

(d) At airports having parallel approaches,the rectangular airspace areas should be appliedto each runway. Should the instrument runwaysat an airport have bidirectional instrument approachcapabilities, the total length of the larger airspaceareas should be increased to 30 miles for CategoryC and D aircraft, and to 20 miles for CategoryA and B aircraft in the smaller airspace areas.

2. These airspace dimensions will not, nor arethey intended to, contain sufficient airspace toprovide for completely independent IFR operations,although normally, these areas will provide forreasonable operational efficiency if the traffic patternairspace areas of adjacent airports do not overlap.However, in large metropolitan areas where thereis an extremely heavy mix of en route and terminaltraffic, reasonable operational efficiency may notresult even though the airspace areas do not overlap.Such situations require a thorough review of theprocedural potential of the area as well as alternatesite considerations. In conducting such studies wherea complete radar environment calls for the largerairspace areas and such areas abut each otherbut do not overlap, there is adequate space for:

(a) Approach and departure on the runwaycenterline.

(b) Two additional tracks offset from andparallel to the runway centerline. A minimum of4 miles is provided between adjacent tracks ofdifferent areas. (See Figure 10-14[1].)

3. There two smaller areas are adjacent, anadditional I-mile spacing is required on two ofthe longitudinal sides when the areas are adjacent

10-1-3

7400.2D

to each other but do not overlap. (See Figure10-14[2].)

4. If the anticipated traffic volume at an existingor proposed airport dictates the need for additionalairspace to provide for more efficient use of theairspace and operational flexibility, this may beachieved in the larger airspace areas where spaceis available by providing a 5-mile buffer areabetween the adjacent airports involved. This additionalairspace will provide two additional tracks offsetfrom and parallel to the runway centerlines withinthe airspace areas of the adjacent airports andone additional track for each airport within the5-mile buffer area. A minimum of 3 miles isprovided between each track paralleling the runwaycenterline and each additional track in the bufferarea. A 3-mile no transgression area is also providedbetween the adjacent airport. (See Figure 10-14[3].)

5. If additional airspace is required in thesmaller areas for a more efficient and flexibleoperation, the procedures for determining the additional airspace are identical to those used forthe larger areas, except that the smaller airspaceshould be used in lieu of the larger airspaceareas. The I-mile additional spacing should alsobe applied as outlined in subparagraph b3, plusthe 5-mile buffer area as outlined in subparagraphb4. (See Figure 10-14[4].)

c. IFR Nonradar Airspace: The airspace requirements for instrument approach procedures at airportswithout a radar environment cover a wide rangeof procedures and no attempt has been made todescribe these requirements in detail. However,should it become necessary to determine the airspacerequirements at a nonradar IFR airport, the appropriateprimary airspace areas and "aircraft approach categories" discussed in subparagraph a should beapplied.

d. VFR Airspace: A primary objective of anairport/airspace study is to determine whether compatible traffic patterns can be developed when establishing a new airport or altering a runway layoutat an existing airport when in the proximity ofother airports. As no precise airspace dimensionscan be applied to traffic patterns, the followinggeneral guidelines are offered for use in thesestudies. Normally, optimum VFR traffic patternairspace compatibility can be expected at an airportif the airspace area guidelines described in thissection do not overlap the airspace requirementsfor another airport. Should the VFR traffic patternairspace area for an airport overlap that of anadjacent airport, the degree of operational compatibility with adjacent airports can be determined byapplying the guidelines in Figure 10-14[5]. Determine

10-1-4

9/16/93

the category of aircraft which will normally usethe airport and the anticipated traffic volume before.applying these guidelines. The aircraft categoriesare used to determine the airspace area requiredto accommodate four aircraft of the same categoryin a given airspace. The traffic volume is usedfor determining the necessity for traffic patternextensions. These airspace requirements will adequately accommodate four aircraft of the samecategory within a given airspace area plus a bufferarea. For each additional aircraft over four, thelength of the pattern should be increased by one-halfthe length of the final and the departure dimensions.

10-15. DESIGNATION OF INSTRUMENTRUNWAYS/CHANGES OF AIRPORTSTATUS VFR TO IFR

Requests for designation of instrument runways,which relate to installation or qualification fora precision landing aid, and proposals for changein airport status from VFR to IFR usually takeone of the following forms:

a. A request to the appropriate Flight StandardsOffice for an instrument procedure.

b. A request for the installation of a navigationalaid (NAVAID).

c. A proposal submitted under Part 157 (FOrm.7480-1).

d. A change to the Airport Layout Plan (ALP).Flight Standards shall be responsible for coordinationof requests for instrument procedures. Coordinationof requests for installation of NAVAID's shallbe in accordance with Part 4 of this order. Airportsshall be responsible for coordination of submittalsunder Part 157 and changes to approved ALP's.Designation of instrument runways on all Federallyobligated airports shall be the responsibility ofthe Airports Division and will be treated in thesame manner as a revision to the ALP. Regardlessof where the coordination begins, Air Traffic, AirwayFacilities, Airports, and Flight Standards must havean opportunity to review and comment on theproposal. No division shall require dual reportingof such a proposal. The responsible coordinatingdivision shall correspond directly with the proponentand formulate the official determination.

10-16. AIRSPACE FEASIBILITY STUDYFeasibility studies or preliminary airport site analysesare encouraged. Normally, preliminary airport siteanalyses are made on all Federal agreement projectsinvolving airport site selections. Analyses of thisnature allow the agency to evaluate the proposal.and advise the proponent as to its feasibility froma safety and airspace use standpoint, in additionto other related matters, before money is expended

PARA 10-16

9/16/93

for acquisition of real property or for elaborate

•

engineering plans. Guidance for conducting theseairport studies is contained in AC 150/507~,

Airport Master Plans, Chapter 6, Site Selection.The advisory circular sets forth recommended proce-dures for Federal agreement and non-Federal agreement airport site selections. Airport studies of thisnature are coordinated in the same manner asFederal agreement or non-Federal agreement proposals depending upon the category they fall into,except that the proposals are not circularized tothe public unless specifically requested by theproponent.

10-17. ONSITE EVALUATIONThe intent of the FAA is to achieve safe airportoperations and to simultaneously fulfill our responsibilities of assuring that unsafe conditions willnot exist. Consequently, an onsite evaluation ofthe proposal normally shall be accomplished priorto issuing a determination at anytime there is

•

•PARA 10-17

7400.2D

an indication of unsafe conditions. Such an evaluationmay be especially necessary if the proposal wouldbe located in a congested area or if the studyindicates the presence of obstructions that mayaffect the safe and efficient use of the airspace.An onsite evaluation may also be necessary ifinformation pertaining to the proposal is insufficientfor arriving at a determination. Airports, Air Traffic,Flight Standards, and Airway Facilities personnelshall assist in the evaluation as determined necessaryby the situation requiring evaluation.

10-18. FORMULATION OF OFFICIAL FAADETERMINAnON

The official FAA determination shall be a compositeof the airspace review and the comments andfindings received from other interested FAA offices.Should there be a disagreement in the airspacefindings or between other comments received, thedisagreement shall be resolved before formulationof the official FAA determination.

10-1-5

7400.2D 9/16/93

Figure 10-11[1]

NOTICE OF LANDING AREA PROPOSAL: INSTRUCTIONS (FAA FORM 7480-1) •Agency Display Of Estimated Burden For Notice of Landing Area ProposalThe public report burden for this collection of informalion IS estimated to average 45 minutes per response.

If you wish to comment on the accuracy of the estimate or make suggestions for reducing this burden. please directyour comments to OMB and the FAA at the following addresses:

Ollice 01 Management and Budget - and - U.S. Dep.rtment 01 Tr.naport.lion, Federal Aviation AdministrationPaperwork Reduction Project 2120-0036 A"",pace and Obstruction Evaluation Branch. ATP-240Washington, DC 20503 800 Independence Avenue, SW.

Washington, DC 20591

------------ GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

•for prior appl'Q\llll of the owner or operator. then check "public" If necessary, use the reverseSIde of thIS form or a separate sheet of paper to descnbe changes or alieralJons

SIclIon C - AIrport or seIlpIane base list VFR airports and heliports wl!hln 5NM. andIFR airports wrtnin Y'oIM. Heliports. LIS1 VFR airports and heliports wrtnln 3NM and IFRairports wrtnln lG'o1M.

SIclIon 0 - Attach US. GeologICal Survey quadrangle mrap or eqUivalent Plot locationsof facility to the nearest second, IIJnway alignments, associated taxiways or sealane alignmentsWhen appropnate, use city map for heliports.

SIclIon E - LISt and plot on quedrangle map or equivalent any obstructions wllhlnNM of a VFR airport or a seaplane base: 5 NM of an IFR alrpo~; or 5,00J teet of a neliport

SectIon F - 5e"-ilxplanatory

Section G - List schools, churches and reSIdential communrties wl!hln a 2NM radiUS lorairports and wrtnin a 1NM radiUS for heliPOrts List all waste disposal srtes Within II 5 NMradius.

INSTRUCTIONSNOTICE OF LANDING AREA PROPOSAL

(Use Back 01 Th,s Sheet as Worksheet)__Ildi,.nhullGl .... Ueed Herein, The Tenn "Airport" Mun.

Any L8ndlng or Telceoff Are. such • AlrpOI1. HelIport, Hellalop, VerUport, GlIcIe<port,~ B_, UllnIIlght Fllghtperll, or BalloonportFederal AViatIOn RegulatlQllS Part 157 reqUires all persons to I'QlJfy the FAA at least ~ days before any construction. alleratoon. aetMIloon. deactivation. or change 10 the status oruse of a civil or JOlnt-use (CMVmilltaryj airport. Notice IS not requlllld lor the estabIlSI1ment of a temporary airport at whICh operations WIll be condl.Cled under Visual ftlght rutes (VFRIand will be used for tess than 3C days wrtn no more than 10 operations pel' day Notice also IS not reqUired tor the Int8llT1ittent use of a site tnat is not an established airport. wh,cnIS used for tess than one year and at whICh flight operations will be conducted only under VFR. Intermittent use means the use of the site lor no more than 3 days In anyone ..and for no more than 10 operations pel' day

ReqUired notICe shall be submitted on this form from each person who Intends to do any of the following'

1. Construct or otherw1se establISh a new airport or activate an airport2. Construct. realign, aller, or activate any runway. or other alrcrail landing or takeoff area of an airport3. Construct. realign, aller, or activate a taxiway assDClaled wrtn a landing or takeoff area on a public-use airport.4, Deactivate. discontinue USing, or abandon an airport or any landing or takeoff area of an .,rport for a penod of one year or more.5, Deactrvate, abandon, or dISContinue USIng a taxiway assDCIated wrtn a landing or takeoff area on a publlC-use airport6. Change the status of an airport from private use (use by the owner or use by the owner and other persons authonzed by the owne'l to an airport open to the pUbliC or from

publlC-use to another status.7, Change status from IFR to VFR or VFR to IFR.8. Establish or change any traffic pattem or traffic pattern allJtude or direction.

The nobce reqUired shall be made by submitting thIS form to the nearest Federal Aviatoon AdminIStration Regional Office or AIrports DistrlCt Office. HOW€II€l', I~ an emergency InVlOlvingessential publIC service or when the delay ansing from the !n-day advance nolJce reqUirement would resull In an unreasonrable hardsl1IP, you may proVIde notice to the appropnateFAA Airports DlStnct'Fieid Office by telephone in lieu of submitting thIS form The FAA may reqUire the subsequent submission 01 this form when necessary for safety or other reasons

Section 001 of the Federal Avrabon Act of 1956, as amended, provides that aoy person ...110 violates a 1IJ1e, regulation or order iSSUed under Title III of thiS Act shall be subject toa CIVIl penally not to exceed $1 ,OOJ for eacn vioIabon

1. For any pro,ect lalling In categories 1, or 2 abO\Ie, complete all approptiate sections2. For any prlJlElC1 lalling In ciltegones 3, 4, or 5 abO\Ie. complete sections A, S, D (if

appropriate j, and I.3. For status change (categones 6 or 7 abO\Ie), from private use to public use or from

VFR to IFR, complete sections A, S, E, G, and I For all other changes, completesections A, S, and I.

4. For traffic pattern establIShment or change (category 8), complete all appropnate sectionsTraffic pattIlm description shoulD be entered on the reYet'S€ SIde of FAA Form 74lP-1

5. Express all beIIrings as magnetic and mileages as naullcal.8. PlHae Print or Type All 1t8ma.

SIclIon A - Identify Re1erence Datum of Coordinates (NAD 83 or NAD 27)

SIclIon B - If the airport IS to be used by the owner only, or by the owner and personsault1on2ed by the owner, check "p!Mite" If the landing and takeoff ares of the airport ISpuDilcly owned and the operator is a f'lOrHPo'€'T1ment entity, then check "private use ofpublIC lands" If the airport IS to be available tor use by the geneIBi publIC wrtIlout areqUirement

SectIon H - S€!f-ilXpiar'.atoryNOTE: AdO,tronal copoes of FAA Form 74lP-1 may be obtained from the nearest FAA Airports DlStnct Office or Regional Office

Not,licatlon to the FAA does nol wa,ve the reqUirements 01 any other government agency

•

Western P.cltic R8gionA2., CA, HI, NV, GU

Western-Pacific Regional OfficeAirports DiVISion. AWP~15COJ AViation BoulevardHawthorne, CA 90261Mall Address.PO Box 92007Wo~dway Postal GenterL0S Angeles. CA 90009Tel. 31D-297-1240 Fax 31D-297-D490

AI.ak.n R8gionAK

Alaskan Regional OfficeAirports DiviSion, AAL~222 West 7th Avenue. Box 14Anchorage. AK 99513Tel 907-271-5438 Fax 907-271-2851

Eaatem RegionDC, DE, MD. NJ. NY, PI<. VA, WV

Eastern R~lonal OfficeA"pO'1S D,VISIOC AEA-600JFK In!err,atlo~al A:rpor:Fltlaeral~ C::ed~ra' 3..JiJc ",CJa"";a,cc ~..;'" .• ~3C"-e -'5-5~,~ - -'j~

--------- ADDRESSES OF THE REGIONAL OFFICESSouthern R8glon Southweat RegionAL, FL, GA, KY, MS, NC, SC, TN, PR, VI AR, LA, NM, OK, TX

Southern Regional Office Southwest Regional OfficeAirports Division, ASO~ Airports Division, ASW~3400 Norman Berry Dnve 4400 Blue Mound RoadEast POlO!. GA 30344 Fort Worth. TX 76101Mall Address Mail AddressP.O. Box 20636 Federal AViation AdministrationAtlanta, GA 30320 Fort Worth, TX 76193-0000Tel. 404-763·7288 Fax 404-763-7640 Tel. 817-624-5600 Fax 817-7~3389

Northweat Mount.ln Region Centr.' RegionCO, ID. MT, OR, UT, WA, WY lA, KS, MO, NE

Northwest Mountain Reg Office Central Regional OfficeA"pons D,vlslon ANM-600 Airports DIVISion ACE-6001601 Lind Ave.. S W , SUite 540 601 East 12th StreetRenton, WA 98055-4056 Kansas City MO 64106Tel 206-227-2600 Fax 206-227-1600 Tel. 816-426-5278 Fax 816-426-3265

G,e.t lakes Region New Engl.nd Regionfl. IN, MI, MN. NO. OH, SO. WI CT. MA, ME, NH, RI, VT

Gi"eat L.aKes Reqlonal OHlce New England Reqloflal Of1ICfAjrpo~s Dlvls,o': AGl...-600 Airports DlvISlor ANE-6002300 EaST ')evo'"' Aver-uf ~2I'\;e\A. E"'aia ..... c ~xec~;~ \f Pa'~

we~ ::"3''''2~ '_ 6O('.<f. 8ur i '''''C!:"'>'"' -VA ~~90:f' -::'~-E9": - -- ::3., --:'':--'::::?'''--:::':-'~ --e' 6'---2-::'-"'0.u ;,;) ~

10-1-6

•9/16/93

Figure 10-11[2]

NOTICE OF LANDING AREA PROPOSAL: WORKSHEET (FAA FORM 7480-1)

UUH ~UH ... ~,..,C:t: I Ht: I ""11'4 ""~ ! VUM ......... , J

NOTICE OF LANDING AREA PROPOSAL

7400.2D

Aaaress ~i ~roponeri( ,i,c;:VIC,..dl Or OrganIZ3!IOr,I No.. Street. City. Stare. Z,O Codel

-_ Ct1ecK 1 the prCD€rTy owner s name dna aCCress are dlHe!"8m than above.~_d list property Qwners Marne and aadress 01'" me reverse

=Estaol,shmert or ActivatiOn r::::: Oeact,vatlor or Abanaonmert } OF [! Airport C Ultralight Fllghtpar~~ Alterallon 0 Change of Status 0 Heliport 0 Seaplane Base

.. A. Location 0' Landing Area1 ASSOCiated C,ty;State 2 County/State jPhys/cal LocatIOn 01 Alfporr)

C Vertlporto Other (Specify)

3. Distance ana Direction FromAssociated City or Town

4 Name of Larding Area 5. Latitude0,

I l s. Longitude" °1 ' I

Elevation

B. Purpose

Type Use

o Publico Privateo Prrvate Use of Public Land/Waters

I If Change of Status or Alteration. Describe Change

III

i

'0

IEstablishment atChange to trafficpanem IDescnbe

i on reverse)

Construction Dates

I To Begin/Began I Est. Completion

i ,ReI. AS Above Existing (If any) l Proposed

Rwy #1 Rwy #2iRwy #31 Rwy I Rwy I Rwy

1 r

DimensKlnS of Final Approach andTake off Area (FATO) in Feet2.

D. Landing Area Dale

Magnetic Bearing of Runway(s) orI~ Sealane(s)

Iti3nLengtn of Runway(s) or 5ealane(s) 'I& inFeM IIf---W-j-dl-h-O-f-R-u-n-W-a-y(-S-)-or-sea--la-n-e-(s-)---I---+--+---+----1----+--1

in Feet~\5I-- --+_---+-_-l----+----+_t--I~ Type of Runway Surface I' I:.( (Concrete. Asphalt. Turl, Etc.)

DlslanceFrom

LandingArea

DirectionFrom

LandingArea

C. Other Landing Areas

• Dimensions of Touchdown andLift-otf Area (TLOF) in Feet

""""-:-,....--.,.....-----------I'-:---.......~--I II ~-M-ag-netic-·-D'-·rect-ion-o_f-ln-g-ressl-E_9_,..--+_-------+-----_tE. Obstruction. DITec110n I Dislln:e RoutesFrom From

I ~~~ IType i c,.(',~;g! LaA~;g i La~:g T~/):~~=, rooltop, etc.)

3.All

D8scripiion of Lighting (1/ any) Direction of PIlMIiling Wind

F. Operetlon8l Dalll1. Estimated or Ac:tuaJ Number Basad AII'Craft

1M< :ooll"~>lG...::::w+- --+__---II

• AnIIC1P8(Bd

I;.:Preset11

(If est. Inl1lcaf.by lett.r "E'~1Hellpon

AntICipated5Yeal'5Hence

p...."(If .st. mC/c.'.by 18M' "E'1

G. Other Considerations I DITec110n I1-'::...:==..:::=====------1 FromIdentification , La

A':9

DistanceFrom

LandingArea

2. AvenIge Number Monthly Landings~I MbClPtt*i

(If Nt. mC/cal. 5 YearsOy I.n., "e " l-1enCe

Prl!l5el'1t\ If est. InC/cal.by lena, "E"

AnttC1DltBd5 v..,.Hence

Ghaor

3. Are IFR Procedures For lne Airport Anticipatedo No 0 Yes Within Years Type Nava,d:

•o Has Been Made 0 Not ReqUIred 0 CountyC Will Be Made 0 State 0 Municipal Authonty

I. CERTIFICATION: , hereby cerMy that al/ of the above statements made by me are true and complete to the best 01 my knowledge.

Name. title (and address" dillerenr than above) of person tiling I Signature (in Ink)thiS notice-type or pnn1

f-~-~~---- __--=-----:-:-----=--:---:-----:--II Dale of Signature

IFAA Form 7480-1 "-9:J1 Supersedes PreviOUS Edition

10-1-7

..

•

•

•9/16/93

d OMS N 2120A

Figure 10-11[3]

NOTICE OF LANDING AREA PROPOSALForm \DDrOVe o. -0036

0 NOTICE OF LANDING AREA PROPOSALus DeoolTrTl£"'11 01rfan~lo'on~ IIlrncmon AdrN'WIrn:rnon

Name of Proponent. Individual or Organization Address of Proponent. Individual or Organization(No., Street. City, Sfale, ZiP Code)

o Check It the property owners name and address are different than above,and list property owners name and address on the reverse

o Establishment or Activation 0 Deactivation or Abandonment } OF 0 Airport 0 Ultralight FIIghtpark 0 Vertlporlo Alteration o Change of Status 0 Heliport 0 Seaplane Base 0 Other (Specify)A. Location of Landing Area

,. Associated City/State 2. County/State (PhysIcal Locallon of Alfport) 3 Distance and Dlfection FromAssociated City or Town

4. Name of Landing Area 5. Latitude 6. Longitude "I 7Elevation Miles DlrecllQr

°1 ' 1 " °1 ' I

B. Purpose

Type Use If Change of Status or Alteration. Describe Change 0 Construction Dates

o Public Establishment or To Beg,n/Began I Est Completion

o Private change to traffic

o Private Use of Public LandlWaters pattem (Describe 1on reverse) I

I Ref. AS Above O. lending Ar.. Data Existing (/f any) I Proposed

C. Other Landing Ar..s Otrectlon 0isIance." I Magnetic Bearing of Runway(s) or

Rwy #1 IRwy #2 Rwy #3 Rwy i Rwy , RwyFrom From

I Ilanding landing i

Area Area 1 ' Sealane(s)I

Length of Runway(s) or Sealane(s) I I I~1!

I Ijj In Feet IWiclth of Runway(s) or Sealane(s)

~oin Feet

Ttpe of Runway Surface

I< ( oncre/e. Asphalt, Turf, Etc.) I

2.Dimensions of Final Approach and

iTake off Ansa (FATO) in Feet

Dimensions of Touchdown andLifl-Qlf Ansa (TLOF) ,n Feet

i Magnetic Direction of IngresslEgressE. Obatrucllons Direction 0isIance Routes

~~From From

Type landing Landing Type of Surfacel..8n(hng Area Ares (Turf. concrete, rooftop. e/c.)MOB

3- Description of Lighting (If any) D,rectlOrl of Prewillng WindAll

F. ()peqIIoNI ON,. Estimated or Actual Number Based AircraflAlrpot1 - AnttcIPBted -, AntICIpated

A~. (lfe.tt. IndJcars 5Y_ fiel'_ (" est mOlcate 5 Yeal'"3SoopIone ... b~ lene, "£') """"" by lener "f', Hence

MuIb-engone UrdIrl5lXlb MGW

~ o...MltaMGW

GI.-

G. Oltter Conslderallons Direction 0isIance 2. Awerage Number Monthly LandingsFrom From -., - -., _1OllOI8d

Identification Landing Landing (If at. md/care 5Y_ (II est mdIC." SVaro;Area Area by lens' ~E·j .......,. by letter "E'j 'WlCE

JoI fiel"""""T~ U_,Pro!> ~

3. Are IFR Procedures For The Airport AntICIpated

I

ONo DYes Wlth,n Years Type Navald

H. AppIatton for Airport LIcensil18

I o Has Been Made o Not ReqUlnad C County1 o Will Be Made eState o MunICipal Authonty

I. CERTIFICATION: I hereby certify that all ol/he above s/atemenrs made by me are true ana complete to the beSI of my knowledge

Name. title Iand address if differenr than aoove I 01 person filing I SlQnature lin Ink)ithIS notl~type or pnnt ,

-~

Date Of Signature ~etePnone No oreceae With area code

7400.2D

10-1-8

Figure 1~14[1]

IFR-RADAR AIRPORT AIRSPACE REQUIREMENTS FOR CATEGORY C AND D AIRCRAFT(ADJACENT LARGER AREAS)•

9/16/93 7~OO.2D

,.30 Miles

5 Miles10 Miles15 Miles... -I- -I- -I------,E

N AdditionalTrack - 1

5-mile

E longitudinal(\") Primary

- Apch - Dptr extension-. - -.- ILS OM Rnwy for bi-

E(\") di rectiona I

Track - 2approaches

EN .-

E ------1o:t

'EN

AdditionalTrack - 2

5-mile

.-E Primary

longitudinal(\")

- Apch - Dptr extension

• - for bi-E

ILS OM Rnwy

(\")directional

Track - 1approaches

EN ------'

til

~

~Lt'l

til

~:.:=L

0

til

~

~Lt'l

til

~

~Lt'l

tilI1l

~0

til

~

•~Lt'l

•10-1-9

Figure IG-14[2]

IFR-RADARAIRPORT AIRSPACE REQUIREMENTS FOR CATEGORY A AND BAIRCRAFT(ADJACENT SMALLER AREAS)

7400.2D 9:16,93

•I. 20 miles _I

110 mi I 5 mi .. I.. 5 mi If4..--------...~~..---....~I_o- --.--.I~

•

for

5-mile

I------1I

Additional III

Longitudinal IExtension I

II

Bi-directional IApproaches :

------,Additional :

5-mile ILongitudinal I

IExtension I

for I

Bi-directional :

Approaches II

-----1------tI

_____ ..J

E Track - 1-,-E

C"')

IPrimary Apch Dptr- ~. ~

ILS Rnwy,- OMEC"')

Track - 2

'E-

1 mi Additional Lateral Spacing -----~---------------i mi Additional Lateral Spacing

'E Track - 1-'EC"')

. Primary Apch Dptr

• • ~

ILS Rnwy,- OMEC"')

Track - 2

'E....

ELt'l

ELt'l

•10-1-10

Figure 10-14[3]

IFR-RADAR AIRPORT AIRSPACE REQUIREMENTS FOR CATERGORY C AND D AIRCR.uT(HIGH VOLUME ADDITIONAL AIRSPACE, LARGER AREAS)•

9/16/93 7400.1D

,-- 30 miles·1

I-15 mi

·1-10 mi

-I-5 mi

·1

E -----~N Track - 1 Additional I

<e5-mile •LO E •C"')

Primary Apch DptrLongitudinal.

<e0

Extension •<e ILS Rnwy I<e C"')

OM for Bi- ••LO directional I <

Approaches I... -----~ 1 mi::::::l.c.9:! E<e

C"')

• LO 1 mi------Track - 2

Additional IE 5-mile •LO <e •

<e C"') Primary Apch DptrLongitudinal.

I0 .. Extension

•<e ILS Rnwy for Bi- I<e C"') OM

d < I'LO Irectlona I

<e Track - 1 ~~r:~:JN

•1~1-1l

Figure 10-14[4]

IFR-RADAR AIRPORT AIRSPACE REQUIREMENTS FOR CATEGORY A AND B AIRCRAFT(HIGH VOLUME ADDITIONAL AIRSPACE, SMALLER AREAS)

7.;lOO.2D 916/93

•1

420 miles -,

I- 10 mi .. \- 5 mi .. ,- 5 mi·1

E Track - 1-------,

AdditionalE

'l:t E 5-mileC")

LongitudinalPrimary Apch Dptr - Extension

ILS RnwyforE OM

E C") Bi-directionalE 'l:t Track - 2

Lt'l Approaches

mi Additional Lateral Spacing----------1---------1

Track - 3 1 ml I...<1> I::: •:l I.!:l E~

IC") IE

Lt'l

1 mi I----------1ml Additional Lateral Spacing I---------

Track - 2

E AdditionalLt'l E

'l:t E5-mile

C") LongitudinalPrimary Apch Dptr

Extension..ILS Rnwy for

E OME C") BI-directional

'l:t Track - 1

!tApproaches

________ .a

•10-1-12

9/16/93 7~OO.2D

Figure 10-14[5]

• TRAFFIC PATTERN AIRSPACE

Distance In Nautical MilesAircraft

Category Types a b c d eA .75 .75 .5 .5 .25B 100 1.00 .5 .5 .25C 175 175 .5 .5 .5•D 3.00 2.00 1.0 1.0 .5

Note. The above traffic pattern airspace should be increased by one-half thelength of "b" (final and departure dimensions)for each aircraft overfourof the same category anticipated operating in the traffic pattern at anyone time.

•\\.e<.. c

COV

\\.e<..

\\.e<..COV

COV a a

d b b d

\\.e<.. eCOV

Legend

a. Base leg and crosswind.b. Final and departure. (Measure from end of runway)c. Downwind buffer aread. Base leg and crosswind buffer area.e. Final and departure buffer area .

•10-1-13

9/16/93

• Chapter 11. PROCESSING AIRPORT STUDIESSection 1. PROCESSING BY AIRPORTS OFFICES

7400.2D

11-1. PART 157 PROPOSALSAirport proposals received by any FAA officeshall be forwarded to the appropriate Airports Officefor initial processing and study.Note.-Notification under Part 157 is not required for Federalaid projects.

a. General: The Airports Office, after receiptof a proposal, will check the information submittedfor correctness, clarity, completeness, and properdetail. The proponent may need to be contactedif insufficient information is submitted or if significanterrors were made in the submission. The AirportsOffice shall maintain a record by list, map, orother convenient method so that the status ofnew proposals may be easily correlated with existingairports, airports under construction, or other airportproposals.

b. New Airport Proposals: Initial processing review

•

concerning the proposed construction of new airportsshall include but is not limited to the following:

1. Conformance of the proposal with agencydesign criteria;

2. Anticipated operational use of the airport,including the number and type of aeronauticaloperations and the number of based aircraft;

3. Whether the airport is for personal, privateor public use;

4. Runway and taxiway layout in relation towind rose data and existing or proposed obstructions;

5. Known or anticipated controversial aspectsof the proposal;

6. Potential noise aspects; and

7. Possible conflict with airport/improvementdevelopment or other agency plans.

c. Alteration of Existing Airports: The natureand magnitude of an existing airport alterationwill determine the extent of processing necessaryand analysis required. Alteration, such as newrunway construction, runway realignment projects,runway extension; runway upgrading, change instatus, such as VFR to IFR use, and widening

•

of runways or taxiway/ramp areas normally requirethe same type of processing and study as thatrequired for new airport construction proposals.

d. Deactivation and Abandonment of Airports.

PARA 11-1

1. Part 157 airport owners/sponsors are requiredto notify the FAA concerning the deactivation,discontinued use, or abandonment of an airport,runway, landing strip, or associated taxiway. Onpartial or specific runway deactivation proposals,a description with a sketch or layout plan andthe anticipated operational changes should be forwarded together with any othr pertinent informationneeded to update agency records.

2. Abandoned or unreported airports. Whenan airport is believed to be abandoned or unreportedand appropriate notification has not been received,the Airports Office, after making a reasonableeffort to obtain such notification, shall advise theAir Traffic Office by letter. The letter shouldcontain a statement that the airport is consideredeither abandoned or unreported. Forward a copyto the airport owner or sponsor, to the NationalFlight Data Center, ATM-600, and to AAS-330.

e. Other Airport Notices: Occasionally, an airportowner/sponsor will make alterations or changesto the airport without filling notice in accordancewith Part 157. Generally, this information willbe obtained through the airport safety data program(Form 5010) and after-the fact. From a legalstandpoint, this constitutes notice to the FAA andappropriate action is necessary. The airports officeshall initiate a study of such information receivedin the same manner as if the notice had beenreceived under Part 157 requirements.

11-2. AIRPORT LAYOUT PLANSAirport layout plans (ALP) generally show thelocation, character, dimensions, details of the airport,and the work to be done. The extent of informationneeded for any specific airport development willvary depending on the scope and character ofthe project, plus the anticipated role and categoryof the airport. Detailed information on the development of airport layout plans is contained in AC150/5070-6, Airport Master Plans.

a. Non-Federal Agreement Airports. Airportspersonnel should encourage the development andsubmission of airport layout plans with Part 157airport proposals. Such information will assist indeveloping a determination with reference to thesafe and efficient use of airspace.

11-1-1

7400.2D

b. Federal Agreement Airports. Airport projectsinvolving grant-in-aid requests require review basedon considerations relating to the safe and efficientutilization of airspace, factors affecting the controlof air traffic, conformance with FAA design criteria,and Federal grant agreements. The product of thisreview is derived from analysis of informationsupplied in the airport layout plan or portionsthereof. Either a formal or tentative determinationmay be given depending on the complexity ofthe proposal or the timing of the request. Thereview and subsequent determination shall be madeas expeditiously as possible to facilitate processingof the project request. However, a project shallnot be placed under grant until a favorable determination is made and the airport layout plan approved.

c. Extent of Review. At locations having controltower service, a review is normally required forall projects involving new construction or relocationof runways, taxiways, ramp areas, holding or run-upapron projects, airport and runway lighting andmarking, fire and rescue building locations, andother eligible category of project affecting, or potentially affecting, the movement of aircraft. In addition,projects involving marking, lighting or removalof obstructions must also be reviewed. At noncontroltower locations, review is required only on projectsinvolving new construction or relocation of runways,taxiways, ramp areas, and holding or run-up aprons.At control tower and noncontrol tower locations,projects which conform to a previously approvednon-objectionable airport layout plan for the construction or resurfacing of existing airport paving, sitepreparation work, or paving to overlie existingunpaved landing strips may be omitted from thereview process. The omission from review doesnot include temporary equipment used to constructthe project.

11-3. FAA COORDINATIONUpon receipt of a Part 157 proposal or a changeto an ALP, the appropriate Airports Office shallassign an aeronautical study number, insure thatthe proposal is complete and correct, review theproposal from an airport's planning viewpoint, andthe effect on airport programs, and forward aletter with comments to the Air Traffic, FlightStandards, and Airway Facilities Offices for furtherprocessing. The letter shall include a statementwhether or not circularization of the proposal willcompromise the sponsors position in land acquisition.Additional internal coordination shall be accomplished, as appropriate, by the responsible divisionoffices.

8. Part 157. Include a copy of the FAA Form7480-1 and comments on the effect of existing

11-1-2

9/16/93

or proposed man-made objects (on file with theFAA), plus the effect of natural growth and terrain.•Direct particular attention to and comment on objectsthat would exceed the obstruction standards ofPart 77, as they relate to the proposal. Also,comment in the letter if the review indicated apotential noise problem and, if applicable, on theeffect of the proposal on the safety of personsand property on the ground. Also, enclose, asappropriate, sketches and other data required forthe aeronautical study and determination. Includea plot of the proposed runway alignments, associatedtaxiways or sealane alignments, and any obstructionson a U.S. Geological Survey quadrangle map orequivalent.

b. Airport Layout Plans. Forward a copy ofthe ALP and include, when appropriate, an analysisof and rationale for the plan, plus various stagesof construction, if applicable. Include informationon the location of structures which may adverselyaffect the flight or movement of aircraft, maycause electromagnetic interference to air navigationaids, or may derogate the line-of-sight visibilityfrom a control tower. Should review of the planreveal a potential noise problem, comment to thiseffect. Comment, as applicable, on the proximityof urban congestion and any potential problemrelated to the safety of persons and property on •the ground. If the layout plan is a revision ofone previously approved, summarize the changesfor which an airspace determination is required.Also, include in the letter any Airport's commentsthat may be appropriate.

c. Federal Agreement Airport Proposals. Transmitby letter a description of the work to be donein the proposed project. If the project is in conformance with an approved airport layout plan, commentto this effect. If the project is at variance withthe ALP, comment accordingly and forward a proposed revision to the ALP or an appropriate programming sketch which depicts the location and natureof the work proposed. Also, in the latter event,or if it is a new proposal, forward informationon the appropriate items set forth in subparagraphb.

d. Disposal of Federal Surplus Property. Processproposals by public agencies to acquire propertyinterest in land owned and controlled by the UnitedStates for public airport purposes as set forthin subparagraph c.

11-4. NEGOTIATION WITH SPONSORDuring the course of a study, the Airports Office •may find it necessary to negotiate with the sponsorto change a proposal. This may be due to asafety problem, efficient use of the airport, etc.

PARA 11-4

9/16/93

Upon coordination by and agreement with the

•

Air Traffic, Flight Standards, and Airway FacilitiesOffices, negotiate with the sponsor for changesto the proposal as necessary. Advise interestedFAA offices of the results of the negotiation.

a. Part 157. When an airport proposal posesa problem with respect to the safe and efficientuse of airspace by aircraft or with respect tothe safety of persons and property on the ground,negotiate with the sponsor to revise the proposal,if feasible, so as to resolve the problem. Shoulda case involve a proposal for a new airport whichwould create problems not resolved by revisionsto the proposal, negotiate with the sponsor fora relocation of the proposal to a new site toresolve the problem.

b. Federal Agreement AirportslDisposal of FederalSurplus Property. Where problems are encountered

•

•PARA 11-5

7400.2D

with Federal Agreement Airports proposals or thoseassociated with the disposal of Federal surplusproperty for airport purposes, coordinate with andnegotiate with the sponsors to resolve the problems.

11-5. ISSUE DETERMINATIONThe Airports Office shall develop and issue theofficial FAA determination by letter to the airportsponsor in accordance with the guidelines in Chapter13 upon completion of the study. However, notification to ADAP sponsors of the determination maybe delayed by the Airports Office until officialnotification that Federal funds are approved.


11-1-3

9/16/93 7400.2D

b. Establishment of Air Navigational Aid: Whenan airport status is to be changed from VFRto IFR, the public is notified by means of thenonrulemaking circular associated with the establishment of the navigational aid being installed tosupport the procedure.

c. Existing Navigational Aid: If the flight procedureis to be based upon an existing navigational aid,notice to the public may be accomplished in thenotice of proposed rulemaking associated withchanges to controlled airspace. If no change inairspace is required, it is recommended thatnonrulemaking circularization be accomplished.

d. Circularization associated with this paragraphshall be accomplished by the responsible Air TrafficOffice.

11-23. EVALUATION OF INSTRUMENTRUNWAY DESIGNATIONS

The appropriate Flight Standards Office shall carefullyevaluate the runway or runways to be used inthe proposed instrument procedure. Considerationshould be given to items such as IFR wind rosedata, runway dimensions and weight bearing capacity,expected users, conflicts with IFR traffic, locationof existing and proposed NAVAID's, availabilityof weather information, and probable minimums.

11-24. ONSITE EVALUATIONSa. Heliports: All proposals for the establishment

of heliports must be given an onsite operationalevaluation by operations specialists or inspectors,preferably those who are qualified on helicopters.Proposed heliports to be located in congested areas,or any roof-top heliport, should be evaluated byhelicopter-qualified operations inspectors. Includedin the process is the development of recommendationsfor assignment of ingress and egress routes, wherenecessary.

b. Non-Federal Agreement Airport Proposal: TheFlight Standards Office performing a flight safetyreview will use information submitted with theFAA Form 7480-1 plus any other informationas may be available, such as charts, aerial photographs, etc. A flight check or an onsite inspectionmay be advantageous if the proposal is controversialor more information is needed.

11-22. CHANGE OF AIRPORT STATUSFROM VFR TO IFR

a. Establishment of Instrument Procedures:Requests for instrument approach procedures mayoriginate from a state, a city, an airport toweror manager, or an individual. They may also comefrom an air carrier, air taxi, or commercial operatoror from an Air Traffic or Flight Standards Office.Requests must be forwarded to the appropriateFlight Standards Offices for processing. These proposals are processed in the same way as airportproposals under Part 157, except that the FlightStandards Office must effect coordination with theappropriate Air Traffic, Airports, and Airway Facilities Offices, as well as other offices of interest.The request for instrument approach proceduresshould normally be disapproved if the change inairport status study indicates a safety problem.Also, disapprove the request if a previous airportstudy determination was objectionable and remainsuncorrected or if the determination listed provisionsthat have not been complied with by the airportowner or sponsor.

Section 2. PROCESSING BY FLIGHT STANDARDS OFFICES

• 11-20. EFFECT ON SAFETY OF FLIGHTThe appropriate Flight Standards Office shall performa flight safety review of airport proposals to determinewhether aircraft operations can be conducted safely.Upon completion of the review, the appropriateregional Flight Standards Office shall forward aconsolidated service position, in letter form, tothe Air Traffic Office. The Flight Standards positionshould state whether safe operations can/cannotbe conducted and state the conditions under whichsafe operations can be achieved.

11-21. EFFECT ON SAFETY OF PERSONSAND PROPERTY ON THE GROUND

FAA Order 1000.1, Policy Statement of the FAA,states that the agency will pursue a regulatorypolicy which recognizes the primary right of theindividual to accept personal risk but balancesthis right against society's interest in the safetyof the individual, and limits the individual's rightto incur risk when the exercise of that right createsa risk for others. Therefore, airport aeronauticalstudies must include consideration for such thingsas the proximity to cities or towns, and the runway

•

alignment with reference to heavily populated areas,schools, hospitals, sports stadiums, and shoppingcenters.

..

•PARA 11-20 11-2-1

7400.2D

c. Federal Agreement Airport Proposal: The FlightStandards Regional Office shall review the proposalfrom the standpoint of safety of flight operations.An onsite survey should be accomplished, accompanied by a flight check of the areas beneath

I any proposed surface area and proposed instrumentprocedure area. Should obstructions and/or terrain

11-2-2

9/16/93

be identified which provide a significant safetyproblem, advise the Air Traffic Office of thesafety problem.


Para 11-25

•

•

•

Section 3. PROCESSING BY AIRWAY FACILITIES OFFICES

•

•

•

9/16/93

11-30. ELECTROMAGNETIC ORLINE-OF-SIGHT INTERFERENCE

The Airway Facilities Office shall study airportproposals to determine if there is a possibilityof electromagnetic or line-of-sight interference. Usethe guidance in paragraph 7-33 to determine theextent, if any, of adverse effect. At locations withan airport traffic control tower, a shadow studyis required to determine the possibility that apart of the aircraft operating area would be shieldedfrom view of the control tower. In either case,when a potential problem exists, request the AirportsOffice, through the Air Traffic Office, to negotiatea resolution with the sponsor. If this is not possible,then proceed with the study and submit findingsto the Air Traffic Office.

11-31. EVALUATION OF INSTRUMENTRUNWAY DESIGNATION

The designation of an instrument landing runwayis normally associated with the planning, qualification,and installation of a precision type landing aid.Conduct a study of a proposal to designate aninstrument landing runway to determine the feasibilityof siting various components of the instrumentlanding system. The criteria and guidelines in FAAOrder 6750.4, Runway Assignment Changes forCategory II, ILS/ALS, VASI, REIL and RVR Projects,and FAA Order 6750.16, Siting Criteria for

. Instrument Landing Systems, should be used asappropriate. Forward comments and recommendationsto the Air Traffic Office, with copies to theAirports and Flight Standards Offices. Should pro-

PARA 11-30

7400.2D

gram approval be received for the installation ofan instrument landing system to serve a runwaywhich has not been designated as an instrumentlanding runway, send a letter to the Airports Officerequesting a study for the runway to be so designated.Include data in the letter concerning the sitingof the various components, their heights, and anyother comments that may be appropriate.

11-32. CHANGE IN AIRPORT STATUS FROMVFR TO IFR

The Airway Facilities Office shall review all proposedairport status changes to ensure that there is noeffect on their functional responsibilities. Forwardthe study results to the Air Traffic Office.

11-33. AIRPORT PROPOSALSProposals vary in complexity from a single utilityrunway airport to a major regional jetport. Whenair navigation aid facilities are a part of the ALP,the Airway Facilities Office shall conduct a studyto evaluate the feasibility of siting and installingthe proposed facilities as well as to evaluate theeffect of the proposal on existing navigationalaids. Conduct a shadow study to ensure that existingor proposed structures, or natural objects, do notderogate airport traffic control tower line-of-sightvisibility of a runway or taxiway proposed. Forwardthe study results to the Air Traffic Office.


11-3-1

Section 4. PROCESSING BY AIR TRAFFIC OFFICES

•

•

•

9/16/93

11-40. EFFECT ON AIR TRAFFICOPERATIONS

The air traffic office shall conduct an airspacereview to evaluate the effect on the safe andefficient utilization of airspace and the effect thatsuch proposals may have on the movement andcontrol of air traffic, associated resources (personnel,facilities and equipment) and ATC program planning.

8. The depth of the review shall be commensuratewith the location, complexity, and timing of theproposed development. The measure of study necessary may vary from the need for no reviewfor the closing of an airport reported for recordpurposes to the extent of effort required to processand study a proposal for a new major regionalairport to serve a high density terminal area.

b. An airspace review shall be conducted forairport projects reported in compliance with Part157, for Federal agreement airport plans, for militaryconstruction projects, and at any other time deemednecessary for assessing the utilization of airspace.Include studies associated with existing airportsand with disposal of Federal surplus real propertyfor public airport purposes, as appropriate.

c. Upon completion of the airspace review, forwarda consolidated regional airspace finding in letterform to the Airports Office. The airspace findingshall be either an approval or disapproval of theuse of the airspace associated with airport layoutplans and Federal agreement airport projects, andin the form of no objection without conditions,no objection provided certain conditions are met,or objectionable for other type airport projects.Clearly state in the finding the reasons why theproposed use of the associated airspace is disapprovedor objectionable. If the finding is conditional, alsoclearly state the conditions. Care must be exercisedwhen issuing conditional findings. When the conditions are such that a substantial adverse effectwould result if not corrected (such as the blockedview to a portion of the movement area fromthe air traffic control tower), then an objectionableor disapproval finding should be issued. Includea statement in the finding that the FAA willreconsider the proposal after provisions are madeto resolve the objectionable conditions.

11-41. COORDINATIONThe air traffic office shall coordinate airport proposalswith other affected air traffic offices and facilitiesas appropriate.

8. Projects contemplated at airports served byan air traffic control tower or flight service station

PARA 11-40

7400.2D

must be coordinated with the facility manageror his representative prior to arriving at a finding.Such coordination may be effected by any appropriatemeans in reference to the timing or complexityof the project. Suitable documentation of the coordination shall be entered in the case file.

b. Military Airport Proposals which are not partof the Military Construction Program (MCP) arenormally submitted to regional air traffic officesthrough the regional military representatives. Thoseproposals shall be processed in the same manneras civil proposals except that the air traffic officeis responsible for coordinating the proposals withthe Airports, Flight Standards, and Airway FacilitiesOffices. The air traffic office is also responsiblefor any coordination necessary with the militaryregarding the proposal and issuance of the regionaldetermination.

c. Request the Airports Office to coordinate andnegotiate with the sponsor of all civil airport proposalsto resolve any problems. The Airports Office mayrequest the air traffic office to assist in the negotiationif the problem relates to the safe and efficientutilization of the airspace.

11-42. CIRCULARIZATIONThe air traffic office shall circularize airport proposalsas necessary, in accordance with nonrulemakingprocedures, for the purpose of obtaining commentsfrom aeronautical interests, municipal, county andstate groups, civic groups, military representatives,and FAA facilities and offices if the proposalis within their areas of responsibility. All controversialproposals or those that have a potential adverseeffect on the users of the airspace should becircularized. However, do not circularize a proposalwithout prior coordination with the Airport Officeto assure that circularization will not compromisethe sponsor's position in land acquisition negotiations.

11-43. EVALUATE COMMENTS ANDAERONAUTICAL EFFECT

The air traffic office shall examine comments receivedin response to coordination and evaluate their validityas related to the safe and efficient use of airspaceand to the safety of persons or property on theground. If appropriate, request the Airports, FlightStandards, and Airway Facilities Offices to assistin evaluating the validity of these comments aswell as the comments received from other FAAfacilities and offices. The guidelines in Chapter12 will assist in evaluating the aeronautical effectof airport proposals.

11-4-1

7400.2D

11-44. INFORMAL AIRSPACE MEETINGSThe appropriate air traffic office may convenean informal airspace meeting with interested partiesas set forth in Part 1. Such meetings providethe opportunity to gather additional facts relevantto the aeronautical effect of the proposal, providesinterested persons an opportunity to discuss aeronautical objections to the proposal, and provides theFAA with the opportunity to negotiate a resolutionto objectionable aspects of the proposal.

11-45. AIRPORT TRAFFIC PATTERNSIf the appropriate VFR or IFR traffic pattern airspacearea requirements overlap or if airspace requirementscannot be developed to accommodate the categoryand volume of aircraft anticipated at an existingor planned airport, the airport, in all cases, neednot be found objectionable from an airspace utilizationstandpoint. Adjustments to traffic patterns can bemade, such as establishing non-standard traffic patterns, assigning specific traffic pattern altitudes,and/or developing special operational procedures.Should such action be necessary, in all probability,the capacity, operational flexibility, and compatibilityof the airports involved will be reduced. Theair traffic office is responsible for determiningthe degree of incompatibility based largely uponthe amount of airspace area overlap for a givencondition. If the airport proposal would cause atraffic pattern conflict with an adjacent airportwhich could be eliminated by adjusting the trafficpattern of the airport proposal only (change ofpattern direction), the air traffic office will specifythe traffic pattern to be used as a condition ofthe determination. When adjustment to an adjacenttraffic pattern is necessary to resolve the conflictand such adjustment can be made without resultingin an undesirable pattern, the air traffic officeshall be requested to assist the Airports officein negotiating with the adjacent airport owner/manager for agreement in writing to the trafficpattern adjustment. If a non-standard traffic patternadjustment is made at a public-use airport withother than a full-time control tower, then visualindicators are required at the airport in accordancewith AC 150/5340-5, Segmented Circle AirportMarker System. If night operations are conductedor planned at the airport, then floodlighting ofthe segmented circle is necessary.

11-4-2

9/16/93

11-46. FAR, PART 77 REVIEWReview proposed structures and existing terrain.or objects that exceed Part 77 obstruction standardsto determine the extent of adverse effect and obstruc-tion marking/lighting requirements. If the reviewindicates any obstructions that are potential hazardsto the airport proposal, then coordinate and attemptresolution with the Airports, Flight Standards, andAirway Facilities Offices prior to forwarding theairspace finding to the Airports Office. The airspaceuse associated with a new airport or airport alterationproposal should normally be considered as objection-able (or disapproved for AlP) if the study disclosesa hazardous condition, except when the airportsponsor/owner does affect action that removes thehazardous effect.

11-47. DESIGNATION OF INSTRUMENTRUNWAY/CHANGE IN AIRPORT STATUSVFR TO IFR

The processing required by air traffic offices dependsupon the action necessary for establishment ofthe instrument approach procedure. This can involvethe establishment of air navigation aids, nonruleor rulemaking circularization and associated actions,need for communications, weather reporting andcapability of providing air traffic control service. •In conducting the airspace review, determine thepracticability of establishing a reasonable instrumentapproach procedure and the acceptability of theairport environment for the proposed procedure.Also, evaluate the effect of the proposed procedureon existing or proposed IFR or VFR aeronauticaloperations at the airport in question and/or adjacentairports. Be particularly alert to previously issuedno objection determinations which included a provi-sion for VFR-only operations. Forward the findingto the responsible office. (See paragraph 10-15.)

11-48. ONSITE EVALUATIONThe need for onsite evaluations will be determinedby the airspace review results. Onsite evaluationsmay especially be necessary when the review indicatesthe presence of unsafe conditions. The air trafficoffice should assist the Airports and Flight StandardsOffices in the onsite evaluation as appropriatefor arriving at a finding.

•PARA 11-48

•9/16/93 7400.2D

Chapter 12. EVALUATING AERONAUTICAL EFFECT

•

•

12-1. EXISTING AND PROPOSED OBJECTSUse the guidelines in Chapter 7 to evaluate theeffects of objects on the airport proposal.

12-2. AIRPORT TRAFFIC PATTERNSTraffic patterns shall be established only at thoseairports where the provisions of Part 91 do notmeet aircraft airspace requirements. When the airspacereview indicates the need, traffic patterns maybe established by special rule in Part 93, or asoutlined in this order, when necessary to ensurecompatibility of aircraft operations with adjacentairports, or for reasons of obstructions, terrain,traffic separation, or noise abatement. Use theguidelines in paragraph 10-14 to evaluate whetherthe traffic pattern associated with an airport proposalwould conflict with operations at any other airport.Also, evaluate the traffic pattern effect on instrumentapproach procedures and the need for establishmentof traffic pattern altitudes for aircraft separation.

12-3. INSTRUMENT FLIGHT PROCEDURESa. Existing and proposed structures or objects

must be evaluated for their effect on the airportproposal in reference to instrument procedures. Thisis normally conducted by regional flight standardsoffices by applying the standards and criteria contained in FAA Order 8260.3 and FAA Order8260.19 to ascertain if the airport proposal wouldadversely affect existing or planned instrumentapproach procedures. Use the same guidelines toevaluate the compatibility of any existing or proposedinstrument approach procedure with the airport proposal.

b. Air Traffic and Flight Standards personnelshall be especially alert to ensure aircraft separationwhen the traffic pattern associated with an airportproposal would overlap the airspace encompassedby a standard instrument approach procedure (SlAP)for an adjacent airport. When this occurs, takeaction to establish at least 500 feet vertical separationbetween the traffic pattern altitude and the altitudeassociated with the affected portion of the adjacentinstrument approach procedure. If heavy jets areinvolved, ensure at least 1,000 feet vertical separation.These same vertical separation guidelines must beapplied when evaluating a proposed SlAP whenthe airspace required would overlap the trafficpattern airspace at an adjacent airport.

PARA 12-1

12-4. AIR TRAFFIC CONTROLPROCEDURES

The extent that an airport proposal or proposedinstrument approach procedure may adversely affectair traffic control (ATC) procedures in the areacan possibly cause rejection of the proposal. Thetraffic pattern airspace associated with an airportproposal may not overlap the traffic pattern ofan adjacent airport. However, the proposal mustbe thoroughly examined to determine if it wouldadversely affect ATC procedures by requiring arestriction on the air traffic flow, or the proposalmay limit the flexibility of entry or exit to orfrom affected traffic patterns or airport areas. Theneed for establishment of, or existing noise abatementprocedures may amplify such problems. When aproposed instrument approach procedure would beadjacent to the area of an instrument approachprocedure to another airport, determine whethersimultaneous approaches would have an adverseeffect on new SlAP or ATC procedures and onthe requirement for instrument approaches to theadjacent airport. Should a proposed instrumentapproach procedure be located in a radar environment,determine the radar coverage and ATC capabilityto provide radar air traffic control service.

12-5. SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTYON THE GROUND

Federal Aviation Act of 1958, as amended, Section307(c), makes it essential that FAA personnel evaluatethe effect of a proposal on the safety of personsand property on the ground. Consideration mustbe given to the proximity of cities and towns,as well as flight patterns over heavily populatedareas, schools, homes, hospitals, sports stadiums,outdoor theaters, and shopping centers. The evaluationmust also include the effect of changes in flightoperations required by the proposal and the needfor special air traffic rules. In evaluating the compatibility of proposed airports and the surroundingterrain, consider the type of aircraft anticipatedto use the airport, their operational performancecapability, the effective runway lengths, and whethera reasonable level of safety of persons and propertyon the ground can be expected.

12~. NOISE CONSIDERATIONAlthough Part 157 does not specify that noisefactors be considered in airport analysis studies,

12-1-1

7400.2D

the Office of Environment and Energy believesthat the ability of the FAA to evaluate noisefactors in airport airspace analysis studies shouldbe preserved where necessary in the public interestas part of the overall FAA noise abatement program.Accordingly, the following shall apply:

a. The air traffic office shall identify potentialnoise problem areas based on existing and/or contemplated traffic patterns and procedures. Whena noise problem is anticipated, advise the airportsoffice accordingly with recommendations and/or alternatives, such as nonstandard traffic patterns orspecial departure and arrival procedures, etc.

b. When an airport proposal is circularized, theair traffic office may receive comments concerningpotential noise, environmental, or ecological problems. Include a copy of the comments and astatement to this effect in the air traffic letterto the airports office.

12-7. AERONAUTICAL ACTIVITYThe type of aeronautical activity expected to beassociated with an airport is an important consideration in the airport analysis process. The followingtypes of activity should be considered:

a. Will the proposed operations be conductedin accordance with visual or instrument flight rules?

b. What is the expected volume of operations?c. How many and what type aircraft will be

based on the proposed airport? You should beaware that a large number of aircraft may bebased at a private-use airport that could generatea significant amount of traffic.

d. What is the most critical aircraft the airportwill accommodate?

12-8. WIND ROSE DATAa. Visual Flight Rules: Wind conditions affect

aircraft in varying degrees. Generally, in landingand takeoff, the smaller aircraft are more affected

12-1-2

9/16/93

by wind, particularly crosswind components. Therefore, when studying a runway proposal, evaluatethe consistency between the proposed runway alignment and the wind rose data to determine whetheroperations can normally be conducted safely.

b. Instrument Flight Rules: When evaluating aproposal to designate a single instrument landingrunway at an airport, give major considerationto the consistency between this designation andthe low visibility wind rose.

12-9. HELICOPTER INGRESS-EGRESSROUTES

Proposed heliports require onsite evaluation by FlightStandards operations specialists. The evaluation mustdetermine whether specific ingress-egress routesto and from heliports and helipads may be necessaryto assure an adequate level of safety with respectto obstructions and/or congested areas. Additionally,consider existing air traffic operations in proximityto a proposed heliport site and the need for specificingress-egress routes.

12-10. DISPLACED/RELOCATEDTHRESHOLDS

Consideration can be given to displacing or relocatinga proposed runway threshold when proposed structures, existing objects, or terrain obstruct the airspacenecessary for landing on or taking off from therunway. (See AC 150/5300.4, Appendix 9.)

12-11. EXISTING AIRPORTSEvaluation on the effect of existing airports shallbe made in the same manner as for other non-AlPproposals pursuant to the provisions of Section307(a) and Section 313 of the Federal AviationAct of 1958, as amended. Such studies may beconducted on those airports for which there isno record of a previous aeronautical study, oron any airport when deemed necessary or appropriate.

PARA 12-11

•

•

•

•9/16/93

Chapter 13. AIRPORT DETERMINATIONS

7400.2D

•

•

13-1. GENERALThe airports office is responsible for formulatingand issuing the official determination. That determination shall incorporate the consolidated airspace findingand other pertinent issues. If the official determinationwill contain additional items and/or alterations ofthe consolidated airspace finding submitted by airtraffic, the airports office shall obtain a concurrencefrom the regional air traffic, airway facilities, andflight standards divisions. The airports office shallalso assure that each determination issued conformsto established policy, procedures, and guidelines.Controversial proposals may require special handling,but no determination shall be issued which wouldbe contrary to agency policy until the matter has

Ibeen coordinated with and approved by the RegionalAdministrator, the Associate Administrator for Airports, and the Associate Administrator for AirTraffic.

13-2. TERMINOLOGYThe following terminology shall be used in FAAdeterminations:

a. Part 157 Airports.1. No objection to the proposal (it will not

adversely affect the safe and efficient use of airspaceby aircraft).

2. No objection to the proposal if certain conditions are met (it will not adversely affect thesafe and efficient use of airspace by aircraft provided(give conditions)).

3. Objectionable (it will adversely affect thesafe and efficient use of airspace by aircraft (givereasons)).

b. Federal Agreement Related Airport LayoutPlans: The regional determination resulting froman analysis study of an airport layout plan ora revision thereto shall relate to approval or disapproval, as appropriate, rather than to objectionableor not objectionable. An FAA-approved ALP isa determination considering all known obstructionsto air navigation and all proposed constructionwhose exact location, type, and dimensions, includingheight, are identified on the airport layout plan.Agency personnel are reminded that approval ofa Federal agreement ALP includes items shownon the plan, such as terminal buildings, NAVAID's,lighting, fences, cargo facilities and maintenanceor service areas. Structures in industrial area develop-

PARA 13-1

ments, motels, storage hangers, and other nonaviationdevelopment inside the airport boundary are alsoappropriate items for inclusion in airport layoutplan studies. Approval of an ALP does not constituteapproval of structures and their construction materials,methods, dimensions, and orientation unless so shownon the ALP. All items within the airport boundaryrequire notice under Part 152, and airport sponsorsshould be advised accordingly. The guiding criteriais that all construction involving obligated airportsmust be in accordance with an approved ALP.Each ALP, and any change in it, is subject tostudy and FAA approval and is a document whichreflects sponsor/FAA agreed upon development.Construction proposals on Federal agreement airportsshall be processed and studied as possible ALPmodifications. Consequently, any proposal mistakenlysubmitted by a construction sponsor in accordancewith Part 77 shall be forwarded to the appropriateregional Airport Office for study.

13-3. CONDITIONAL DETERMINATIONSWhen the airport study results in "no objection"if certain conditions are met, then clearly set forththe conditions in the determinations to avoid anymisunderstanding.

a. IFRNFR Status: If the intent of a conditionaldetermination is to restrict or defer the establishmentof an instrument approach procedure because ofconflict with other IFR procedures in a particulararea or to restrict aircraft operations to VFR weatherconditions, then these conditions should be clearlydefined in the determination to avoid possible misunderstanding. For example, the phrase "VFR operations only" should not be used when the intentis to restrict the establishment of an instrumentapproach procedure but not necessarily restrict IFRdepartures. If the intent is to restrict all IFRoperations, the determination should identify specificweather conditions rather than relate to VFR operations, or it should be written to specifically prohibitIFR operations.

b. Traffic Patterns: If there is a need to establishspecific airport traffic patterns to ensure compatibilityof aircraft operations with adjacent airports, orfor other reasons, set forth the specific trafficpattern requirement as a condition.

c. Runway Thresholds: When the determinationconcerns a proposed runway construction and existing

13-1-1

7400.2D

objects will obstruct the airspace needed for arrivalsor departures and if the obstructions cannot beremoved due to lack of control by the airportsponsor or other compelling reasons, the conditionscan stipulate displacement or relocation of a runwaythreshold to provide clearance over the obstructions.If you use this condition, ensure that the remaininglength is sufficient to safely accommodate themost critical aircraft expected to use the runway.Perhaps it may be feasible, or more desirable,for the obstructions to be removed rather thanshorten the runway. If so, you may give theairport sponsor this option. However, use the following wording in the determination conditions whenthe study indicates the runway threshold can safelybe displaced or relocated.

"The runway threshold is displaced and, ifappropriate, properly marked and lighted so asto provide obstacle clearance in accordance withappropriate airport design standards.""The runway threshold is relocated and properly marked and lighted so as to clearly indicatethat portion of runway which is closed to pilotsfor takeoff and landing."

d. Ingress-Egress Routes: When the determinationconcerns a heliport, it may be necessary to specifyingress-egress routes in the conditions placed onthe determination. (See paragraph 12-9.)

e. Other Conditions: Specify any other itemsin the determination conditions which are feasibleand necessary to assure the safe and efficientuse of the airspace by aircraft and the safetyof persons and property on the ground.

13-4. VOID DATESThe establishment of a void date should be indeterminations as appropriate. Void dates (normally18 months) allow for the orderly planning ofairports by providing realistic time limitations forthe completion of airport projects. However, giveevery consideration to extending the void dateif a proponent's reasons for not completing theproject by the specified time are valid. Whenestablishing void dates on determinations issuedunder Part 157, include the following statements:

"In order to avoid placing any unfair restrictions on users of the navigable airspace, thisdetermination is valid until (date). Should theairport not be established by this date, an extension of our determination should be requested."

13-5. STATEMENT IN DETERMINATIONSa. No Objections or Conditional: Include the

following statement in the determination forwardedto the proponent:

13-1-2

9/16/93

"This determination does not mean FAAapproval or disapproval of the physical develop- •ment involved in the proposal. It is a determina-tion with respect to the safe and efficient use ofairspace by aircraft and with respect to thesafety of persons and property on the ground.""In making this determination, the FAA hasconsidered matters such as the effect the pro-posal would have on existing or planned trafficpatterns of neighboring airports, the effects itwould have on the existing airspace structureand projected programs of the FAA, the effectsit would have on the safety of persons andproperty on the ground, and the effects thatexisting or proposed manmade objects (on filewith the FAA) and known natural objects withinthe affected area would have on the airport pro-posal.""The FAA cannot prevent the construction ofstructures near an airport. The airport environscan only be protected through such means aslocal zoning ordinances or acquisitions of property rights."

b. Objectionable: Include the following statementin the determination forwarded to the proponent:

"This is a determination with respect to the safeand efficient use of airspace by aircraft and with •respect to the safety of persons and property onthe ground. In making this determination, theFAA has considered matters such as the effectthe proposal would have on existing or plannedtraffic patterns of neighboring airports, theeffects it would have on the existing airspacestructure and projected programs of the FAA,the effects it would have on the safety of per-sons and property on the ground, and the effectsthat existing or proposed manmade objects (onfile with the FAA) and natural objects withinthe affected area would have on the airport pro-posal."

c. Notice of Completion: Include a reminder thatthe sponsor is required to notify the nearest ADOor regional office within 30 days after completionof the project (Part 157.9).

13-6. AIRPORT MASTER RECORDWhen appropriate, enclose within the determinationan FAA Form 5010, Airport Master Record, andinclude a statement in the determination letter providing guidance to the sponsorn for its use.

13-7. ADVISE FEDERAL AGREEMENTAIRPORT SPONSORS •

When a determination is sent to the sponsor, includethe following additional statement:

PARA 13-7

•

•

•

9/16/93

"This determination is not a commitment ofFederal funds and does not indicate that the proposed development is environmentally acceptable in accordance with Public Law 91-190,Public Law 91-258, and/or Public Law 90-495.An environmental finding is a prerequisite toany major airport development project whenFederal aid will be granted for the project."

13-8. DISSEMINATION OF STUDY RESULTSThe airports office shall provide FAA offices thatparticipated in the study a copy of each determinationissued. Include a copy to AAS-330. Additionally,the results of an airport study which has beencoordinated or discussed in an informal airspacemeeting should be disseminated by the air trafficoffice to those persons/ offices on the coordinationdistribution list, attendees at the informal airspacemeeting, and any other interested person as soonas feasible after the sponsor has been notified.Outside of agency distribution shall be in theform of a notice "To All Concerned." Includein the notice the aeronautical study number togetherwith a brief resume of the factors on which thedetermination was based and a recital of any statementincluded in the determination. In addition, if aconditional statement concerning environmentalacceptability has been included in the determinationto the proponent, include a similar statement inthe notice.

13-9. REVIEW OF SENSITIVE ORCONTROVERSIAL CASES

There is no right of petition for review of airportdeterminations. However, a proponent of an airportproposal, or other interested party, may desireto contest or appeal an FAA determination consideredto be unjust. In that event, the appropriate regionaloffice should attempt to resolve the problem inthe following manner:

a. Informal Airspace Meeting: The air trafficoffice should hold a special informal airspace meetingwith all interested parties as set forth in Part1. Emphasize that the scope of an airport studyanalysis is limited, and that the FAA's determination

PARA 13-8

7400.2D

is based on the safe and efficient use of airspaceby aircraft and the safety of persons and propertyon the ground. (See Paragraph 13-5.)

b. Reevaluate: If any new factors regarding thesafe and efficient use of the airspace becomeknown as a result of the informal meeting, thenreevaluate the airport proposal. Mfirm or revisethe original determination as appropriate.

c. Public Hearing: The regulations provide noright to, or procedures for, a public hearing regardingairport matters. An airport airspace determinationis only advisory, and basically for FAA's ownuse. Circularization and, where required, informalairspace meetings should be sufficient to provideinterested persons a forum to present their views.When Federal funds are, or will be, involvedin the airport or its development, there is a rightto a public hearing on site location, but no similarright exists to a hearing on airspace matters. Ifa party is emphatic in his demand for a publichearing, the Director, Air Traffic Rules and Procedures Service, ATR-1, should be notified and thereshall be no inference made that a hearing maybe granted. It is general policy not to grant suchhearings; however, should circumstances dictateotherwise, ATR-1 would direct the conduct ofthe hearing to be informal in nature, not withinthe scope of the Administrative Procedures Act,and the subject matter would be limited to thescope of the airspace analysis; i.e., the safe andefficient use of airspace by aircraft.

13-10. DISPOSAL OF FEDERAL SURPLUSREAL PROPERTY FOR PUBLIC AIRPORTPURPOSES

a. Site Endorsement: The FAA shall study andofficially endorse the site before property interestin land owned and controlled by the United Statesis conveyed to a public agency for public airportpurposes.

b. Processing Procedures: Surplus Federal propertycases shall be processed in the same manner asFederal grant airport proposals.

13·4-3

•9/16/93 7400.2D

Chapter 14. MILITARY, NASA, AND OTHER AGENCYAIRPORT PROPOSALS

•

•

14-1. REQUIREMENT FOR PRIOR NOTICESection 308(b) of the Federal Aviation Act of1958, as amended, provides, in part, that the Department of Defense (DOD), the National Aeronauticsand Space Administration (NASA), or other agenciesshall not acquire, establish, or construct any militaryairport, missile, or rocket site; or substantiallyalter any runway layout unless reasonable priornotice is given to the FAA Administrator so thathe may advise with the appropriate committeesof Congress and other interested agencies as tothe effects of such projects upon the use of airspaceby aircraft.

14-2. FORM OF NOTICEDOD forwards military airport or missile site projectsto FAA Washington Headquarters in the formof an annual Military Construction Program (MCP).Military projects not involved in the annual programare submitted to the FAA regional office by theindividual services or commands through the regionalmilitary representatives. (See paragraph 14-5.) NASAand other agencies submit their projects directlyto FAA Washington Headquarters.

14-3. FAA HEADQUARTERS REVIEWAnnual MCP's and proposals submitted by NASAor other agencies are forwarded to Airspace-Rulesand Aeronautical Information Division, ATP-200,for review and processing. ATP-200 shall coordinatewith appropriate Headquarters Air Traffic, Airports,Flight Operations, and Systems Engineering Officesprior to forwarding the proposal to the regionaloffice for study. Any problems with the proposalat the Headquarters level should be resolved priorto requesting regional input.

14-4. REGIONAL OFFICE REVIEWATP-200 will then forward the projects to theappropriate regional office for processing in the

PARA 14-1

same manner as civil airport proposals, exceptthat regional air traffic divisions are responsiblefor the study. The determination and recommendationon the proposal, plus all pertinent comments andrelated material, shall be forwarded to ATP-200by the regional air traffic division. The officialFAA determination shall be formulated by ATP-200after review and any required interservices coordination and forwarded to DOD, NASA, or otheragencies as appropriate. A copy of the determinationshall be forwarded to the affected regional office.

14-5. MILITARY PROPOSALS OTHER THANMCP

Other military airport proposals may be submittedby individual services through the appropriate regionalmilitary representatives to the regional office. Theseproposals shall be processed in the same manneras civil airport proposals except as indicated below.This exception does not apply to notices on joint-useairports received under Part 157 or AlP projects.

a. The regional air traffic division shall coordinatewith the airports, flight standards, airway facilitiesdivisions, and other offices as required for formulationof the official FAA determination. The determinationshall be issued to the appropriate regional militaryrepresentative with a copy to ATP-240.

b. When a controversial proposal is referred toWashington Headquarters for resolution, the airspacefinding and official agency determination shall beformulated by ATP-200 in coordination with theOffice of Airports Standards and other offices,as required, and forwarded to the appropriate regionalmilitary representatives through the regional office.

14-1-1

•9/16/93 7400.2D

Chapter 15. AIRPORT CHARTING AND PUBLICATION OFAIRPORT DATA

•

•

15-1. POLICYAll landing facilities which have received airspacedeterminations, or those not analyzed, must beproperly documented and processed in accordancewith procedures contained in FAA Order 5010.4,Airport Safety Data Program. Landing facilitiesthat have received objectionable airspace determinations will not be published in the National FlightData Digest (NFDD), will not be depicted onaeronautical charts, and will not be published inthe Airport Facility Directory (NFD).

15-2. NFDC RESPONSIBILITYAs part of the Air Traffic System ManagementService, the National Flight Data Center (NFDC)ATM--600, plans, establishes, and directs the FAA'ssystem and programs to provide a single sourcefor serving the flight information requirements ofthe aviation industry producers of aeronautical chartsand publications and other government agenciesand users. NFDC also conducts the agency programand serves as the central source for the collection,storage, validation, and dissemination of the physicaland operational description of airports (all categories),national and international. A list of all additions,modifications, and deletions of the airport database is published daily in the NFDD. NFDC willmaintain complete information on airports of record,and the NFDD will contain pertinent factual information concerning an airport, including whether theairport is available for public use.

15-3. AIRPORT CHARTING8. Airports meeting the criteria below may be

charted, provided the data has been processed in

PARA 15-1

accordance with the policy set forth in paragraph15-1.

1. Airports (including ultralight flight parks)available for public use.

2. Military airports without charting restrictions.3. Abandoned airports having landmark value.4. Personal-use or private-use airports having

emergency landing or landmark values.5. Heliports available for public use and not

associated with an existing fixed-wing airport.6. Gliderports.7. Airports of lesser aeronautical importance

may be omitted in congested areas where otherairports with adequate and better facilities are available nearby.

8. Seaplane bases.b. Airports will be plotted to true geographic

positions on charts unless they are in conflictwith a navigation aid at the same location. Insuch cases, the airport will be displaced from,or superimposed upon the navigation aid. However,in displacing, for cartographic purposes, the relationship between the airport and navigation aid isretained.

c. Airports will be charted on aeronautical chartsby using the symbols shown in Figure 15-3[1].Airports where Class D areas have been established Iare shown in blue. All other airports are shownin magenta. Airport names and associated dataare shown in the same color as the airport symbol.

15-1-1

VIIIN Figure 1>'-3[1]

AERONAUTICAL INFORMATION-CNIL FORMAT

L..- .L- ---J

• •

o

..WAC

COMMAND ,f.00 100

WAC

PENTAGONIARMYI 0

995

WAC

PORT ARBOUR05- S 150

WAC

PURL Ie USE hmlled m ......&.nc. (. no ..vw.ev..1ebM

RfSTRICTEO OR PRIVATE UN onty If\ .......yencyUI b'f' \lP8Clhc eu'thorl,a,1OO

UNVERlflEO • _M1wlg _. w..aebte fo, publIC ....

but w.'8fl'lnU tftOl8 1""1 orrtw." p1ec_mon due 10

111 a.ck 01 C~'Ml' "'bmelClfI Of} tl8kJ ConOloon.,.nd/ol @

I2l eved.tlle tnb'''''-'I()l'l ndIcat.. pecu'- operatinglImtta....

®

®

AIRPORTS

HMA20 I 21

o

AIRPORT

OMH IPvtJ200 17

®

HELIPORTISeI.'cledl

SEAPLANE -EMERGENCYNo IdClh11cs or cOlnplntemfolilldtlO" IS not aViJllahlp.

SEAPLANE ~- JOINTCIVIL AND MILITARYRcllH'llfl!j and repdiffacihlles fo, normal lfafl,c

LANDPLANEEM[RGENCYNo filcdrtips or cornplpff~

Iflioflnatlon is not available

Ad,1 dl'propllate notes asrequilp(1: "dosed,ap~)f()xtrnafe P( ISltlon,

eXlst('nce unconfirmed"

AIRPORTS

LANDPLANE ~-

MILITARY0 PAPAGO AAF

Refueting an,1 r!'pair l:nO "LJO 0facilities for normal traffIC.

All recognizable runways,including some which mavbe closed, arc shown forvisual idt~ntlfication_

Airports having Air Traffic A NAS MOFFETT

~CT 118.3Control Towers (en are 4OL92shown in blue, all othersin magenta.

WAC

SEAPLANE -MILITARY • NASAU\MEDARefuelrng and repair 00 "L S 100 •facilities for normal traffic.

WAC

LANDPLANE - CIVIL <> SCOTT VALLEY (>Refueling and repair 2718 "L 37 1228facllrties for normal traffic.

+>FSS +)SISKIYOU CO

2648L 75 1230

~ SAN FRANCISCO ..~

INTL CT - 1205 ~ATIS 1158113.7

12L 106 123.0 WAC

SEAPLANE - CIVILRefuelrng and repair

HARTUNG LODGEfaCIlities for normal tratfic. 4> ~OOlSI50

WAC

LANDPLANE - JOINT 0- SIOUX CfTY~CIVIL AND MILITARY 1097l 90 123.0

Refueling and repairfacilrties for normal traffic.

~SANTA MONICA

~CT - 118.3ATfS 110.8

175 l 82 113.0 WAC

I

•

•9/16/93 7400.2D

PART 4. AIR NAVIGATION AIDSChapter 16. ESTABLISHING AIR NAVIGATION AIDS

Section 1. GENERAL

16-1. PURPOSEThis part provides guidelines and procedures fornonrulemaking actions related to requests for theestablishment, relocation, modification, and discontinuance of air navigation aids. Various typesof air navigation aids are in use today, eachserving a special purpose in the National AirspaceSystem (NAS). These aids have varied ownersand operators, but FAA has statutory authorityto prescribe standards for the operation of anyof these aids which are used for instrument flightrules operations.

16-2. COMPATIBILITY WITH CHARTINGDATES

To minimize impact on the NOTAM system, the

•

dates for commissioning, discontinuance, or conversion of FAA navigation aids that are part ofthe NAS shall be compatible with charting datesto the maximum extent possible.

16-3. RESPONSIBILITY FOR FREQUENCYSELECTION

The Interdepartmental Radio Advisory Committee(IRAC), which is composed of representatives ofvarious Federal agencies, has delegated to the FAAthe responsibility to engineer frequency selectionsfor all air navigational aids. The frequency isselected by the regional Frequency ManagementOffice as set forth in the FAA's 6050 seriesof orders. Military and other government proponentsapply for authorization to the FAA through theirrespective headquarters. Non-Federal proponentsmust file with the FCC and shall only be notified

•PARA 16-1

of the frequency selected after the FCC/IRACaction is completed.

16-4. GOVERNING CRITERIACriteria governing the establishment of air navigationaids are contained in Airway Planning Standards1 and 2 (FAA Order 7031.2 and FAA Order7031.3), Federal Aviation Regulations, Part 171,and other pertinent agency orders.

16-5. LONG-RANGE PLANNINGRegional air traffic, airway facilities, and flightstandards divisions shall, in conjunction, maintaina long-range plan for the provision of air navigationaids and associated air traffic control service.

16-6. PROPOSED CHANGESRegional air traffic divisions shall submit to AirTraffic Plans and Requirements Service, SystemPlans and Programs Division, ATR-100, proposedchanges to the air navigation aids that are ofsufficient magnitude to require advance budgetaryplanning and/or user coordination at the nationallevel.

16-7. PROCEDURES INVOLVING WAIVERSForward proposals involving a waiver ofnonrulemaking policy or procedures which affectthe establishment, relocation, modification, or discontinuance of air navigation aids to ATP-200,for coordination and approval.


16-1-1

9/16/93

Section 2. FAA AIR NAVIGATION AIDS

7400.2D

,

• 16-20. GENERALSite locations for the establishment or relocationof air navigation aids require approval by theappropriate regional Airway Facilities, Air Traffic,Flight Standards, and Airports Offices. The RegionalAirway Facilities' airspace focal point shall requestthe appropriate regional Air Traffic Office to initiatea nonrulemaking study of the selected site. TheAirway Facility Division must concur with thesite location before the request for study is made.

16-21. COORDINATIONThe Air Traffic Office shall coordinate the proposedsite with the Regional Flight Standards and AirportsOffices, as well as affected air traffic controlfacilities. The purpose of the air navigation aidmust be considered and, as appropriate, a preliminarydecision made regarding the establishment ofinstrument procedures, airways/routes, designationof controlled airspace, ability to provide essentialair traffic services, the effect of the site on facilityperformance, and the effect on the location orconfiguration of an airport. If all offices agreewith the selected site, then the Air Traffic Office

•

should circularize the proposal, as determined necessary, for comment from the aviation community.

16-22. INFORMAL AIRSPACE MEETINGSConvene an informal airspace meeting in accordancewith the procedures in Part 1 when considerednecessary. Informal airspace meetings may not bepractical for proposals that are time critical orin those cases where delay will adversely affectaviation safety. At such meetings, agency representatives should explain the proposed use of the navigationaid, including instrument approaches or other terminalprocedures or airspace planning, that will be subsequently handled by airspace rulemaking procedures.Do not commit the agency regarding the actualdesignation of airspace based on these aids.

•PARA 16-20

16-23. APPROVAL AUTHORITYRegional Air Traffic Divisions are responsible forfinal approval or disapproval of sites selected forinstallation of air navigation aids. The approvalor disapproval determination shall be issued bymemorandum to the appropriate Airway FacilitiesOffice. Any disapproval issued shall include thereasons why a site is not acceptable. Agencypersonnel are reminded that site approval doesnot constitute approval of instrument approach procedures or controlled airspace planning to be processedunder rulemaking action.

16-24. DISTRIBUTIONThe appropriate Air Traffic Office shall distributea copy of the approval or disapproval determinationto all FAA offices that participated in the sitestudy and to ATR-lOO.

16-25. COMMISSIONING DATEThe appropriate Airway Facilities Office is authorizedto proceed with installation of the navigationalaid upon receipt of the site approval. As soonas possible thereafter, an estimated date of commissioning shall be agreed upon by the offices concerned.To the maximum extent possible, the date ofcommissioning shall be compatible with the associatedaeronautical charting dates. (See FAA Order 8260.26and FAA Order 7031.20.)

16-26. PROCESSING REGULATORYACTIONS

The appropriate Flight Standards and Air TrafficOffices shall process the necessary instrument procedures and airspace rulemaking actions to be effectivecoincident with the commissioning date.


16-2-1

9/16/93 7400.2D

ments received indicate further discussion is warranted, then the proposal should be added to theagenda of an informal airspace meeting.

16-34. DETERMINATION RESPONSIBILITYThe responsibility to determine the acceptabilityof the military proposal is delegated to RegionalAir Traffic Divisions after coordination with theAirway Facilities, Flight Standards, and AirportsDivisions. Any problems with or objections tothe proposal shall be resolved at the regionallevel prior to issuance of the decision. The determination shall be issued in memorandum form statingthat the FAA has "no objections" or "objects"to the installation of the navigational aid. AirportsOffices are cautioned to ensure that site locationsfor the establishment or relocation of air navigationaids on obligated airports are in accordance withFAA approved Airport Layout Plans. Any restrictionor reasons why the proposal is objectionable shallbe clearly set forth in the memorandum.

16-35. NOTIFICATION AND DISTRIBUTIONThe appropriate Air Traffic Office shall normallyaddress the determination to the military organizationthat originated the proposal. When the requestfor the study originated from FAA Headquarters,then the determination should be directed to theoffice requesting the study or relayed to the MilitaryCommand through FAA/DOD coordination procedures. Forward one copy of the memorandum toATR-lOO, ASM-500, and those regional officesthat participated in the study.


16-31. COORDINATION WITH MILITARYThe Air Traffic office is authorized to coordinatewith the originating military organization to obtainany omitted or additional information needed forthe nonrulemaking study.

16-32. EVALUATION BY AIRWAYFACILITIES OFFICE

The Regional Frequency Management Office shallbe requested to evaluate the military proposal todetermine frequency availability and the frequencyprotection provided. This evaluation shall be providedto the responsible Air Traffic Office.

16-33. CIRCUlARIZATIONIf the frequency evaluation report is favorable,the Air Traffic Office shall complete coordinationwith the appropriate Airports, Flight Standards,and other Airway Facilities Offices. If appropriate,the proposal may be circularized to user groupsand other interested persons for comment. If com-

Section 3. MILITARY AIR NAVIGATION AIDS

• 16-30. GENERALThe primary concerns regarding military air navigation aid proposals are the potential effect on airspaceor airport utilization and the availability ofinterference-protected frequencies. Consequently,military proposals involving the establishment orrelocation of military navigational aids are forwardedto Regional Air Traffic Divisions for nonrulemakingstudy. Such proposals received should contain thefollowing information:

a. Site of the navigational aid using geographicalcoordinates to the nearest second;

b. Equipment type;c. Power output; andd. Frequency range.

•

•PARA 16-30 16-3-1

9/16/93 7400.2D

16-45. APPROVAL AND NOTIFICATIONPROCESS

The appropriate Air Traffic Office shall, basedupon the results of the study, determine whetheror not the agency has any objections to the installationor relocation of the navigational aid and so advisethe originating Airway Facilities Office. The AirwayFacilities Office shall then forward the determinationapproval or disapproval to the sponsor. If thedetermination is favorable and after successful groundand flight inspection of the facility has been accomplished, the Air Traffic office shall:

a. Request Flight Standards to complete the necessary processing of the proposed IFR procedure;

b. Initiate the airspace regulatory action necessaryfor the IFR procedure.

16-44. INFORMAL AIRSPACE MEETINGAdd the proposal to the agenda of an informalairspace meeting when the comments indicate thatfurther discussion is warranted.

16-43. EXTERNAL COORDINATIONThe appropriate Air Traffic Office shall circularizethe proposal to all interested persons for commentif the Airway facilities, Airports, and Flight Standardsresponse is favorable. Any internal FAA problemwith the proposal shall be resolved prior to thecircularization.

3. Examine the proposal regarding utilizationof the airspace, aeronautical operations and airtraffic control procedures.

c. Airports Programs: The appropriate AirportsOffice shall evaluate the proposal in referenceto existing airports and planned airport developmenton file with the agency.

d. Flight Standards: Regional Flight StandardsOffices are the focal point for Flight Standardsstudies of the effect of the proposed non-Federalair navigation aid on existing or proposed IFRand VFR flight operations. In developing IFR procedures, Flight Standards personnel are responsiblefor:

1. Determining whether their respective requirements outlined in Part 171 and FAA Order 8260.3have been satisfied;

2. Advising the appropriate Air Traffic Officethrough the Regional Flight Standards Office ofthe results of their study; and

3. Initiating development of required IFR procedures.

16-41. REQUEST FOR ESTABLISHMENTThe proponent requesting the establishment or relocation of a non-Federal air navigational aid as definedin Part 171 should provide the following information:

a. The site of the navigational aid using geographi-cal coordinates to the nearest second;

b. Equipment type;c. Frequency range; andd. Power output.

16-42. PROCESSING RESPONSIBILITYRequests received for establishment of a non-Federalair navigation aid shall be forwarded to the appropriateRegional Airway Facilities Division for initialprocessing.

•a. Airway Facilities: Regional Airway Facilities

Offices are responsible for the overall regionalcoordination with the sponsor. Advise should beprovided to sponsors on the minimum equipmentand operational performance standards, siting requirements, and the conditions prerequisite to use ofthe navigational facility for any IFR procedure.Additionally:

1. Evaluate the proposal to determine frequencyavailability, the potential interference effects onexisting/planned electronic and visual aids to navigation, and possible electromagnetic interference toradio communications frequencies;

2. Forward the proposal to the Regional AirTraffic Division for appropriate nonrulemaking action;

3. Request the sponsor to submit any additionalinformation needed for the study; and

4. Coordinate with FIFO/Flight Standards asnecessary to complete appropriate flight inspection.

b. Air Traffic: If the sponsor has requestedestablishment and approval of an IFR procedurepredicated on the proposed facility, the Air TrafficOffice shall:

1. Ensure that the necessary ATC communications can be satisfied;

2. Request the appropriate Airports, AirwayFacilities, and Flight Standards Offices to studythe proposal; and

Section 4. NON-FEDERAL AIR NAVIGATION AIDS

• 16-40. GENERALAssist the sponsors of proposed non-Federal navigational aids in the technical planning and to provideadvice on minimum equipment and operationalperformance standards. The operation of non-Federalnavigation facilities involving the approval of IFRand air traffic control procedures shall be in accordance with minimum requirements set forth in Part171 and the FAA's 6700 series of Orders.

•PARA 16-40 16-4-1

9/16/937400.2D

16-46. DISTRIBUTIONA copy of the determination issued to the sponsorshall be forwarded to ATR-lOO, ASM-500, andto the FCC, Attention: Antenna Survey Branch(for address see paragraph 4-35.).

16-4-2

•

•

•PARA 16-46

•9/16/93 7400.2D

Chapter 17. DISCONTINUANCE OF AIR NAVIGATIONAIDS

Section 1. FAA AIR NAVIGATION AIDS

•

17-1. RESPONSIBILITYOperational requirements, air traffic demand, andbudgetary limitations are normally the basis forthe retention or decommissioning of FAA air navigation aids. Since economics are a necessary consideration, an air navigation aid becomes a candidatefor decommissioning when the activity level orfactors other than activity level on which it mayhave been justified are eliminated or changed significantly. Discontinuance criteria are contained in theappropriate Airway Planning Standards (FAA Order7031.2 and FAA Order 7031.3).

a. Air traffic service shall ensure that FAA fundedair navigation aids are allocated so as to benefitthe greatest number of users consistent with safetyand operational efficiency. Regional air traffic divisions shall also evaluate the need for the retention

•of air navigation aids and recommend candidatesfor decommissioning when their need can no longerbe justified.

b. NAS Program Management Service (APM)shall recommend navigational facilities to Air TrafficRules and Procedures Service as candidates fordecommissioning when their function can be equallyor better provided by more economical alternativefacilities.

17-2. COORDINATION OF PROPOSALSA navigational facility selected for decommissioningshall be the subject of a nonrulemaking study.The appropriate air traffic office shall coordinatethe proposed action with Regional Airway Facilities,Flight Standards, Airports personnel, and the regionalmilitary representative. If all concur, the air trafficoffice shall circularize the proposed decommissioningto all interested persons for comment. Include abrief description of the decommissioning effecton airspace and instrument procedures in the circularization.

Note.-Advanced coordination should be accomplished withTransport Canada regarding facilities that would effect transborder operations. This coordination can be handled throughheadquarters, regional offices, or directly-facility to facility.

17-3. OBTAINING APPROVALIn accordance with FAA Order 1100.1, FAAOrganization-Policies and Standards, paragraph 15,certain closings, consolidation, and decommissioningsmay require approval of the Administrator. Uponcompletion of the nonrulemaking study, if applicable,the appropriate regional office shall forward thestudy with a summary of comments and a recommendation to the Administrator through the concerned office or service.

17-4. DISCONTINUANCE ACTIONDelay initiating steps for discontinuance of a navigational facility that requires approval from the Officeof the Administrator until 10 working days afterreceipt of such approval.

17-5. CANCELLATION OF CONTROLLEDAIRSPACE AND INSTRUMENTPROCEDURES

The appropriate air traffic office shall ensure thatall designated airspace based on the air navigationaid is revoked or modified and that instrumentprocedures predicated on that navigation aid willbe canceled by the appropriate flight standardsoffice prior to the effective date of decommissioning.

17-6. DECOMMISSIONING DATETo the extent possible, the date of decommissioningshould be compatible with the associated aeronauticalcharting dates.


•PARA 17-1 17-1-1

9/16/93

•7400.2D

Section 2. MILITARY AND NON-FEDERAL AIR NAVIGATIONAIDS

17-20. RESPONSIBILITIESWhen notice of discontinuance of a military, othergovernment, or non-Federal air navigation aid isreceived, it shall be forwarded to the appropriateRegional Air Traffic Division for processing. Uponreceipt of the notice, the responsible Air TrafficOffice shall, in conjunction with Airway Facilities,Airports, and Flight Standards, determine if:

8. The air navigation aid forms part of theFederal airway/route system;

b. An airspace designation if predicated uponthe navigation aid, or

c. The air navigation aid is used for a publishedcivil instrument procedure.

17-21. ACTION PRIOR TODISCONTINUANCE

a. If none of the conditions in paragraph 17-20exist, Air Traffic shall notify user groups andother interested persons of the name of the facility,its location, and date of discontinuance withoutresorting to the nonrulemaking process.

•

b. If any of the conditions in paragraph 17-20xist, the appropriate Air Traffic Office shall:

1. Initiate nonrulemaking process by circularizing a proposal to user groups and other interestedpersons for comment.

2. Coordinate with Airway Facilities to determine feasibility of FAA takeover.

3. If discontinuance of the NAVAID is tobe pursued, ensure that all airspace designated

•PARA 17-20

on the navigational aid is revoked or modifiedand that instrument procedures predicated on thatnavigational aid will be canceled prior to effectivedate of discontinuance.

17-22. DISCONTINUANCE OF NAVAID'SINCLUDED IN ICAO PLANS

To meet the operational requirements of UnitedStates and foreign international aircraft, certain UnitedStates air navigation aids are included in the Caribbean, North Atlantic and Pacific Regional Air Navigation Plans of the International Civil AviationOrganization (ICAO). Amendments to these planscannot be made until the necessary coordinationis effected through ICAO with all interested contracting states and international organizations.

17-23. NOTIFICATION TO INTERNATIONALSTAFF

The International Research Program Staff, ARD-4,is designated as the office of primary responsibilityfor initial handling of proposed amendments tothe ICAO Regional Plans. Therefore, beforenonrulemaking action is initiated to discontinueany navigational aid included in one of the RegionalAir Navigation Plans, the appropriate Air TrafficOffice shall notify ARD-4 of the proposed action.Notification shall be made at least 90 days beforethe effective date to permit sufficient coordinationtime.

17-2--1

•9/16/93

PART 5. AIRWAYS AND ROUTESChapter 18. GENERAL

Section 1. POLICY

7400.2D

•

•

18-1. PURPOSEThis part contains policy, procedures, and criteriafor the designation/establishment of the airway androute structure for the National Airspace System.

18-2. CONTROLLED AIRSPACEDESIGNATION

Controlled airspace for en route purposes is designatedwhere a user or an air traffic control requirementexists and air traffic control service can be provided.

PARA 18-1

18-3. PROTECTED AIRSPACE FOR COURSECHANGES

Where necessary, regions shall initiate action todesignate controlled airspace of sufficient dimensionto encompass the airspace to be protected forcourse changes.


18-1-1

•9/16/93

Section 2. VOR AIRWAY STRUCTURE

7400.2D

18-20. NAVAID SPACINGVOR airways are based on navigational aids whichnormally are spaced no farther apart than 80 nauticalmiles. They may be based on more widely spacednavigational aids if a usable signal can be providedand frequency protection afforded for the distancerequired (see FAA Order 9840.1). Each airwaywill be assigned a number which does not exceed

, three digits.

18-21. VERTICAL AND LATERAL EXTENTThe standard vertical and lateral extent of theseairways is specified in Part 71.5 of the FederalAviation Regulations (FAR's). Nonstandard dimensions may be specified as required except as limitedby paragraph 18-22.

18-22. WIDTH REDUCTIONSA reduced airway width of 3 nautical miles onone or both sides of the centerline may be establishedfrom the navigational aid to the point where the

•

4.50 intersecting lines equal 3 nautical miles (Part71.5). Normally, the ends of the reduced portionare determined by lines perpendicular to the airwaycenterline. If required, the ends of the reduced

•PARA 18-20

portion may be defined differently. A reducedwidth is permissible to obtain additional trafficcapacity and flexibility through use of multipleroutes or to avoid encroachment on special useairspace or other essential maneuvering areas. Widthreductions are considered the exception rather thanthe rule and are approved only where adequateair navigation guidance and justification exist.

18-23. WHEN TO DESIGNATE AIRWAYSAirways should be designated in lieu of otherairspace to serve en route operations when theroute is predicated upon navigational aids whichare suitable for inclusion in the airway system,the benefits of the airway designation outweighany adverse effects to other airspace users, and:

a. The route is a normal extension of an existingairway; or

b. Users will benefit from charted informationpertaining to navigational guidance, minimum enroute altitudes, and changeover points.


18-2-1

•9/16/93

Section 3. JET ROUTES

7400.2D

,

•

•

18-30. DESIGNATIONJet routes extend from 18,000 feet MSL to FL450, inclusive, and are designated to indicate frequently used routings. Jet routes may also bedesignated for route continuity where such designationwould clearly facilitate description of the intendedroute of flight. "T" category aids shall not beused to designate jet routes.

18-31. NAVAID SPACINGJet routes are normally based on H class navigationalaids spaced no farther apart than 260 nauticalmiles. They may be based on more widely spacednavigational aids if a usable signal can be providedand frequency protection afforded for the distancerequired. Each jet route will be assigned a numberwhich does not exceed three digits.

PARA 18-30

18-32. VSE OF WIDTHSJet routes have no width; however, alignment shouldbe planned using protected airspace specified forVOR airways in Part 71.5 or paragraph 18-22to prevent overlapping special use airspace or theairspace to be protected for other jet routes.

18-33. V.S./CANADA TRANSBORDERCONNECTIONS

U.S./Canadian transborder connections are assigneda jet route number and/or high level airway numberto the first fix or NAVAID within each countryfor ease of flight planning.


18-3--1

•9/16/93

Section 4. LOW/MEDIUM.FREQUENCY AIRWAYS

7400.2D

•

•

18-40. BASISThese airways are based on low frequency navigational aids.

18-41. DIMENSIONSThe standard vertical and lateral dimensions ofLIMF airways are specified in Part 71.5. Nonstandard

PARA 18-40

dimensions may be specified in unusual cases.NAVAID spacing for LIMF airway has no standard,but is determined on an individual basis.


18-4-1

•9/16/93

Section 5. ADDITIONAL CONTROL AREAS

7400.2D

I

I 18-50. OFFSHORE AIRSPACE AREASI Offshore Airspace Areas may be designated to

serve aircraft operations between the U.S. territoriallimits and the oceanic CTAlFIR boundary and/or domestic point-to-point flights which operatein part over the high seas. These areas are establishedto permit the application of domestic proceduresin the provision of air traffic control services.

B. Navigational aid spacing for routes withinoffshore areas has no standard but is determinedon an individual basis.

I b. Examples of offshore airspace areas configurations which also serve as route designations aredepicted in Figure 18-50[1] and may be usedas guidelines. Other configurations may be usedif required. In determining which configuration touse, consideration should be given to user requirements, navigational quality and dependability ofthe NAVAID, radar vectoring capabilities, transition

I to/from the offshore airspace areas, requirements

•of other users for adjacent airspace, and possiblefuture requirements for controlled airspace. Offshore

I areas which require use of one NAVAID for anextended distance should be based on LlMF facilitiesso that lower MEA's can be established. Careshould be exercised in relocating NAVAID'S on

I which Class E airspaces are based so that theI desired offshore airspace configuration can beI retained. Where an offshore Class E airspace is

extended to the domestic/oceanic boundary, the

•PARA 18-50

diverging lines shall terminate at their intersectionwith the domestic/oceanic boundary.

18-51. EN ROUTE DOMESTIC AIRSPACEAREAS

Domestic Class E airspaces may be designated Ito serve en route operations when a requirementexists to provide air traffic control service butthe desired routing does not qualify for airwaydesignation. Consideration may also be given todesignation of domestic Class E airspaces when: I

B. The NAVAID's are not suitable for inclusionin the airway system, but are approved underPart 171, are placed in continuous operation, andare available for public use; or

b. Navigation is by means of radar vectoring.

18-52. DESIGNATIONClass E offshore airspace areas are designated Iin FAR 71.71. Regions may process those domesticcases which are ancillary to a terminal airspaceaction with approval of ATP-200.

18-53. PROCESSINGRegions may process those domestic cases whichare ancillary to a terminal airspace action withapprovalofATP-200.

18-54 tbru 18-59. RESERVED

18-5-1

7400.2D

Figure 18-50[1]

EXAl\,IPLE OF CONTROL AREA CONFIGURATION

Solid Lines Represent Control Area Boundary.

9;16;93

•a ---- -------- -------------

C~~;-R.!'~~- .!:'~O:£e~':!line_- - - - - ~~ --

, 0900-- ------ --------- - ---- -- ----095 0

...... ..--- ........ ....... --085°

5 NM Radius ----\ ----- - -09~ Centerline

~=t=--------- - _T--I -- .... - .......

~ "" .. - --- -- __ °95 0

.... ------

•

•0900

approximately 50 miles or less in length. Examplea. provides the greatest width of controlled airspaceif needed for radar vectoring or because of oceanicroute alignments or navigational capabilities.

I/

~

" 0900

5 NM Radius 0900 Centerline--~------- ------ ---- --- ----

0900

0900

". 0900

4 NM Radius 0900 Centerline--..,- ----------- -- - ------I

,~ 0900

5 NM Radius 085 0 _ _ -- - -

, _ - - - -- -0900.....~~-- -- --- ----- - ----~

/ - -0950 - - - - - ........ -

Example c. would be used when navigation withinand entering the control area is based on theuse of VORNORTAC facilities. Examples a. thrud. would be used if navigation is based on LMFfacilities. Example d. would be selected if thedistance of the control area to be designated is

18-5-2

•9/16/93

Section 6. TRANSITION AREAS

7400.2D

•

•

18-60. USEThese areas may be designated to serve en routeoperations such as:

a. Holding.b. Radar vectoring.c. Transition between airways/routes.d. En route climbs or descents.e. Providing for course changes.

PARA 18-60

f. When the route under consideration is almostall within existing Class E airspace and small Iadditions would complete the coverage.

g. En route training operations.


18-6-1

9/16/93

• Section 7. CHANGEOVER POINTS

7400.2D

18-70. SUBMIT LOCATION IN REGIONALPROPOSAL

When it is anticipated that the location of thechangeover point will affect the lateral extent of

•

•PARA 18-70

an airway, or other Class E Airspace, or the Iairspace to be protected for a jet route, that locationshall be submitted in the regional proposal.

18-7-1

•9/16/93

Chapter 19. AREA NAVIGATIONSection 1. GENERAL

7400.2D

•

•

19-1. POLICYThe FAA endorses the concept of area navigation(RNAV) and recognizes the benefits that RNAVoffers to both the airspace user and the NationalAirspace System (NAS).

19-2. DISCUSSIONa. RNAV systems permit navigation via a selected

course to a predefined point without having tofly directly toward or away from a navigationalaid. Several different types of airborne systemsare capable of accurate navigation on an areabasis. RNAV systems may employ sensor inputsother than VOR/DME without VOR/DME updatingif equivalent accuracies can be demonstrated bymeans suitable to such systems.

b. Guidelines for the implementation of areanavigation within the NAS are contained in AC90-45, Approval of Area Navigation Systems forUse in the U.S. National Airspace System.

c. RNAV aircraft are required to have the capabilityof operating along and within the lateral confinesof VOR routes and airways. Therefore, currentprocedures and separation criteria remain the samefor an RNAV aircraft cleared to operate alongthe conventional VOR route structure.

d. One item to be considered between areanavigation and the present VOR/DME system isthe effect of slant range error on aircraft position.Aircraft operating along the conventional VOR routestructure are affected by DME slant range error

PARA 19-1

in a relative manner and are primarily affectedlongitudinally since flightpaths are normally directlyto or from ground stations. RNAV aircraft maybe affected laterally as well as longitudinally sincethey do not have the disadvantage of having tooperate directly to or from ground stations. SomeRNAV systems automatically correct for slant rangeerror and others do not, while still others arenot subject to the error because DME informationis not used. It is not considered feasible to requireall systems to be slant range corrected initially;therefore, the route design and aircraft separationcriteria contained in this order take into accountthe maximum slant range effect.

e. The need to determine ground station servicelimitations, slant range error, reception altitudes,and obstruction clearance altitudes in an operationalenvironment preclude impromptu development ofRNAV routes and associated protected airspace.Therefore, RNAV operations will use establishedand designated routes, up to and including FL450, unless air traffic control radar is used tomonitor navigation accuracy and aircraft separation.

f. Route design criteria contained herein arebased on airborne system accuracies. A user mustdemonstrate that the equipment complies withaccuracy criteria and must receive approval beforethe equipment can be used in the ATC system.


19-1-1

•9/16/93

Section 2. ROUTE IDENTIFICATION

7400.2D

,

I -

•

•

19-20. ROUTE NUMBERINGRoute numbering shall be as follows:

a. Series 700 (low) and 800 (high) routes aredesignated in Part 71 and Part 75. They areexpected to be in frequent use by more thanone user and published on appropriate U.S. Government charts. Minimum En Route Altitudes (MEA's)will be published in Part 95.

b. Series 500 (low) and 600 (high) routes arepublished in appropriate flight information publications. They are planned for more than one user,but their expected usage does not justify Governmentcharting. MEA's will be published in Part 95and in appropriate flight information publication.

c. Series 300 (low) and 400 (high) routes areestablished primarily for one user and not carriedon Government charts. MEA's will be periodicallypublished in the listing of non-Part 95 routes.

19-21. ROUTE IDENTIFICATION CRITERIAa. RNAV routes (both established and designated)

shall be numbered as follows:

PARA 19-20

(1) Low altitude routes (below FL 180) willbe prefixed by the letter "V." A route numberof one to three digits will be assigned, followedby the suffix' 'R."

(2) High altitude routes (FL 180 through FL450) will be prefixed by the letter "J." A routenumber of one to three digits will be assigned,followed by the suffix "R."

b. Dual designation of RNAV routes and VORroutes and airways shall be avoided when thelateral protected airspace of the RNAV route exceedsthe lateral protected airspace to be protected ofthe VOR route/airway.


19-2-1

•9/16/93

Section 3. ROUTE PROCESSING

7400.2D

•

•

19-30. PROCEDURESThe Regional Air Traffic Division is the focalpoint for the coordination of all RNAV routes.The region shall coordinate, as necessary, withthe proponent to ensure that route proposals containsufficient information; e.g., airports to be served,NAVAID's to be used, optimum altitudes, waypointto be used, etc.

a. In accordance with Part 1, Chapter 3, Section5, of this order, obtain five-letter pronounceablewaypoint name/codes approval from ATM-600.

b. Early coordination should be effected withFlight Operations to ensure timeliness of input.Flight Operations or Flight Standards will handleall route requests in accordance with Flight Procedures and Airspace, FAA Order 8260.19, Chapter13.

c. The Air Traffic Division shall coordinate withappropriate ATC facilities, adjacent regional offices,and regional Frequency Management Offices.

PARA 19-30

d. After Flight Operations concurrence is obtained,the route proposal (all series) shall be sent toATP-200 for further processing, numbering, andpublishing.

e. All RNAV routes and procedures will beflight checked before use. The en route segmentswill be flight checked as the result of an NPRMor a direct request from ATP-200.

f. All magnetic bearings, distances betweenwaypoints, and geographical coordinates of waypointsshall be validated by ATM-600. ATM-600, inaddition to assigning waypoint name/codes, shalldetermine station elevation of the reference facility.

g. Lateral airspace to be protected for approvedarea navigation routes will be displayed, as necessary,in the appropriate manner/media for controller reference.


19-3-1

9/16/93

• Section 4. CRITERIA

7400.2D

19-40. WAYPOINT CRITERIAa. RNAV waypoints are used not only for naviga

tion reference, but also for air traffic control operational fixes in much the same manner as VORlDME ground stations and intersections are usedin the conventional VOR structure. Waypoints areto be established along RNAV routes:

(1) At the end points of RNAV routes.(2) At route turn points, where essential.(3) At all consistently used holding fixes. (All

holding points must be plotted at both the geographicalposition and slant range corrected position forpurposes of protected airspace determination inaccordance with FAA Order 7130.3, paragraph 24)

(4) At any other point of operational benefit,such as route junction points where required forroute clarity. At least one waypoint must be associatedwith each reference facility used for route definitionto meet navigation requirements. If no other require-

•

ent exists along any route segment, establishwaypoint at the closest point along the route

centerline to the reference facility.(5) At changeover points only when other

operational reasons prevail.b. Each waypoint within VOR/DME coverage

shall be defined by VOR/DME radial and distanceto the nearest tenth of a degree and tenth ofa mile. In addition, the geographical coordinatesof each waypoint will be defined in degrees, minutes,and seconds. Station elevation of the referencefacility to the nearest 100 feet will also be defined.

19-41. REFERENCE FACILITY CRITERIARNAV routes and waypoints based on VOR/DME(VORTAC) shall be defined only by ground facilitieshaving collocated VOR and DME components.

19-42. LATERAL PROTECTED AIRSPACECRITERIA FOR RNAV EN ROUTESEGMENTS

a. The criteria contained in this section areapplicable to all established or designated RNAV

•PARA 19-40

routes except those portions of SID's and STAR'sappropriate to the SID and STAR criteria. thelateral extent of RNAV routes designated in Part71 of the Federal Aviation Regulations is coincidentwith the lateral protected airspace derived fromthis criteria with the exception of turn protectioncriteria for reduced width route segment as definedin paragraph 19-52 of this order.

b. A basic width of 8 miles (4 miles on eachside of the route centerline) has been selectedfor three primary reasons:

(1) Improved system accuracy in proximityto reference facilities allows the basic 8-mile routewidth to encompass significant amounts of slantrange error, thereby reducing the requirements forslant range compensation airspace. A route widthlarge enough to encompass the extremes of slantrange error is not considered feasible since thiswould result in inefficient airspace use along themajor portion of the en route structure.

(2) Aeronautical operations can be containedwithin this width for reasonable distances fromthe reference facilities, thereby reducing the incidenceof route expansion beyond the standard width.A major objective of route planning efforts shouldbe to keep route expansions to a minimum consistentwith reasonable station changeover requirementsimposed on the pilot.

(3) Compatibility with a VOR standard withwhich both planning and controller personnel arefamiliar.

c. This basic 8-mile width, in conjunction withthe slant range compensation protection and expansioncriteria defined in Section 5 of this Chapter, constitutes, in addition to turn criteria as applicable,lateral protected airspace of RNAV en route segments.


1~1

9/16/93 7400.2D

distance of 120 miles is 8.82. The 4 NM columnspecifies 35 miles, which was taken from thegraph in AC 90-45, Appendix D, page 13. Subtracting35 from 120 leaves 85 and multiplying 85 by.056784 (tangent of 3.25°) equals' 4.82. The indicatedroute width of 8.83 is the sum of 4 plus 4.83.

19-51. CRITERIA FOR REDUCTION OF ENROUTE SEGMENTS

a. One advantage of RNAV is that under certainconditions the basic route width may be reducedsince it is more than adequate to encompass systemerror and slant range error along portions of theroute. These reductions should be made only whenoperational benefits will accrue. Figure 19-51[1]should be used to determine the minimum towhich en route widths may be reduced. The formatis similar to that of Figure 19-50[1], except thatin Figure 19-50[1] the systems error and slantrange error (high and low altitude) are shownseparately and must be added together to obtainthe minimum width at a given combination ofreference facility to tangent point and along trackdistances. The figures across horizontally from"SYS" indicate the system's errors. The figuresacross horizontally from "450" indicate the crosstrack portion of the slant range error for highaltitude, and those across from "170" indicatethe same for low altitude. The tangent point toreference facility (TP to RF) distances of 2.8and 7.41 miles are included since these distancesresult in the maximum slant range errors for lowand high altitude respectively. A dash ( - )indicates that the cross track slant range erroris less than .1 (1/10 of a mile). The allowablereduction is determined by drawing a perpendicularline from the applicable width indicated in Figure19-50[1] toward the route centerline to the applicablewidth indicated in Figure 19-50[1]. The appropriateslant range error (high or low) must be includedfor Figure 19-51[1] on the reference facility side,but the system error constitutes the entire widthon the side opposite the reference facility. Continuealong the widths specified in Figure 19-51[1] aslong as the reduction is required. This will re~ult

in a series of segments that do not form a straIghtline. Then, draw a perpendicular line away fromthe centerline back to the route width specifiedat that distance in Figure 19-50[1] and continuewith Figure 19-50[1] widths.

b. Figure 19-5:1.[2] shows an example of routewidth reduction from 10 miles along track (10miles from the tangent point) to 40 miles alongtrack with a tangent point to reference facility

•

Section 5. ROUTE CONSTRUCTION

.19-50. BASIC ROUTE WIDTH EXPANSIONAND SLANT RANGE COMPENSATIONEN ROUTE

a. The basic en route RNAV route width is8 miles; however, under certain combinations ofaltitude and tangent point to reference facility distance, the basic route width must be expandedon the side toward the reference facility to compensatefor slant range error. This compensates for the"pulling in" effect on the aircraft toward thereference facility that is a result of the slantrange error. Additionally, certain combinations oftangent point to reference facility and distancealong track require that the basic route widthbe expanded on each side of the centerline ata rate of 3.25 degrees. Figure 19-50[1] presentsin tabular form the basic route widths, includingthe 3.25° expansion beyond the basic 8-mile width,plus the expansion for slant range compensation.As a matter of information, compensation for slantrange error (as included in Figure 19-50[1]) isrequired for low altitudes where the tangent pointto reference facility distance is between 2 and3 miles inclusive and for high altitudes where

•

that distance is between 2 and 15 miles inclusive.b. To determine the required route width, including

expansion on the reference facility side of theroute for slant range correction, select the appropriatetangent point to reference facility distance andits corresponding tangent point width. Use thecolumn under "HI TP" for 18,000 feet and aboveand "LO TP" for 17,000 feet and below. Moveto the 10-mile column and continue horizontallyacross the table, connecting the indicated widthsunder the along track distances. Connecting thesewidths will result in a maximum of three straightlines.

c. To determine the required route width onthe side opposite the reference facility, select theappropriate tangent point to reference facility andits corresponding tangent point width in the columnunder "OS TP." Move to the 10-mile columnand continue horizontally across the table connectingthe indicated widths under the along track distances.Connecting these widths will result in a maximumof two straight lines.

d. The figures under the heading of "4 NM"indicate the distance along track from the tangentpoint where the 3.25° expansion begins on both

•

sides of the centerline.e. To demonstrate how the widths in Figure

19-50[1] are derived, the width for tangent pointto VORTAC distance of 75 miles and along track

PARA 19-50 19-5-1

7400.2D 9/16/93

(TP to RF) distance of 40 miles. Figures 5-2and 5-3 specify widths as follow in Table 5-1.

Alongtrack dis

tanceWidth Hi alt Lowalt Opposite

side

or 4 miles, whichever is greater, applied untilthe pilot reports on course. In effect, this mean.that the lateral dimensions of reduced route widthdo not constitute full protected airspace for aircraftduring such course changes.

•

10 (a) 4.00 (e) 3.15 (i) 2.6 (m) 2.520 (b) 4.00 (f) 3.25 G) 2.7 (n) 2.730 (c) 4.00 (g) 3.44 (k) 3.0 (0) 3.040 (d) 4.00 (h) 3.75 (I) 3.4 (p) 3.4

c. High altitude reduction on the reference facilityside is determined by connecting points a, e, f,g, hand d. For low altitude reduction on thereference facility side, connect points a, i, j, k,I and d. For reduction of high and low altitudeon the side opposite the reference facility, connectpoints a, m, n, 0, p and d.

19-52. EN ROUTE TURN PROTECTIONCRITERIA

Additional lateral airspace to be protected for coursechanges along RNAV routes at and above FL180 shall be in accordance with FAA Order 7130.2.The airspace to be protected on the overflownside of the route centerline during course changesof more than 15 degrees along RNAV routesbelow FL 180 shall be the lateral route width

19-53. ADJOINING EN ROUTE SEGMENTCRITERIA

Route segments are to be adjoined at referencefacility changeover points or course change pointsby extending the edges of each segment to intercepta perpendicular line through the route centerlineif no course change is involved or to a linebisecting the angle formed by segment centerlineswhen a course change is involved. Where thewidths of adjoining segments are unequal, the widthof the narrower segment shall be expanded toinclude that additional airspace encompassed withinlines drawn from the lateral extremity of the widersegment where they adjoin to intercept the edgeof the narrower segment at an angle of 3.25degrees. The shaded areas in Figure 19-53[1] andFigure 19-53[2] depict the airspace to be addedto a narrower segment when adjoining two unequalsegments.

..

.,

..

19-5-2

•PARA 19-53

• •Figure 19-50[1]ROUTE WIDTH EACH SIDE

•TP to 4 HI LO OS ALONG TRACKVORTAC NM TP TP TP 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 200

0-1.9 51 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 400 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.51 508 5.65 6.21 6.78 7.35 792 849 905 962 1246

2.0-30 51 5 12 4.00 4.00 400 4.00 4.00 4.00 400 4.51 5.08 5.65 6.21 678 7.35 792 849 905 962 1246

3.1·3.9 51 6.02 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 400 4.51 5.08 5.65 621 6.78 7.35 792 849 905 962 1246

40·49 51 702 4.00 400 4.00 4.00 400 4.00 4.00 451 5.08 5.65 6.21 678 7.35 792 8.49 905 962 1246

5.0-5.9 51 8.02 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.51 5.08 5.65 6.21 6.78 735 792 8.49 905 962 1246

6.0-69 51 903 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 400 4.00 4.51 508 5.65 6.21 6.78 735 792 849 905 962 1246

7.0·19 51 953 4.00 4.00 400 4.00 400 4.00 4.00 451 5.08 5.65 621 6.78 7.35 792 849 905 9.62 1246

8.0-8.9 51 709 4.00 400 400 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.51 5.08 565 6.21 6.78 7.35 792 849 905 962 1246

9.0-9.9 51 607 4.00 4.00 4.00 400 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.51 5.08 5.65 6.21 678 7.35 792 849 905 962 1246

10.0-109 51 5.48 4.00 4.00 4.00 400 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.51 5.08 5.65 6.21 6.78 735 792 8.49 905 962 1246

11.0-11.9 51 507 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 451 5.08 5.65 6.21 6.78 7.35 7.92 849 905 962 12.46

120-129 51 4.73 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 400 4.00 4.00 4.51 5.08 5.65 621 6.78 7.35 792 849 905 962 1246

13.0-13.9 51 4.47 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 400 4.51 5.08 565 6.21 6.78 735 792 849 905 962 12.46

14.0·14.9 51 4.24 4.00 4.00 4.00 400 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.51 5.08 5.65 6.21 6.78 7.35 7.92 849 905 962 1246

15.0-155 51 4.08 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 400 4.51 5.08 5.65 621 6.78 7.35 7.92 8.49 905 9.62 1246

15.6·16 51 400 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 400 4.00 4.51 5.08 565 6.21 6.78 735 792 8.49 905 9.62 1246

17-26 50 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.57 514 570 627 6.84 7.41 797 8.54 9.11 9.68 1252

27·32 49 400 4.00 4.00 4.00 400 400 4.00 406 4.62 5.19 5.76 6.33 6.90 7.46 803 860 9 17 974 1257

33-37 48 4.00 400 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 411 4.68 5.25 582 6.38 695 7.52 809 866 9.22 979 1263

38-42 47 400 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 400 400 4.17 4.74 5.31 5.87 6.44 701 7.58 8.15 871 928 985 1269

43-46 46 4.00 4.00 400 4.00 4.00 400 4.00 4.23 479 5.36 5.93 6.50 707 7.63 8.20 8.77 934 991 127447-50 45 4.00 4.00 400 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.28 4.85 5.42 5.99 6.56 7.12 7.69 826 883 939 9.96 1280

51·54 44 400 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 400 4.34 4.91 548 6.04 6.61 718 775 8.32 888 9.45 1002 12.86

55-57 43 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.40 4.97 553 6.10 6.67 724 7.80 8.37 8.94 951 1008 1292

58-60 42 400 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.45 5.02 559 6.16 673 7.29 7.86 8.43 900 9.56 10.13 1297

61-62 41 4.00 4.00 400 4.00 4.00 400 4.00 451 5.08 5.65 6.21 6.78 735 7.92 849 905 9.62 10.19 1303

63-65 40 4.00 400 4.00 4.00 4.00 400 400 4.57 5.14 5.70 6.27 6.84 741 7.97 8.54 911 9.68 1025 1309

66-67 39 4.00 400 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 406 4.62 5.19 5.76 6.33 6.90 7.46 8.03 8.60 917 9.74 1030 13.14

68-69 38 400 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.11 4.68 5.25 5.82 6.38 695 7.52 8.09 8.66 922 979 10.36 13.2070-71 37 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.17 4.74 5.31 5.87 6.44 7.01 7.58 8.15 871 928 9.85 10.42 13.2672-73 36 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 400 4.00 4.23 4.79 5.36 5.93 6.50 707 7.63 8.20 877 9.34 991 10.47 13.31

74-75 35 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 400 4.00 428 4.85 5.42 5.99 6.56 7.12 7.69 8.26 8.83 9.39 9.96 1053 13.3776-77 34 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.34 4.91 5.48 6.04 6.61 7.18 7.75 8.32 888 945 1002 10.59 13.43

78 33 400 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 400 4.40 4.97 5.53 6.10 6.69 7.24 780 837 894 951 10.08 10.64 1348

-t Figure 19-50[1](Continued)

TP to 4 HI lO 05 ALONG TRACK 015TANCEVORTAC NM TP TP TP 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 200

7980 32 400 4.00 4.00 400 4.00 400 4.45 5.02 5.59 6.16 6.73 729 7.86 8.43 900 956 10.13 10 70 1354

81-82 31 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.51 5.08 5.65 6.21 6.78 7.35 7.92 8.49 9.05 962 1019 1076 1360

83 30 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.57 5.14 5.70 6.27 6.84 7.41 7.97 8.54 9.11 9.68 1025 10.81 1365

84-85 29 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.06 4.62 5.19 5.76 6.33 6.90 7.46 8.03 8.60 917 974 10.30 10 87 137186 28 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.11 4.68 5.25 5.82 638 6.95 7.52 8.09 8.66 9.22 9.79 1036 10 93 1377

87 27 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.17 4.74 531 5.87 6.44 7.01 7.58 8.15 8.71 9.28 9.85 10.42 10 98 1382

88 26 400 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 423 4.79 5.36 :;93 6.50 7.07 7.63 8.20 8.77 9.34 9.91 10.47 11.04 138889-90 25 400 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.28 4.85 5.42 5.99 6.56 7.12 7.69 8.26 8.83 9.39 9.96 10.53 1110 1394

91 24 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 434 491 5.48 604 6.61 7.18 7.75 832 8.88 9.45 10.02 10.59 11 15 1399

92 23 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.40 497 5.53 6.10 667 724 7.80 8.37 8.94 9.51 10.08 10.64 11.21 1405

93 22 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.45 5.02 559 6.16 6.73 7.29 7.86 8.43 9.00 9.56 1013 10 70 11.27 1411

94 21 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.51 5.08 5.65 6.21 6.78 7.35 792 8.49 9.05 9.62 1019 10.76 11.33 1416

95 19 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.06 4.62 5.19 5.76 6.33 6.90 7.46 803 8.60 917 974 10.30 10 87 1144 1428

96 18 400 4.00 4.00 400 411 468 5.25 582 6.38 695 7.52 8.09 866 922 9.79 1036 1093 1150 1433

97 17 400 400 4.00 4.00 4.17 4.74 531 5.87 644 7.01 7.58 8.15 8.71 928 9.85 1042 1098 11 55 1439

98 15 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.28 4.85 5.42 5.99 6.56 712 7.69 8.26 8.83 9.39 9.96 10.53 11 10 11.67 145099 13 4.00 400 4.00 4.00 4.40 4.97 5.53 6.10 6.67 7.24 7.80 837 894 9.51 1008 10.64 11 21 11.78 1462100 11 400 400 4.00 400 4.51 5.08 5.65 6.21 6.78 7.35 7.92 849 905 9.62 10.19 1076 11.33 1189 1473101 8 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.11 4.68 5.25 5.82 6.38 6.95 7.52 8.09 8.66 9.22 9.79 10.36 10.93 11.50 1206 14.90102-104 0 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.57 5.14 5.70 6.27 6.84 7.41 7.97 8.54 9.11 9.68 10.25 10.81 11.38 11.95 12.52 1536105-114 - 4.25 4.25 4.25 482 5.39 5.95 6.52 7.09 7.66 8.22 8.79 9.36 9.93 10.50 11.06 11.63 12.20 12.77 15.61115-124 - 4.50 4.50 4.50 5.07 5.64 6.20 6.77 7.34 7.91 8.47 904 9.61 10.18 10.75 11.31 11.88 1245 13.02 1586125-134 - 4.75 4.75 4.75 5.32 5.89 6.45 7.02 7.59 8.16 8.72 9.29 9.86 10.43 1100 11.56 1213 12.70 1327 1611135-144 - 500 5.00 500 5.57 6.14 6.70 7.27 784 8.41 8.97 9.54 10.11 10.68 11.25 1181 12.38 12.95 1352 1636145-150 - 5.25 5.25 5.25 5.82 6.39 6.95 7.52 8.09 8.66 9.22 9.79 10.36 1093 11.50 12.06 12.63 1320 13.77 16.61

For distances not shown alter eKpansion to more than4 miles, add Width lor distance along track as lollows:1 mile -06; 5 miles -28; 10 miles -57;25 miles - 1 42; 50 miles - 2.84.

• • •

• •Figure 19-51[1]EN ROUTE REDUCfION CRITERIA

•

•TP to DISTANCE ALONG TRACK FROM TANGENT POINTRF 0 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 I 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 200

SYS 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 21 2.2 2.4 28 3.2 3.7 4.3 48 5.4 5.9 6.5 7.1 7.7 8.3 8.9 9.5 12.6

0 4500 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 01700 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10SYS 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.4 2.8 3.2 3.7 4.3 4.8 5.4 5.9 6.5 7.1 7.7 8.3 8.9 9.5 12.6

1 450 100 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 .61 .33 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -170 100 10 1.0 .27 .11 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -SYS 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.4 2.8 3.2 3.7 4.3 4.8 5.4 5.9 6.5 7.1 7.7 8.3 8.9 9.5 12.6

2 450 2.00 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.13 .63 14 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -170 200 1.72 1.72 .44 .21 .12 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -SYS 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 22 2.4 2.8 3.2 3.7 4.3 4.8 5.4 5.9 6.5 7.1 7.7 8.3 8.9 9.5 12.6

2.8 450 2.80 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 1.45 .84 .20 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -170 280 105 1.18 .51 .26 .16 .10 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -SYS 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.4 2.8 3.2 3.7 4.3 4.8 5.4 5.9 6.5 7.1 7.7 8.3 8.9 9.5 126

4 450 4.00 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 1.76 1.10 .27 .12 - - - - - - - - - - - - -170 1.14 82 .88 .52 31 .20 .14 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -SYS 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.4 2.8 3.2 3.7 4.3 4.8 5.4 5.9 6.5 7.1 7.7 8.3 8.9 9.5 12.6

5 450 400 5.0 5.0 5.0 3.40 1.90 1.26 .34 .15 - - - - - - - - - - - - -170 .86 .67 .74 .50 33 .22 .16 - - - - - - -

--- - - - - - - -

SYS 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.4 2.8 3.2 3.7 4.3 4.8 5.4 5.9 6.5 7.1 7.7 8.3 8.9 9.5 12.6

6 450 6.00 6.0 6.0 6.0 3.08 1.98 1.36 .39 .18 .10 - - - - - - - - - - - -170 .69 .56 .62 .47 .34 .24 .17 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -SYS 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.4 2.8 3.2 3.7 4.3 4.8 5.4 5.9 6.5 7.1 7.7 8.3 8.9 9.5 12.6

7 450 7.00 70 7.0 4.24 2.83 1.98 1.44 .44 .21 .12 - - - - - - - - - - -170 .58 .56 .54 .44 .33 .25 .19 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -SYS 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.4 2.8 3.2 3.7 4.3 4.8 5.4 5.9 6.5 7.1 7.7 8.3 ~.9 9.5 12.6

7.41 450 741 6.42 5.50 3.89 2.75 1.98 1.46 .46 .22 .12 - - - - - - - - - - -

170 .55 .54 .51 .42 .33 .25 .19 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Figure 19-51[1](Continued)

TPto DISTANCE ALONG TRACK FROM TANGENT POINTRF 0 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 200

SYS 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.4 2.8 3.2 3.7 4.3 4.8 5.4 5.9 6.5 7.1 7.7 8.3 8.9 9.5 12.69 450 3.89 3.84 3.64 3.07 2.43 1.92 1.50 .63 .26 .15 .10 - - - - - - - - - - -

170 .45 .44 .42 .38 .31 .25 .19 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

SYS 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.4 2.8 3.2 3.7 4.3 4.8 5.4 5.9 6.5 7.1 7.7 8.3 8.9 9.5 12.610 450 3.29 3.25 3.14 2.75 2.28 1.85 1.49 .57 .28 .16 .11 - - - - - - - - - - -

170 .40 .39 37 .35 .29 .25 .20 - - - - - - - - - - -. SYS 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.4 2.8 3.2 3.7 4.3 4.8 5.4 6.0 6.5 7.1 7.7 8.3 8.9 9.5 12:6

15 450 1.96 1.95 1.93 1.82 1.68 1.50 1.33 .68 .37 .23 .15 .11 - - - - - - - - - -

170 .27 .26 .26 .24 .23 .20 .18 .10 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -SYS 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.5 2.8 3.3 3.8 4.3 4.8 5.4 6.0 6.5 7.1 7.7 8.3 8.9 9.5 12.6

20 450 1.42 1.42 1.42 1.37 1.31 1.22 1.13 .69 .43 .28 .19 .14 .11 - - - - - - - - -170 .20 .20 .20 .20 .18 .17 .16 .10 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -SYS 2.2 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.5 2.9 3.3 3.8 4.3 48 5.4 6.0 6.6 7.1 7.7 8.3 8.9 9.5 12.6

25 450 1.12 1.12 1.12 1.10 1.06 1.02 .97 .68 .45 .31 .22 .16 .12 .10 - - - - - - -170 .16 .16 .16 .16 .15 .14 .14 .10 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -SYS 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.6 2.9 3.3 3.8 4.3 4.9 5.4 6.0 6.6 7.2 7.7 8.3 8.9 19.5 12.6

30 450 .93 .93 .93 .92 .89 .87 .84 .65 .47 .33 .24 .18 .14 .11 - - - - - - -170 .14 .14 .14 .13 .12 .12 .11 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -SYS 2.3 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.6 3.0 3.4 3.8 4.4 4.9 5.4 6.0 6.6 7.2 7.8 8.4 9.0 19.6 12.6

,35 450 .79 .79 .79 .79 .77 .75 .73 .60 .46 .34 .26 .20 .16 .12 .11 - - - - - -

170 .11 .11 .11 .11 .11 .11 .11 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -SYS 2.4 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.7 3.0 3.4 3.9 4.4 4.9 5.5 6.0 6.6 7.2 7.8 8.4 9.0 19.6 12.6

40 450 .69 .69 .69 .69 .68 .67 .65 .55 .44 .35 .27 .21 .17 .14 .11 .10 - - - - -170 .10 .10 .10 .10 .10 .10 .10 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -SYS 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.7 3.1 3.5 3.9 4.4 5.0 5.5 6.1 6.6 7.2 7.8 8.4 9.0 19·6 12.6

45 450 .61 .61 .61 .61 .61 .60 .59 .51 .42 .34 .27 .22 .18 .15 .12 .10 - - - - -170 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

I SYS 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.8 3.1 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.1 6.7 7.2 7.8 8.4 9.0 19.6 12.6150 450 .55 .55 .55 .55 .55 .54 .53 .48 .41 .34 .28 .23 .19 .16 .14 .12 .10 - - - -

170~ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I- -

• • • •

• • •Figure 19-51[1] -~....(Continued) f1'

..0v..

TP to DISTANCE ALONG TRACK FROM TANGENT POINTRF 0 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 qn 100 110 120 130 140 150 200

SYS 2.6 27 27 2.7 2.7 2.7 27 2.9 32 3.6 40 4.5 5.0 56 6.1 6.7 73 79 8.4 90 96 12655 450 50 .50 .50 49 .49 .48 .48 44 39 33 27 23 19 .16 14 12 10

, 170- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- - - -- - -- -

SYS 2.7 28 2.8 28 2.8 2.8 2.8 3.0 33 3.7 4.1 46 5.1 5.6 6.2 6.7 73 79 85 91 97 12 760 450 .46 .46 .46 .46 46 .45 45 42 37 32 27 23 20 17 .14 12 11

170 - -- -- -- -- - - -- - - - - - -

SYS 2.8 29 2.9 2.9 2.9 29 2.9 3.1 3.4 37 4.2 46 5 1 57 6.2 6.8 73 79 85 91 97 12 765 450 .42 42 .42 42 42 .42 41 39 35 31 27 23 20 17 15 13 11 10

170 - -- - -- -- -- - -- --

SYS 2.9 30 30 3.0 3.0 30 3.0 32 3.5 38 42 4.7 52 5.7 6.3 68 74 80 85 9 1 97 12 770 450 39 39 .39 .39 39 39 39 37 33 30 26 23 20 18 15 13 11 10 10

170 -- - - - -- - -- -

SYS 3 1 3 1 31 3 1 31 31 3 1 33 35 39 43 48 53 5.8 63 69 74 80 86 9 1 97 12 775 450 37 37 37 37 37 37 36 34 32 28 26 23 20 18 15 13 11 10 10

170 - -- -- -

SYS 3.2 32 3.2 32 32 32 32 34 36 4.0 44 4.8 53 5.8 6.4 6.9 75 80 86 92 98 12 780 450 .34 .34 .34 34 34 34 34 32 30 28 .25 22 20 18 15 14 12 11 10

170 - -- -- -- -- -- -

SYS 3.3 33 33 33 33 33 33 35 3.7 4.1 4.5 49 5.4 5.9 64 70 75 8 1 86 92 98 12885 450 32 32 32 32 .32 32 32 30 .29 .26 24 22 20 18 15 14 12 11 10

170 . -- -- - -- -

SYS 34 3.4 34 3.4 3.4 34 34 36 3.8 4.2 4.6 50 55 6.0 65 70 76 8.1 87 93 98 12890 450 31 31 31 31 .31 31 .30 .29 28 .26 24 22 20 18 16 14 13 11 10

170 -- --

SYS 35 3.6 36 36 3.6 36 36 37 39 43 4.6 55 55 6.0 65 7 1 76 82 8 7 93 99 12895 450 29 29 29 29 29 .29 28 27 26 24 22 21 19 17 16 14 13 11 10

170 -- -- -- - ..

SYS 36 37 37 3.7 37 3.7 37 38 4.1 4.4 47 52 56 61 66 71 77 82 88 93 99 129100 450 28 28 28 28 28 28 .28 27 26 24 22 21 19 17 16 14 13 11 10 10

170 - - --

•

Figure 19-51[1](Continued)

TP to DISTANCE ALONG TRACK FROM TANGENT POINTRF 0 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 200

SYS 38 3.8 3.8 38 38 38 38 39 4.2 4.5 48 5.2 57 62 67 72 77 83 88 94 100 1;> 9105 450 .26 26 .26 26 26 26 26 25 24 23 .22 19 18 17 15 14 13 12 11 10

170 - - - - - - -

SYS 39 3.9 39 39 3.9 39 3.9 4.1 43 4.6 49 5.3 58 62 6.7 73 78 83 89 94 100 129110 450 .25 .25 25 .25 .25 25 .25 .25 24 23 .21 .19 18 17 15 14 13 12 11 10

170 - - - - - - - - - I··

SYS 4.0 4.1 4.1 4 1 4.1 4.1 4.1 42 4.4 47 5.0 5.4 59 6.3 68 73 78 84 89 95 101 lJ 0115 450 24 .24 .24 24 24 .24 23 23 .22 .21 20 19 .18 17 15 14 13 12 11 10

170 - - - - - - - - - - - -

SYS 4.1 42 4.2 4.2 4.2 42 4.2 4.3 4.5 4.8 5.1 5.5 5.9 64 6.9 74 79 84 90 95 101 no120 450 .24 24 24 24 .24 .24 23 .23 22 .21 20 .19 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10

170 - - - - - - - - - - - - -

SYS 4.3 43 4.3 4.3 43 4.3 4.3 4.4 4.6 49 52 56 6.0 65 70 75 80 85 90 96 102 130125 450 .22 22 22 .22 22 .22 22 21 21 20 20 18 17 16 14 13 12 12 11 10

170 - - - - .- - - .- ...

SYS 4.4 44 4.4 4.4 4.4 44 4.4 46 48 5.0 53 57 61 6.6 70 75 80 86 91 97 102 131130 450 21 .21 21 21 .21 21 21 21 21 19 19 18 17 15 14 13 12 12 11 10

170 - _. - - -

SYS 145 46 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.7 49 5.1 54 58 62 67 71 76 81 86 92 97 103 1J 1135 450 .20 .20 20 20 .20 .20 .20 19 .19 18 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 11 10

170 - - - - - - - -

SYS 147 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 47 4.7 48 5.0 5.2 5.6 59 63 67 72 77 82 87 92 98 103 132140 450 .20 .20 .20 20 .20 .20 20 19 18 18 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 11 10

170 - - - - - - - - - - -

SYS 148 48 48 4.8 4.8 48 48 4.9 5 1 5.4 57 60 64 6B 73 78 1s3 88 93 98 104 132145 450 .19 19 19 .19 19 19 18 18 18 17 .17 16 15 15 14 13 12 11 10 10 10

170 - - - - - - - - - _.

SYS 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.1 5.3 5.5 58 6.1 6.5 69 74 78 1s3 88 94 99 104 132150 450 18 18 .18 18 18 .18 18 18 17 16 .16 16 15 14 14 13 11 11 10 10 10

170 - - - - - - - - - - -

• •

• •Figure 19-51[2]EN ROUTE REDUCTION

•

L _

4 a b c d

40 nm h

RF Reduction tor Hi Alt 9 Ie f

3 - tor Lo AllkAdditional Reduction _ f-----

iJ

2

Reference Facility Side of Centerline

1

TP Centerline 10 20 30 40 50

------_ .._--_.. _---_ .._--- - -- C--- ------- -- -- ----------------_ .._----------- ---- - ---- I- - - -_ .. _------- -- - -------_ .._---------_ .._- ------- -------_ ... -

1Opposite Side of Centerline

2

mn

3Reduction f I 0

Or All Altitudes -----1"4

a b c d

9;16/937-4oo.2D

Figure 19-53[1]

ADJOINING TWO UNEQUAL SEGEMENTS

I

L' S· IiIne Isectmg ICourse Change I

Angle

Figure 19-53[2]

ADJOINING TWO UNEQUAL SEGEMENTS

iII

Changeover Point ........... I

3.25° Angle~ Route Edge

Centerline

•

• i

•

19-5-10

Perpendicular Tto Centerline - .......I

Route Edge

t 3.25° Angle

•

•9/16/93

Chapter 20. AIRWAY FLOORSSection 1. GENERAL

7400.2D

20-1. SYSTEMATIC REVIEWThe regions shall maintain a program of systematicreview and initiate action to designate or adjustairway floors as necessary.

20-2. MINIMUM EN ROUTE ALTITUDES(MEA'S)

Procedures for establishing MEA's are set forthin FAA Order 8260.3, TERPS, and FAA Order8260.19, Flight Procedures and Airspace. Proceduresfor the use of MEA's are set forth in FAAOrder 7110.65, Air Traffic Control.

20-3. GUIDELINESThe base of the airway structure shall be at least1,200 feet above the surface and at least 500feet below the MEA except that airway floorsmay be established no less than 300 feet belowthe MEA when:

•

a. The 50o-foot buffer would result in the lossof a cardinal altitude; or,

b. A definite operational advantage would exist.

20-4. PROCEDURAL REQUIREMENTSProcedural requirements may dictate designationof airspace more that 500 feet below the MEAor MRA in certain en route radar vectoring areasor when necessary to accommodate climb or descentoperations. Such airspace shall not be designatedfor the specific purpose of including a minimumobstruction clearance altitude (MaCA) unless useof the MaCA is procedurally required.

20-5. ROUNDING OFF MEA'SWhere rounding off MEA's to the nearest hundredfeet results in vertical separation between the floor

•PARA 20-1

of controlled airspace and the MEA of not lessthan 451/251 feet such separation is consideredin compliance with the 500/300 feet specified.

20-6. MEA CLIMB CRITERIAThe criteria for surface area size shown in Figure I23-22[1] and Figure 23-24[1] of Part 6 shallbe used for determining airspace required for climbfrom the surface to 500/300 feet below the MEAlMaCA. The criteria contained in FAA Order 8260.3,Chapter 8, shall be used for determining the airspacerequired for climb from one MEA to 500 feetbelow the higher MEA.

20-7. ACTION TO RAISE BASE OFCONTROL AREAS

When action is initiated to raise the base ofcontrol areas associated with airway segments, careshall be taken to designate, in accordance withapplicable criteria, sufficient airspace to encompassIFR procedures prescribed for airports which underliethe airway. Additionally, care shall be taken toensure that controlled airspace, such as transitionarea or lowered floor of control area, is providedfor aircraft climbing from one minimum en routealtitude to a higher one.

20-8. CONFORMING OF AIRWAY/TRANSITION AREA FLOORS

The airway floor should conform, as closely aspossible, to the floor of the transition area.

20-1-1

•9/16/93 7400.2D

Chapter 21. FLIGHT INSPECTION REQUIREMENTSSection 1. GENERAL

21-1. REQUEST FOR FLIGHT INSPECTIONDATA

Regional Air Traffic Divisions shall be responsiblefor providing the appropriate Flight Standards Officewith the Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM)relating to new or altered airways and jet routes.Requests for flight inspection data MEA's, COP's,etc.) for airways and jet routes shall be initiatedby the Regional Air Traffic Division (see paragraph2-5 for processing action directly to rule).

•

•PARA 21-1

21-2. FLIGHT INSPECTION DATADISTRIBUTION

Flight inspection data concerning airways and jetroutes shall be forwarded to ATM-600 on Form8260-16 by the appropriate Flight Standards office.


21-1-1

•9/16/93

Section 2. FLIGHT INSPECTION REQUESTS

7400.2D

•

•

21-20. COORDINATIONA requirement for a flight inspection evaluationshould be coordinated with the regional FrequencyManagement Office prior to requesting flight inspection review.

21-21. FORWARD FLIGHT INSPECTIONREPORT

Upon completion of the requested action, a flightinspection report will be forwarded to the originating

PARA 21-20

office and will indicate whether the flight inspectionresults were satisfactory or unsatisfactory. If unsatisfactory, appropriate corrective action should beaccomplished and the request resubmitted for flightinspection.


21-2-1


Section 3. SUBSTITUTE ROUTES

•

'.II •

I

•

9/16/93

21-30. PROCEDURESProcedures for the development, coordination, anduse of substitute routes are set forth in FAAOrder 7100.5 and FAA Order 8260.19.

21-31. CONTROLLED AIRSPACEREQUIREMENT

The centerline of each substitute route shall bewithin controlled airspace. If it is necessary to

PARA 21-30

7400.2D

develop a substitute route that does not meet thisrequirement, appropriate recommendations for controlled airspace shall be forwarded to ATP-200for processing.

21-3-1

•9/16/93

Section 4. FAR PART 95 AND NON-PART 95 ROUTES(OFF-AIRWAY ROUTES)

7400.2D

21-40. RESPONSIBILITYFlight Standards has the primary responsibility foroff-airway routes establishment and requests forthese routes should be submitted to them.

21-41. COORDINATIONThe appropriate Flight Standards Office will coordinate with:

a. Frequency Management personnel to ensureadequate frequency protection (keyholding) of theappropriate aids if required.

b. The appropriate Air Traffic Office for concurrence.

21-42. REVIEWEach proposed route shall be reviewed by theappropriate Air Traffic Office and evaluated fromthe standpoint of air traffic density, airspace utilization, and air traffic control procedures. Particular

•

attention shall be directed toward possible conflictwith military low level routes, military/civil training

•PARA 21-40

areas, proximity to military bases, and any adverseeffect on the air traffic control system. To ensureequitable use of the airspace and to assist inevaluating such routes, the appropriate Air TrafficOffice should circularize each proposal to interestedpersons for comment.

21-43. MEETING REQUIREMENTS OFRANDOM ROUTES

Proposed routes which are contained wholly withincontrolled airspace and within the advertised servicevolume of the NAVAID's to be used will beconsidered as meeting the requirements of randomrouting unless otherwise justified.

21-44. FORWARDING CONCURRENCE OROBJECTIONS

After review, the Air Traffic Office shall forwardconcurrence or objections to the appropriate FlightStandards Office for processing.

21-4-1

•9/16/93

Part 6. TERMINAL AIRSPACEChapter 22. POLICY

7400.2D

22-5. FRACTIONAL MILES

IWhen figuring the size of surface areas and ClassE airspace or their extensions, any fractional partof a mile shall be converted to the next higher0.1 mile increment.ExampJe.-3.62 miles would be considered to be 3.7 miles.

•

22-1. GOVERNING CRITERIAControlled airspace in terminal areas shall be designated, modified, or discontinued in accordancewith the policy, procedures, and criteria containedherein.

22-2. REQUISITEBefore proposing designation of terminal controlledairspace, determine that air traffic control servicecan be provided therein.

22-3. REVIEW TERMINAL AIRSPACESTRUCTURE

Each regional air traffic division shall ensure thatall facets of the existing terminal airspace structureare reviewed biennially to see that it is:

(1) sufficient to satisfy the needs of the usersand of air traffic control, and

(2) still required.

22-4. MILESUnless otherwise stated, all distances are nauticalmiles.

22-6. AIRSPACE LEGAL DESCRIPTION.8. A text header shall be used and include

the following information:1. On line one:

(a) FAA routing symbol of the region.(b) Two letter abbreviation of the state.(c) Type of airspace I

2. On line two: Enter the name of the airportand, if different, preceded by the name of thecity.

3. If applicable, on line three: Enter thegeographic coordinates for the reference used todescribe the airspace, that is, geographic position,airport reference point, NAVAID, etc.

4. If applicable, on subsequent lines: Enterany NAVAID or airport including geographic coordinates, used in the legal description.

b. State vertical limits in the first sentence ofthe text.

c. Do not restate geographic coordinates usedin the text header in the legal description text.

d. If applicable, the way to distinguish betweenthe classes is to separate the description of basicradius from the extension description by usinga semi-eolon.Note.- Do not include a vertical limit for any extension(s) thatwill become Class E airspace. See Figure 22-6[1] for examplesof airspace legal descriptions.

•PARA 22-1 22-1-1

I

7400.2D

Figure 22-6[1]

EXAMPLES OF AIRSPACE LEGAL DESCRIPTIONS

9/16/93

•ANE MA B BOSTON, MALogan International Airport (Primary Airport)

(lat. 42° 2l'5l"N, long. 70° 59'22"W)

Boundaries.Area A. That airspace extending upward from

the surface to and including 7,000 feet MSL withinan 8-mile radius of the Boston VORTAC.

Area B. That airspace extending upward from2,000 feet MSL to and including 7,000 feet MSLwithin a 1O.5-mile radius of the Boston VORTAC,excluding Area A.

Area C. That airspace extending upward from3,000 feet MSL to and including 7,000 feet MSLwithin a 20-mile radius of the Boston VORTAC,excluding Areas A and B previously describedand that airspace within and underlying Area Ddescribed hereinafter.

Area D. That airspace extending upward from4,000 feet MSL to and including 7,000 feet MSLbetween the IS-and 20-mile radii of the BostonVORTAC extending from the Boston VORTAC230' radial clockwise to the Boston VORTAC005' radial.

ASW LA C SHREVEPORTAIRPORT, LAShreveport Regional Airport, LA

REGIONAL

(lat. 32° 26'48"N, long. 93° 49'33"W)Barksdale AFB, LA

(lat. 32° 30'07"N, long. 93° 39'46"W)

That airspace extending upward from the surfaceto and including 4,300 feet MSL within as-mileradius of the Shreveport Regional Airport, andthat airspace extending upward from 1,600 feetMSL to and including 4,300 feet MSL withina 10-mile radius of the airport, excluding thatairspace designated as the Barksdale AFB, LA,Class C airspace area east of the points wherethe 10-mile radius from Shreveport Regional Airportintersects the 10-mile radius from Barksdale AFB.

AEA VA D MANASSAS MUNICIPALHarry P. Davis Airport, Manassas, VA

(lat. 38° 43'17"N, long. 77° 30'56"W)

That airspace extending upward from the surfaceto and including 2,000 feet MSL within a 4-mileradius of the Manassas Municipal/Harry P. Davis •Airport; and that airspace extending upward fromthe surface within 2.6 miles either side of abearing 025° from the airport extending from the4-mile radius to 7.5 miles northeast of the airportand excluding that airspace within the WashingtonTri-Area Class B area.

22-1-2 PARA 22-6

•I

9/16/93

Chapter 23. SURFACE AREASSection 1. REQUIREMENTS

7400.2D

I

r

•

23-1. PURPOSEI A surface area is designated to provide controlled

airspace for terminal instrument operations, andextends upward from the surface of the earthto a designated altitude or to the adjacent oroverlying controlled airspace.

23-2. DESIGNATIONIf the communications and weather observationreporting requirements of paragraph 23-3 and para-

I graph 23-4 are met, a surface area:a. Shall be designated where an FAA control

tower is in operation.b. May be designated where a non-FAA control

tower is in operation.c. Shall be designated to accommodate instrument

procedures (prescribed, special, arrival, departure)if such action is justified and/or in the publicinterest. The following factors are among thosethat should be considered:

1. Type of procedure including decision heightor minimum descent altitude.

2. The actual use to be made of the procedure,including whether it is used by a certificated aircarrier or an air taxi/commuter operator providingservice to the general public.Note.-For special instrument procedures, consideration shouldbe given to availability to other users.

3. The operational and economic advantageoffered by the procedure, including the importanceand interest to the commerce and welfare of thecommunity derived by the procedure.

4. Any other factors considered appropriate.

23-3. COMMUNICATIONSCommunications capability with aircraft which nor

I mally operate within the surface area must existdown to the runway surface of the primary airport

I (the airport upon which the surface area is designated).This communication may be either direct from

Ithe ATC facility having jurisdiction over the surfacearea or by rapid relay through other communicationsfacilities which are acceptable to that ATC facility.

23-4. WEATHER OBSERVATIONS AND

•REPORTING

IWeather observations shall be taken at surfacearea's primary airport during the times and dates

PARA 23-1

a surface area is designated. The weather observation Ican be taken by a Federally certificated weatherobserver and/or a Federally commissioned weatherobserving system. The weather observer shall takehourly and special observations; whereas, weatherobservations taken by an automated weather observingsystem are continuous. The required weather observations shall be transmitted expeditiously to the ATCfacility having jurisdiction over the surface area. INote.-Where the weather duties are conducted by other thanFederal employees, the appropriate FAA office shall notify themas to the reporting and dissemination requirements and theapplicable Weather Service and FAA publications.

23-5. LOSS OF COMMUNICATION ORWEATHER REPORTING CAPABILITY

a. If the requirements of paragraph 23-3 orparagraph 23-4 are temporarily not able to bemet after a surface area is established, a Notice Ito Airmen shall be issued stating the temporaryloss of the affected service (communication orweather).Examples.-

1. DDC 03/001 DDC COM BELOW 3000 UNAVBL04-1200 DAILY

2. DDC 03/002 DDC WX REPORT NOT AVBL 06-2200DAILY

b. However, if it is determined that the requirements of paragraph 23-3 or paragraph 23-4 areconsistently unavailable, a Notice to Airmen shallbe issued, as described above, and rulemakingaction initiated to revoke the surface area or amend Ithe surface area hours as appropriate. INote.-The regional Flight Standards Flight Inspection andProcedures (FIP) staff specialist needs to be kept informed ofany planned action, especially when Instrument Approach Procedures (lAP's) are involved, so as to assess the impact on published approaches. Flight Standards may decide changes areneeded in the lAP, dependent on possible new altimeter sourceand other considerations. These changes will have an effect onthe airspace action required; i.e., minimums may be raised, orprocedure may be canceled.

23~. TIME OF DESIGNATIONSurface areas may be designated full-time or Ipart-time. If part-time, the effective time shallbe stated in local time.

23-7. NOTICES TO AIRMEN PROVISIONa. A provision may be added in part-time surface I

area designations to allow for changes by Notices

23-1-1

7400.2D

to Airmen when minor variations in time of designation are anticipated. However, before this provisionis permitted, a Notice of Proposed Rulemakingand final rule shall be issued which provides thefollowing statement in the specific control designa-

I tion: "This surface area is effective during thespecific dates and times established in advanceby a Notice to Airmen. The effective date andtime will thereafter be continuously published inthe (insert appropriate publication)." Information

I concerning these surface areas shall be carriedin the following publications:

1. The AirportlFacility Directory for theconterminous United States, Puerto Rico, and VirginIslands.

9/16/93

2. United States Flight Information PublicationSupplement Alaska. •

3. The Pacific Chart Supplement.b. Notices to Airmen specifying the dates and

times of a designated part-time surface area may Ibe issued by the appropriate facility only aftercoordination with the regional office. The regionalair traffic division shall assure that such actionis justified and in the public interest.

23-8 thru 23-19. RESERVED\

•

23-1-2 PARA 23-8

.1I

III

I

9/16/93

Section 2. CRITERIA

7400.2D

•

• 23-20. CONFIGURATIONI a. A surface area shall be of sufficient size

to:1. Allow for safe and efficient handling of

operations.2. Contain IFR arrival operations while between

the surface and 1,000 feet above the surface andIFR departure operations while between the surfaceand the base of adjacent controlled airspace.

b. Size and shape may vary to provide for

11 and 2 above. The emphasis is that a surfacearea be sized to contain the intended operations.

23-21. AIRPORT REFERENCE POINT/GEOGRAPHIC POSITION

I The surface area's boundary should normally bebased on the airport reference point (ARP) orthe geographic position (GP) of the primary airport.The ARP/GP is the center of the airport expressedin coordinates, and should be incorporated into

I the surface area's legal description.Note.-Under certain conditions, the ARP/GP can change. Ifthis occurs, the airspace should be reviewed to ensure theinstrument procedures are still contained within existing air-space.

23-22. SATELLITE AIRPORTSa. Using shelves and/or cutouts to the maximum

extent practicable, exclude satellite airports fromI the surface area.

b. Satellite airports within arrival extensions maybe excluded using the actual dimensions of theTERP's trapezoid.

c. Do not exclude airports inside the TERP'sprimary obstruction clearance area of the procedure(s)

I for which the surface area is constructed or whenthe exclusion would adversely affect IFR operations.See Figure 23-22[1] for exclusion examples.

I 23-23. ADJOINING SURFACE AREASI Designate separate surface areas for airports in

proximity to each other. A common boundary lineI shall be used so that the airspace areas do not

overlap. When operationally advantageous, the comI mon boundary separating adjacent surface areas

[established within like airspace, e.g., two adjacentI surface areas within two adjacent Class C areas

may be eliminated when the like airspace is servicedby the same IFR ATC facility.

I 23-24. DETERMINING SURFACE AREA SIZE

•I The size of a surface area, and any necessary

extensions, is determined by the use of a 200feet per mile climb gradient and information obtained

PARA 23-20

from the person responsible for developing instrumentprocedures. See Figure 23-24[1].Note.-Normally, the person responsible for developinginstrument procedures for civil and U.S. Army airports is a FAAFlight Standards Specialist. A military representative shall handle all other military procedures.

23-25. DEPARTURESa. When diverse departures are authorized, design

the surface area using a radius of 3.5 miles plus Ithe distance from the ARP/GP to the departureend of the outermost runway.

b. When specific departure routes are required,the shape of the surface area will be determined Iby the routes. Use the 200 feet per mile climbgradient procedure in subparagraph a above andFigure 23-24[1] plus 1.8 miles either side ofthe track(s) to be flown.

c. In areas with rising terrain, use the proceduresin Figure 23-25[1].

23-26. ARRIVAL EXTENSIONa. A surface area arrival extension shall be estab- I

lished to the point where an IFR flight on aninstrument approach can be expected to descendto less than 1,000 feet above the surface.

b. When multiple approach procedures are established utilizing the same initial approach coursebut with different 1,000 foot points, the extensionlength shall be based on the approach requiringthe greatest distance. Consistent with safety andoperational feasibility where adjustment of the 1,000foot point could be made and thereby eliminateor shorten an extension, the specialist shall coordinatewith the person responsible for developing theinstrument approach to request the adjustment.Note.-At this time, it is not mandatory that all existinginstrument approach procedures be modified to accommodatethis new policy.

c. The width of the extension shall be equalto the width of the TERP's primary obstructionclearance area at the point where an IFR flighton an instrument approach can be expected todescend to an altitude below 1,000 feet abovethe surface. However, if the primary area widensbetween the point where the flight leaves 1,000feet and the airport, the widened portion of theprimary area located outside the basic surface area Iradius shall be used for the extension. These extensions shall, in all cases, extend to a minimumof 1 mile on each side of the centerline.

d. If all arrival extensions are two miles orIless, they will remain part of the basic surfacearea. However, if any extension is greater than

23-2-1

7400.2D

It':"o miles, then all extensions will be Class EaIrspace.Note.-The point at which a flight can be expected to leave1,000 feet above the surface on an instrument approach and thewidth of the primary obstruction clearance area can be obtainedfrom the person responsible for developing the instrumentprocedure.

23-27. VERTICAL LIMITSI a. Surface areas with operating towers should

normally extend upward from the surface up toand including 2,500 AGL. The altitude shall be

23-2-2

9/16/93

converted to MSL and rounded to the nearest100 feet. However, in a low density or non-turbo •aircraft traffic environment, a vertical limit of 2,500feet may be excessive and a lower altitude shouldbe used.

b. surface areas without control towers shall extend Iupward from the surface to the floor of adjacentor overlying controlled airspace.Note.- The nearest 100 feet means that 49 feet and below shallbe rounded down and 50 feet and above shall be rounded up.

•

•PARA 23-27

9/16/93 7400.1D

Figure 23-22[1]

• I EXAMPLES OF SATELLITE AIRPORTS EXCLUDED FROM SURFACE AREA AIRSPACE AREAS

CUTOUT METHOD-, ~

Class 0Airspace Area

SHELF METHOD

-.I

I

II

I

Airport withOperatingControl Tower

I

f--.;....:__ITAirport WithoutOperatingControl Tower

- - - - - - - - - - -I Class 0 Airspace Area

I- - -- - - I

,\,,,,

--Airport withOperatingControl Tower

,I

Airport WithoutOperating ControlTower

• TERPS' TRAPEZOIDGOING TOWARD

THE NAVAID

-- --

AirportWithOperatingControlTower

AirportWithoutOperatingControl Tower

,,,,,- -,

TERPS' TRAPEZOIDGOING AWAY FROM

THE NAVAID

,,,,'-

AirportWithoutOperatingControl Tower

AirportWIthOperatingControlTower

--,,,

(.-

•23-2-3

I

7400.2D 9/16/93

Figure 23-24[l.]

SURFACE AREA RADIUS FORMULA e

II

R

ARP/GP

EOR

6076

200 FEET PER NAUTICAL MILE

D

3.5 MILES

2.5 MILES

RADIUS

= AIRPORT REFERENCE POINT/GEO-GRAPHIC POSITION

= END OF OUTERMOST RUNWAY

= ONE NAUTICAL MILE IN FEET

= STANDARD CLIMB GRADIENT

= DISTANCE IN FEET FROM ARP/GP TOEOR

DISTANCE REQUIRED FOR DEPARTURE TO REACH 7DO-FOOT CLASS EAIRSPACE USING STANDARDCLIMB GRADIENT (700/200)

= DISTANCE REQUIRED FOR DEPARTURE TO REACH 120D-FOOT CLASSE AIRSPACE USING STANDARDCLIMB GRADIENT ((1200 - 700)/200)

I

THE FORMULA CAN BE EXPRESSED AS: R =D/6076 + 3.5

EXAMPLE:At Airport A, the distance from the geographic position to the

end of the outermost runway is 4023 feet; therefore, assumingflat terrain, the radius is calculated as:

R = 4023/6076 + 3.5= .662 + 3.5= 4.162= 4.2

The radius for the 70o-foot Class E airspace becomes: 4.2 + 2.5 =6.7

23-2-4

Ii

I,

I

I

elI,

•9/16/93

Figure 23-25[1]

RISING TERRAIN

'400.10

MSL

700 AGL700 AGL

I"""".",•••••••• ,•• ", •• ,••• ,•••• ~.~rrr~",~rrr~~i.

•In the above example, an aircraft departing tothe west would reach the lateral boundary of the

I surface area without reaching 700 feet AGL and.in effect, leave controlled airspace. To ensure that

I the lateral boundary of the surface area is congruentI with the beginning of the 700-foot Class E airspace,

the specialist shall:I 8. Search the surface area's radius circle for

the highest terrain.b. Calculate the MSL height of the aircraft by

adding 700 feet to the airport elevation.

c. Compare MSL altitudes of the aircraft versusthe highest terrain to determine if the aircrafthas reached the overlying or adjacent controlledairspace. If not, increase the size of the surface Iarea, as necessary, to contain the departure.Note.-When terrain, obstacles, or procedures prohibit departures in portions of the basic surface area, a terrain search is not Inecessary in that area and/or that height is not used in the computations.

•23-2-5

•I

9/16/93

Chapter 24. CLASS E 700/1200 AREASSection 1. REQUIREMENTS

7400.2D

24-1. DESIGNATIONIf the communications requirements described in

I paragraph 24-2 are met, Class E airspace shallbe designated:

8. To contain instrument flight rules (IFR) arrival,departure, holding, and en route operations notprotected by other controlled airspace.

b. To accommodate prescribed instrumentapproach procedures.

c. To accommodate special (unpublished) procedures if such action is justified and/or in thepublic interest. (Consider the factors in paragraph23-2.)

24-2. COMMUNICATIONSCommunications capability must exist with IFR

I aircraft which normally operate within the Class

•

•PARA 24-1

E airspace at the appropriate minImUm en route, Iinitial, and missed approach altitudes. This communication may be either direct from the ATC facilityhaving jurisdiction over the Class E airspace or Iby rapid relay through other communication facilitieswhich are acceptable to that ATC facility.

24-3. TIME OF DESIGNATIONClass E airspace may be designated full-time or Ipart-time. If part-time, the effective time shallbe stated in local time.


24-1-1

24-23. COORDINATION OF MISSEDAPPROACH ALTITUDES

Coordination shall be initiated with the appropriateFlight Standards Office or military representativesto adjust missed approach altitudes upward to atleast 1,500 feet above the terrain at locationswhere existing procedures specify lower altitudesand such action can be accomplished without penaltyto overall IFR operations or without exceedingTERP's criteria.


will be at least 300 feet below theIFR altitude.

9/16/93

Section 2. GENERAL CRITERIA

• 24-20. 700-FOOT CLASS E AIRSPACEI A Class E airspace with a base of 700 feet

above the surface shall be designated to containarriving IFR operations below 1,500 feet abovethe surface and departing IFR operations untilthey reach 1,200 feet above the surface.

124-21. 1,200-FOOT CLASS E AIRSPACEWhere sufficient controlled airspace does not exist,

I designate a 1,200 foot Class E airspace to containarriving IFR operations at 1,500 feet and higherabove the surface and departing IFR operationsfrom the point they reach 1,200 feet above thesurface until reaching overlying or adjacent controlledairspace.

I 24-22. CLASS E AIRSPACE FLOORS ABOVE1,200 FEET

I Class E airspaces may be established with MSLfloors above 1,200 feet AGL. Normally floors

7400.2D

minimum

•

•PARA 24-20 24-2-1

•

•

•

9/16/93 7400.2D

foot airspace should be route oriented and normally Ionly necessary between the 700 foot Class E Iairspace and the closest adjacent existing controlledairspace.Note.-Where diverse departures are authorized, the 700 footClass E airspace will normally be a 2.5 mile radius beyond the Iradius of the basic surface areas. See Figure 23-24[1.]. This Istandard does not apply to surface areas associated with Class IC airspace.

I

Note.-The 4.5 degree angle leaves an 8 mile wide area at 51miles from the associated navigational aid (NAVAID).

24-31. LENGTHY CLASS E AIRSPACEEXTENSIONS

If lengthy Class E airspace extensions are estab- Ilished for departing flights, they shall include theadditional airspace within lines diverging at anglesof 4.5 degrees from the centerline of the routeradial beginning at the associated NAVAID. Inplanning such extensions, the same frequency protection considerations involved in airway planningmust be included.


Section 3. DEPARTURE CRITERIA

• 24-30. DEPARTURE AREA

I a. The configuration of a departure Class Eairspace is based on either specific or diverse

Ideparture routings and determines whether the ClassE airspace will be circular or oriented in oneor more specific direction(s).

b. A climb gradient of 200 feet per mile shall

Ibe used to determine the size of all Class Eairspace for departure. Specific departure areas witha base of 700 feet require the airspace 1.8 mileseach side. One with a base of 1,200 feet requires4 miles each side of the centerline of departuretracks.

I c. When a surface area does not exist, the climbgradient shall be used from the departure endof the outermost runway to determine the width

I of the 700 foot Class E airspace and the beginningI of the 1200 foot Class E airspace.

I d. The lateral boundary of 1200 foot Class Eairspace overlying the waters within 12 miles ofthe coast of the 48 contiguous states and Alaska,and excluding the Alaskan Peninsula west of longitude160 degrees, shall terminate at 12 miles.

e. In the western states where the floor of controlled• airspace is 14,500 MSL or 1500 AGL, the 1200

•PARA 24-30 24-3-1

9/16/93 7400.2D


c. The extension width shall be based on theapproach requiring the greatest width when multipleapproach procedures (NDB/ILS/etc.) are establishedutilizing the same approach course.

24-41. CLASS E AIRSPACE EXTENSIONS IA Class E airspace extension with a base of I

1,200 feet above the surface and 4 miles eachside of the centerline shall be established to containthe flight path of arriving IFR flights at altitudesat least 1,500 feet or higher above the surface.

24-42. DETERMINATION OF INSTRUMENTAPPROACH CLEARANCE AREA

The point at which a flight can be expectedto leave 1,500 feet above the surface on an instrumentapproach and the width of the primary obstructionclearance area can be obtained from the officeresponsible for developing the instrument approach.

Section 4. ARRIVAL CRITERIA

• 24-40. ARRIVAL EXTENSIONa. To determine length of an arrival extension,

one needs: (1) the point at which a flight canbe expected to leave 1,500 feet above the surface,and (2) the airspace needed to contain arrivingIFR operations at 1,500 feet and higher above

I the surface. The width of the extension shall beequal to the width of the TERP's primary obstructionclearance area at the point where an IFR flighton an instrument approach can be expected todescend to less than 1,500 feet above the surface.However, if the primary area widens between thepoint where the flight leaves 1,500 feet and theairport, the widest portion of the primary area

I shall be used for the extension. Extensions shall,in all cases, extend to a minimum of 1 mileon each side of the centerline, even though theprimary obstruction clearance area extends less than1 mile from the centerline.

b. The extension length shall be based on theapproach requiring the greatest distance when multipleapproach procedures (NDB/ILS/etc.) are establishedutilizing the same approach course but with differentfinal approach altitudes.

•

•PARA 24-40 24-4-1

24-52. MILITARY PENETRATION TURNSClass E airspace extensions required for the protection Iof military high altitude teardrop penetration turnsshall be established in accordance with the provisionsof FAA Order 7130.1.

2. The boundary on the side opposite to theprocedure tum is 4 miles from and parallel tothe approach course.

3. The outer limit is established at 16 milesoutbound from the procedure tum fix. This lengthis extended 1 mile for each mile beyond 10miles that the procedure tum is authorized.

24-51. DETERMINING BASE ALTITUDESIn determining the base altitude of Class E airspaces Idesignated to encompass procedure turns, it isonly necessary to consider governing terrain withinthe TERP's primary obstruction clearance area,excluding the entry zone, rather than terrain withinthe entire rectangular areas specified above.

9/16/93

Section 5. PROCEDURE TURN CRITERIA

• 24-50. PROCEDURE TURN PROTECTIONI Class E airspace extensions shall be established

for the protection of low altitude procedure turnareas as follows:

a. Procedure turns authorized to a distance of5 miles or less:

1. The boundary on the procedure turn sideis 7 miles from and parallel to the approachcourse.

2. The boundary on the side opposite to theprocedure turn side is 3 miles from and parallelto the approach course.

3. The outer limit is established at 10 milesoutbound from the procedure tum fix.

b. Procedure turns authorized to a distance greaterthan 5 miles:

1. The boundary on the procedure turn sideis 8 miles from and parallel to the approachcourse.

7400.2D

•

•PARA 24-50 ~4-5-1

9/16/93

•I Chapter 25. CLASS B AIRSPACESection 1. GENERAL

7400.2D

PARA 25-1

25-1. INTRODUCTIONI The Class B airspace program was developed to

reduce the midair collision potential in the congestedairspace surrounding an airport with high densityair traffic by providing an area in which all aircraftwill be subject to certain operating rules and equip-

I ment requirements. The Class B airspace operatingrules afford a level of protection that is appropriatefor the large numbers of aircraft and people served

I by this type of airport. The Class B airspaceequipment requirements provide the air traffic controlsystem with an increased capability to provide

I aircraft separation service within the Class B airspace.The criteria for considering a given terminal area

I as a Class B airspace candidate is based on factorswhich include the number of aircraft and people

,

I.

•

,

III.I

I

I

using that airspace, the traffic density, and thetype or nature of operations being conducted.

25-2. DEFINITIONA Class B airspace consists of controlled airspace Iextending upward from the surface or higher tospecified altitudes within which all aircraft aresubject to the operating rules and pilot and equipmentrequirements specified in Part 9l.

25-3. DESIGNATIONClass B airspace locations include at least one Iprimary airport around which the Class B airspace Iis designated.


25-1-1

9/16/93 7400.2D

25-22. REQUIREMENTSA candidate Class B airspace action: I

a. Shall require concurrence from ATP-200 priorto such action being publicly announced.

b. Shall be designed by the region/facility withthe coordinated assistance of ATP-200. This designwill:

1. Be subject to modification based on usercomments if safety and efficiency can be maintained.

2. Consider any other factors that may beappropriate.

4. The areas between 10 to 20 NM and 20to 30 NM may be vertically subdivided becauseof terrain or other regulatory airspace.

c. Vertical Limits: The upper limit of the Class IB airspace should normally not exceed 10,000feet MSL. The inner lo-mile area shall normallyextend from the surface to the upper limits ofthe Class B airspace. This segment may be adjusted Ito coincide with runway alignment, adjacent airports,other regulatory airspace, etc., but shall encompass,as a minimum, all final approach fixes and minimumaltitudes at the final approach fix. The floor ofthe area between 10 and 20 NM shall be predicatedon a 30o-foot per NM gradient for 10 NM.This segment will normally have a floor between2,800 feet and 3,000 feet above the airport elevation.This floor shall remain constant for that segment,but it may be adjusted in consideration of terrainand adjacent regulatory airspace. However, segmentation should be held to an absolute minimum.The floor of the area between 20 and 30 NMshall be at an altitude consistent with approachcontrol arrival and departure procedures. It is expectedthat this floor would normally be between 5,000and 6,000 feet above airport elevation. In thesegment between 20 and 30 NM, exclusions arepermitted to accommodate adjacent regulatory airspace and/or terrain.

d. Any variation from the standard configurationidentified above shall be addressed in an appropriatestaff study.

e. Satellite Airports: When establishing a Class IB airspace floor, consider the adverse effect onsatellite airport operations as well as operationsat the primary airport. When airspace directly overa satellite airport is not required, appropriate airspacesurrounding the airport should be excluded fromthe Class B airspace. Special published traffic patterns Iand/or procedures may be required for satelliteairports.

I Section 2. CLASS B CRITERWREQUlREMENT

.25-20. LOCATION CRITERIAProjected growth and other safety factors shouldbe ~o~sidered in advance of the airport's actual

I quahfymg as a Class B airspace candidate. For

Ia site to be formally proposed as a new ClassB airspace candidate, the following criteria mustbe met:

a. The primary airport serves at least 3.5 millionpassengers enplaned annually; or

b. The primary airport has a total airport operationscou~t of 300,000 of which 50 percent is aircarner.

Note.-"Passengers enplaned" as defined in PublicLaw 97-248, Airport and Airway ImprovementAct, means domestic, territorial, and internationalrevenue enplanements in the U.S. in scheduledand nonscheduled service of aircraft in intrastate. 'mterstate, and foreign commerce as determinedby the Secretary of Transportation. Enplaned passenger counts may be obtained by contactingAPP-400 at 202-267-3451. Validated counts forthe current year are not available. However,unvalidated counts for the preceding year are availableapproximately mid-June of the current year; e.g.,

•

1986 counts were available in June 1987. Validatedcounts for the previous year are normally availablein mid-October of the current year.

25-21. CONFIGURATION

I a. General Design: Simplification of the ClassB airspace configuration is a prime requisite. Verticaland lateral limits should be standardized and, tothe extent practicable, be designed to retain allpublished instrument procedures once their flight

I track enters the Class B airspace. The numberof subareas should be kept to a minimum.

I b. Lateral Limits: Class B airspace should initiallybe designed in a circular configuration centered

I o~ !h~ primary ai~ort. Describe the Class B airspaceuhhzmg NAVAID s where available on the primaryairport in the following order of preference:VORTAC, VOR/DME, ILSJDME.

I 1. The outer limits of the Class B airspaces?ould be a 30 NM radius from the primaryaIrport.

2. This 30 mile radius should be divided intothree concentric areas: an inner 10 NM radiusa 20 NM radius, and the outer 30 NM radius:

•

~'. The inner 10 mi~e radius area may besubdIVIded based on operatIOnal needs, runway alignment, adjacent regulatory airspace, or adjacent airports.

PARA 25-20 25-2-1

7400.2D

c. Shall be circularized/presented to users inaccordance with paragraph 2-22, paragraph 2-23,and paragraph 2-32.

25-2-2


9/16/93

PARA 25-23

•

•

•

•I

9/16/93

Chapter 26. CLASS C AIRSPACESection 1. GENERAL

7400.2D

26-1. INTRODUCTIONI a. The Class C airspace concept was developed

as the successor to terminal radar service area(TRSA) following the recommendation of theNational Airspace Review Task Group, a thoroughreview by the FAA, and over a year's confirmationat selected field facilities. As a result of thatreview and confirmation, it was determined that

I Class C airspace would improve aviation safetyand simplify and standardize terminal air trafficcontrol services at facilities that were then utilizingTRSA procedures. Thus, national implementation

I of Class C airspace coupled with cancellation ofTRSA was begun on March 14, 1985.

b. From an airspace point of view, the primaryI difference between Class C airspace and TRSAI is that Class C airspace is regulatory airspace

requiring rulemaking to establish; TRSA was non-

•

regulatory airspace and did not require rulemaking.Additionally, Class C airspace's are generally smallerin size and more standard in dimension than werethe earlier TRSA's.

26-2. DEFINITIONI An Class C airspace consists of controlled airspace

extending upward from the surface or higher to

•PARA 26-1

specified altitudes within which all aircraft aresubject to the operating rules and pilot and equipmentrequirements specified in Part 91.

26-3. DESIGNATIONClass C airspace locations include only one primary Iairport around which the Class C airspace is des- Iignated.

26-4. NONRULEMAKING ALTERNATIVESBefore rulemaking action is initiated to establishan Class C airspace, all nonrulemaking alternatives Iwhich provide for an acceptable level of safetyand are consistent with the objectives of standardization and simplification shall be exhausted. Suchalternatives include but are not limited to thefollowing:

a. Review and improve radar services.b. Implement, expand, or improve Stage II services.c. Conduct pilot/controller education programs,

aviation education safety seminars, etc.


26-1-1

9/16/93 7400.2D

Note.-Though not requiring regulatory action, an Outer Areais the procedural companion to an Class C airspace. The normal Iradius of an Outer Area is 20 nautical miles from the primaryClass C airspace airport. Its vertical limit extends from the Ilower limits of radio/radar coverage up to the ceiling of theapproach control's delegated airspace, excluding the Class C air-Ispace itself.

c. Vertical Limits: The ceiling of an Class C Iairspace should be 4,000 feet above the fieldelevation of the primary airport. That ceiling appliesequally to the airspace laterally defined by thefive and ten nautical mile circles. The lower verticallimit within the five nautical mile circle shouldbe to the surface. The lower vertical limit betweenthe five nautical mile circle and the ten nauticalmile circle shall not be lower than 1,200 feetAGL.

26-23. REQUIREMENTSA candidate Class C airspace action: •

a. Shall be identified and approved by ATP-200prior to being publicly announced.

b. Shall be designed by the region/facility withthe coordinated assistance of ATP-200. This designwill:

1. Be in accordance with paragraph 26-22.2. Be subject to modification based on user

comments if safety and efficiency can be maintained.3. Consider any other factors that may be

appropriate.c. Shall be circularized/presented to users in

accordance with paragraph 2-22, paragraph 2-23,and paragraph 2-32.


Section 2. CRITERINREQUIREMENTS

• 26-20. LOCATION CRITERIA• For a site to be considered as an Class C airspace

candidate, apply the following criteria:a. An airport with an operational airport traffic

control tower serviced by a radar approach control;and

b. Meets one of the following:1. 75,000 annual instrument operations count

at the primary airport; or2. 100,000 annual instrument operations count

at the primary and secondary airports in the terminalarea hub; or

3. 250,000 annual enplaned passengers at theprimary airport.

26-21. REGIONAL EVALUATION• Regions shall periodically reevaluate Class C airspace

designs using the items as listed in paragraph26-31 as guidelines. If it is determined that amodification is required, regions shall adhere toparagraph 26-22 as applicable.

26-22. CONFIGURATIONa. General Design: Simplification and standardiza-

•

• tion of Class C airspace airspace are prime requisites.Vertical and lateral limits shall be in accordancewith the following to the maximum extent practicable.The number of subareas shall be kept to a minimum.

• b. Lateral Limits: Class C airspace airspace shouldinitially be designed as two circles centered onthe airport reference point. The inner circle shouldhave a five nautical mile radius, and the outercircle should have a ten nautical mile radius.Wherever possible, VOR radials and DME arcsshould be used to define the boundaries of the

• Class C airspace and any of its subareas. It isimportant, however, that prominent visual landmarksalso be considered as aids to the VFR trafficdesiring to remain clear of the area.

•PARA 26-20 26-2-1

9/16/93 7400.2D

(c) IFR traffic flow in conjunction with runwayconfiguration/SlAP's, SID's, STAR's, and preferential arrival and departure routes.

(d) The names and locations of satellite airports, and a breakdown of air traffic at eachby category.

(e) A general description of air traffic operations in the area.

4. A complete analysis of:(a) Major proposals submitted by users.(b) Near midair collision assessment.(c) The advantages and disadvantages of Class I

C airspace establishment.(d) Any budgetary impact on air traffic facili

ties and air navigation facilities, such as newor modified control positions, new or modifiedcommunications equipment, the capability of thefacility to provide Class C services to the maximum Iextent at minimum cost, and new or relocationof navigational aids.

(e) An assessment of the economic impacton users.

5. A statement as to what actions have beentaken to comply with paragraph 26-4.

6. The conclusions reached based on the analysisof the options and issues. The need to enhancesafety shall be the key factor in evaluating theoptions and issues.

26-32. ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERSEnvironmental matters for Class C airspace will Ibe handled in accordance with FAA Order 1050.1,Policies and Procedures for Considering Environmental Impacts.

area.(b) IFR traffic flow in the affected en route

structure including transition routes.

I Section 3. CLASS C AIRSPACE PROCESSING

• 26-30. HEADQUARTERS RESPONSIBILITIESThe Air Traffic Rules and Procedures Service hasthe responsibility to coordinate all efforts concerning

I implementation of the Class C airspace program.NPRM's and final rules will be issued by ATP-200.ATP-200 and ATP-100 are the responsible divisionsand will provide assistance to the regions in develop-

I ing Class C airspace programs.

26-31. REGIONAL RESPONSIBILITIESI 8. Manager, Air Traffic Division prepare all docu

ments and provide staff studies for each locationto determine justification for either withdrawingor proceeding with an NPRM. This applies to

I new Class C airspace sites and modifications toI existing Class C airspace sites. The responsibility

includes completion of all companion actions associated with the proposed site; i.e., studies, reports,analyses, etc.

b. To ensure that all regions apply a uniformapproach to arrive at individual conclusions, astaff study which results in a conclusion to proceedor withdraw the location from further consideration

I shall be completed for each Class C airspaceproposal. Among other things, the staff study shallcontain:

1. Traffic volume, density, and breakdown bycategory.

2. Geographical features, adjacent airspace, andair traffic control facilities.

3. A description of the terminal area including:(a) VFR traffic flow in and through the

•

•PARA 26-30 26-3-1

•9/16/93

PART 7. SPECIAL USE AIRSPACEChapter 27. GENERAL

Section 1. POLICY

7400.2D

•

•

27-1. INTRODUCTIONIn addition to the requirements of Part 1, thispart contains the policy, procedures, and criteriafor the assignment, review, modification, and revocation of special use airspace. Special use airspaceis airspace of defined dimensions wherein activitiesmust be confined because of their nature, and/or wherein limitations may be imposed upon aircraftoperations that are not a part of those activities.

27-2. CATEGORIESThe handling of special use airspace matters fallsinto two categories. The first category consistsof rulemaking actions which include restricted areasand prohibited areas. These relate to the assignment,review, modification, or revocation of airspace bya rule, regulation, or order as prescribed in FederalAviation Regulations (See Part 11). The secondcategory consists of nonrulemaking actions andincludes alert areas, controlled firing areas, andmilitary operations areas (MOA's) where the FAAhas the authority to make the final decision butdoes not express that decision by issuing a rule,regulation, or order. Also included in the nonrulecategory are offshore warning areas where theFAA has an interest, but the final approval isshared by other agencies.

27-3. MINIMUM NUMBERS AND VOLUMEa. Special use airspace programs are designed

to accommodate national security and welfare andnecessary military activity. They identify for otherairspace users where the activity occurs and protectother users from hazardous operations. Whileestablishment of special use airspace is essentialto national security and the military mission, unnecessary proliferation of these areas degrades the specialuse airspace program and adversely affects theoverall efficiency of the National Airspace System.

b. The volume of airspace to be included inany specific area of special use airspace and thetime during which it is to be assigned shall bethe minimum required to contain the proposeduser activities, including safety zones required bymilitary authority. When an aircraft activity conductedin special use airspace could measurably affect

PARA 27-1

the safety of persons or property on the surface,the proponent shall demonstrate that provisionshave been made for their protection.

27-4. OPTIMUM UTILIZATIONTo ensure optimum airspace utilization, using agencies shall be encouraged to make their airspaceavailable for the activities of other agencies ona shared use basis. In this regard, all specialuse airspace proposals shall be specifically reviewedfor a determination of whether the military requirement can be accommodated within, or by modifying,existing areas.

27-5. WAIVERS OF FAR'sThe establishment/designation of special use airspacedoes not, in itself, waive any part of the FederalAviation Regulations.

27-6. ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENTSpecial use airspace actions are subject to environmental assessments and procedures if the floorof the proposed area is below 3,000 feet AGLor if supersonic flight is anticipated at any altitude.Compliance with the National Environmental PolicyAct (NEPA) is the responsibility of the proponentunder the lead agency concept. (See FAA Order1050.1.)

27-7. COORDINATION OF PROPOSALSPrior to submission for approval, military proponentsof special use airspace will coordinate proposalswith locally affected ATC facilities and militaryunits, local FAA representativeslliaison officers whereassigned, and the ARTCC having jurisdiction overthe affected airspace. All coordination of nonmilitaryproposals will be accomplished by the regionalAir Traffic division.

27-8. REGIONAL ACTIONSpecial use airspace rulemaking actions shall beprocessed in accordance with the procedures prescribed in Part 11 and in Part 1 and Part 7of this Order. Nonrulemaking actions shall be processed in accordance with the procedures prescribedin Part 1 and this part. Upon receipt of a specialuse airspace proposal, the region shall:

27-1-1

7400.2D 9/16/93

provided there is no derogation to the using agency'smission. Because of their small size, geOgraPhic.location, or high degree of utilization, some areasare impractical for joint use. Joint use proceduresfor specific types of airspace are contained inthe appropriate chapter of this part.

27-10. CONTROLLING AGENCYJoint use of special use airspace requires the assignment of a controlling agency. The assigned facilityis:

8. For joint use restricted areas, the ATC facilitythat may authorize transit through or flight withina restricted area in accordance with a joint useletter (reference Part 73.17).

b. For other than joint use restricted areas, theFAA or the military ATC facility.

27-11. USING AGENCYNormally, the using agency is the agency, organization, or military command whose activity establishedthe requirement for the special use airspace. AnATC facility may be the using agency for jointuse areas when the facility is specified in a letterof procedure as having priority for use of thearea.

8. Review the proposal for completeness andsufficient justification.

b. Coordinate the proposal to identify conflictswith the requirements of other airspace users. Givespecial attention to compatible airspace use relativeto existing and planned airports and their associatedairspace requirements.

c. Circularize the proposal in accordance withthe procedures specified in Part 1 and the chapterof this part applicable to the type special useairspace proposed. Additionally, if it would increasethe burden on the public and/or coordination andinformal discussions indicate it will be controversial,circularize the proposal to interested persons underthe procedures of Chapter 2, Section 2. Proposedactions which clearly do not impact aviation neednot be circularized nor issued as an NPRM.

d. When comments, review, and/or coordinationindicate that the proposal will be controversial,an informal airspace meeting may be scheduledin accordance with Chapter 2, Section 3 of thisOrder.

e. When conclusions are reached, completeprocessing as specified in the appropriate chapterof this part. When required, forward the proposalto ATP-200 for action. The package shall includeat the minimum the region's recommendations, justification, documentation of regional actions, copiesof pertinent correspondence, original sectional chartsshowing proper coordinates, and all other relatedinformation contained in Section 3 of this chapterthat could be useful to make a determination orcomplete the coordination.

27-9. JOINT USESpecial use airspace should be available for useby nonparticipating aircraft when all or part ofthe airspace is not required for its prescribed purpose

27-1-2

27-12. CHARTING AND PUBLICATIONWith the exception of Controlled Firing Areasand an optional requirement for temporary MOA'sand temporary restricted areas, special use airspaceshall be reflected in aeronautical publications anddepicted on aeronautical charts. New and revisedareas normally become effective on the U.S. 56-daycycle publication dates (see Part 1).


PARA 27-13

•

•

Section 2. DIMENSIONS

•

•

•

9/16/93

27-20. GENERALSpecial use airspace is described in terms of horizontal(boundaries) and vertical (altitude) dimensions, effective for a specified period of time.

27-21. HORIZONTAL LIMITSThe horizontal limits of special use airspace aredefined by geographic coordinates or other appropriatereferences that clearly describe their boundaries.Where it is difficult to establish boundaries easilydiscernible from the air, the area may be changedto allow the boundary to be located along somecharted prominent terrain feature; Le., rivers, highways, railroad tracks, etc. Except for temporaryareas, boundaries shall not be described as "alongthe boundary" of another airspace area.

27-22. VERTICAL LIMITSa. Vertical limits shall be established, as necessary,

to contain the planned activities. Stratification toenhance joint use is permitted and encouraged.

b. Within areas solely containing aircraft operations, altitudes at or above 18,000 feet MSLshall be expressed as flight levels. Within areascontaining other than aircraft operations, altitudesat or above 18,000 feet MSL shall be expressedas feet above mean sea level (MSL).

c. Below 18,000 feet MSL, altitudes shall beexpressed to the nearest 100 feet. Above 18,000feet MSL, altitudes/flight levels shall be expressedto the nearest 500 feet.

d. Procedures for determining the floor of specialuse airspace vary according to area type and arecontained in the appropriate chapters of this part.

e. Ceilings are expressed as flight levels or feetabove MSL. Unless otherwise specified, the word"to" an altitude or flight level means "to andincluding" that altitude or flight level. If the verticallimit does not include the altitude or flight level,the ceiling shall be expressed as "to but notincluding.' ,

27-23. TIMES OF USEa. Close scrutiny of proposed times of use is

essential to good management of special use airspace.Publication of unrealistic usage times unnecessarilydiscourages pilots of nonparticipating aircraft fromrequesting transit or activity information. In determining the times of use, the guiding factors areequally to:

1. Assign the minimum period of time necessaryto meet the requirements of the using agency.

PARA 27-20

7400.2D

2. Enhance real time joint use of special useairspace by conveying to nonparticipants definiteand/or probable periods of inactivity. For areasthat permit transit without specific approval, thismust also be weighed against the opposite effectof presumed inactivity luring nonparticipants intoa lack of vigilance in the area.

3. Keep to a minimum the amount of informationnecessary to publish and chart special use airspaceareas.

b. Times of use shall be expressed using theterms or combinations of the terms indicated belowand should reflect normal use for the majorityof the time. When a using agency has knowledgeof significant seasonal differences in usage requirements, different times of use may be establishedas appropriate; e.g., "Sep-Apr, Mon-Fri 08001700" and "May-Aug, Daily Sunrise-2300."Days of the week and/or. months of the yearshould be indicated as appropriate.

1. Sunrise and sunset:2. Specified time: Local time using the 24-hour

clock.3. Intermittent: Requires an associated time or

NOTAM provision. Not applicable to restrictedareas without a "by NOTAM" provision.

4. Continuous: Use only if justification existsfor utilization 24 hours a day, 7 days a week.Not applicable to warning areas or combined usewith 1 and 2 above.

5. By NOTAM:(a) May be used alone or in combination

with 1, 2, and 3 above when anticipated usagecannot be determined, or when the nature of theusing agency's mission requires infrequent and/or erratic utilization. Use of the "by NOTAM"provision is not intended to provide solely forthe "possibility of unforeseen short range requirements" of the using agency.

(b) Shall be applicable to an entire areaand not only to a portion thereof. When timeof use varies significantly from one portion ofan area to another, action should be initiated tohave dissimilar portions identified by subdivisionor reestablished as separate areas.

(c) Activation by NOTAM should normallybe at least 24 hours in advance. This may bereduced if justified to gain an operational advantage.


27-2-1

Section 3. CONTENT OF PROPOSALS

•

•

•

9/16/93

27-30. DESCRIPTION8. Title-A short definitive description of what

is proposed.b. Boundaries-A definitive description of the

proposed area's perimeter in accordance with paragraph 27-21.

c. Altitudes-Minimum and maximum altitudesin accordance with paragraph 27-22.

d. Times of use-Local time operations are normally expected to begin and end in accordancewith paragraph 27-23.

e. Controlling agency-Not applicable when theairspace will not be joint use.

f. Using agency.

27-31. COORDINATIONFurnish a resume of the coordination accomplishedin accordance with paragraph 27-7. For new areas,indicate that shared use and/or expansion of existingareas has been explored and determined unacceptableto satisfy the requirement for the proposed airspace.(See paragraph 27-4.)

27-32. JUSTIFICATIONThe need for the proposed airspace must be definitiveand able to support any resultant imposition onnonparticipants or affordance of priority to thespecial use proponent. Requirements, such as "thecontainment of military activity," or "in supportof national defense," or other similar statements,in and of themselves are inadequate.

27-33. ACTIVITIESActivities include:

8. A detailed list of activities to be conductedby each organization proposing to use the area.

b. Local time daily operations normally are scheduled to begin and end. Include weather requirementsif it is a condition of use. (See paragraph 27-23.)

c. Number of hours (daily) the area will beused.

d. Days per week, weeks per month, or monthsper year, as appropriate, the area will be used.

e. If the area is to be used for aircraft operations,include:

1. The number and type of aircraft normallyinvolved in performing activities for which thearea is established.

2. A statement as to whether ground or airborneradar surveillance will be used during the operation.If radar surveillance will be used, indicate onthe chart where the radar coverage is available.

PARA 27-30

7400.2D

3. The altitudes to be used in daily aircraftoperations (expressed in feet MSL or flight levelsas appropriate). For each type of activity, includethe altitudes (or blocks of altitudes) and the numberof hours these altitudes will be used. (See paragraph27-22.)

4. The intentions regarding flight at supersoniCspeeds.

f. If the area is to be used for surface firing(See paragraph 27-22.):

1. Type weapon/s to be fired with their associatedfiring fans, footprints, buffers, etc.

2. Maximum altitude of surface firing (expressedin feet MSL) used in accomplishing required operations.

3. Number of hours highest altitude is to beused annually.

4. Altitude normally used for daily firing operations (expressed in feet MSL).

5. A detailed explanation of the peak hourly,daily, weekly, and monthly volume of firing.

g. Any special requirements.

27-34. SAFETY CONSIDERATIONSInclude an explanation as to how each of thefollowing, if applicable, is to be accomplished.

8. How activity will be confined within the proposed area.

b. Procedures for handling malfunctions.c. Ordnance trajectory envelope.

27-35. COMMUNICATIONS AND RADARSpecify the availability and proposed utilizationof ground and/or airborne communications coverage;e.g. range control, military radar unit (MRU), airborneradar unit (ARU), Fleet Area Control and SurveillanceFacility (FACSFAC).

27-36. ENVIRONMENTAL AND LAND USEINFORMATION

8. Identify the lead agency or appropriate representative responsible for compliance with NEPA.

b. Certify NEPA compliance. If delayed, mustbe in hand by FAA prior to issuance of finalrule or publication cutoff date for nonrulemakingaction.

c. Furnish the names, addresses, and telephonenumbers of persons to whom comments on environmental and land use aspects may be submitted

d. Proposals requesting designation below 1,200feet AGL which have underlying private or publicuse land must indicate agreement to provide reasonable and timely aerial access to such land. Prohibited

27-3-1

7400.2D

and restricted area proposals requesting designationfrom the surface shall indicate that the proponenteither owns, leases, or by agreement controls theunderlying surface.

27-37. GRAPHIC DISPLAYProposals shall include a graphic presentation ofthe proposed area on maps and aeronautical chartsas appropriate. If applicable, the presentation shouldindicate those areas owned, leased, or controlled

- by the using agency. All proposals should, as-a minimum, be depicted on an original SectionalAeronautical Chart.

a. If the area is to contain aircraft operations,the following shall be depicted:

1. The location and the representative patternof firing and/or bombing runs. If appropriate, showwhere run begins, lock-on point, where firing,if any, commences and ends, and release pointand pullup points.

27-3-2

9/16/93

2. Impact areas.b. If the area is to contain surface-ta-surface •

or surface-ta-air firings, the following shall bedepicted:

1. Firing points.2. Impact areas.3. Perimeter of firing fans for each type weapon

used.

27-38. JOINT USEState whether the area will be joint use, andif not, include justification.

27-39. REMARKSSpecify any pertinent data not indicated elsewhere.


•

•PARA 27-40

Section 4. REVIEW AND ANALYSIS

•

•

•

9/16/93

27-50. ANNUAL REVIEWATP-200 and regional Air Traffic divisions shallsystematically and periodically review special useairspace within their area of jurisdiction, and ifrequired, initiate action to alter or revoke suchairspace. As a minimum, the utilization of eacharea of special use airspace, except prohibited andwarning areas, shall be reviewed on an annualbasis.

27-51. FORMAL/INFORMAL REVIEWThe review of special use airspace may be accomplished through formal or informal procedures. Formalreviews are conducted by special use airspace teamsthat are established when determined to be appropriateby ATP-200 or a regional Air Traffic division.Informal reviews are conducted on a continuousbasis by all agency personnel engaged in handlingspecial use airspace.

27-52. TEAM REVIEWFormal airspace reviews should be conducted bya special use airspace team that consists of threeor more members. In matters involving Flight Standards, a representative from the Flight Standardsdivision should be invited to participate as a memberof the team. If required, representatives of morethan one region can participate as members ofthe team. The team chairman should be an AirTraffic specialist of ATP-200 or the regional AirTraffic division. The selection and use of thespecial use airspace team should be on an "asrequired" basis, and a particular team shall bedissolved when its study is completed. Normally,team efforts should be directed toward problemareas evaluating the need for additional assignmentsof special use airspace and conducting reviewsof selected special use areas for the purpose ofdeveloping recommendations for retention, alteration,or revocation based upon changing user requirementsand/or actual utilization.

27-53. TEAM RESPONSIBILITIESThe team shall act as a fact finding body forgathering complete information concerning therequirement for and use of special use airspace.It should determine the actual hours of use, altitudesand geographical area used, types of activitiesconducted, and any other pertinent information.Teams should not accept statements from usersbased on conjecture regarding the present or futureusage of an area. Instead, any stated requirementmust be based on factual data.

PARA 27-50

7400.2D

27-54. DUTIES OF CHAIRMANIn addition to the above general responsibilitiesof a special use airspace review team, the teamchairman shall accomplish the following:

a. Prior to the team's visit to the area, coordinatewith appropriate military commands and/or civilusers. Coordination should be initiated far enoughin advance of the team's visit to provide localrepresentatives with sufficient time to prepare requireddata. Initial coordination with the military shallbe effected through the appropriate regional militaryrepresentative.

b. If deemed necessary, schedule an informalairspace meeting near the location of the areaunder study. Such a meeting would allow theusers and other interested persons an opportunityto present their position and offer recommendations.

27-55. TEAM REPORTOn completion of the review, the team shall analyzethe information obtained and develop its recommendations. The team findings shall be forwarded throughthe regional Air Traffic division to the regionalmilitary representative for appropriate action. Acopy shall be sent to ATP-200 and to the affectedATC facility/so The report should include:

a. A summary of the positions of all interestedcivil and military users to include operational requirements and recommendations.

b. The findings, conclusions, and recommendationsof the team.

c. Positions submitted in writing at a formalspecial use airspace review shall be attached tothe team report.

27-56 TEAM REPORT RESPONSESThe appropriate regional military representative

should provide a response to the team report within60 days. If the military concurs with the team'sfindings, conclusions, and recommendations, theAir Traffic division should initiate any appropriateairspace action and advise ATP-200. If the AirTraffic division and the military are unable toreach an agreement on the team's report, the AirTraffic division should forward the military positionalong with the Air Traffic division recommendationto ATP-200 for a determination. Also, providea copy of the Air Traffic division recommendationto the appropriate military representative.

27-4-1

•9/16/93

Chapter 28. PROHIBITED AREASSection 1. POLICY

7400.2D

•

•

28-1. DEFINITIONA prohibited area is airspace designated underPart 73 within which no person may operate anaircraft without the permission of the using agency.

28-2. PURPOSEProhibited areas are designated when determinednecessary to prohibit flight over a surface areain the interest of national security and welfare.

28-3. IDENTIFICATIONProhibited areas are identified by the prefix letter"P," followed by a dash, a two-digit numberand a location (city/town/military reservation); e.g.,"P-66 Rancho del Cielo, Goletta, CA." The identi-

PARA 28-1

fication number shall be assigned by ATP-200and normally not until a proposal is publishedas an NPRM.

28--4. EXTENTProhibited areas are normally designated from thesurface to the minimum altitude required, witha continuous time of designation.

28-5. PUBLICATIONProhibited areas are designated and published inPart 73 of the Federal Aviation Regulations.


28-1-1

28-21. REGIONAL ACTIONSAfter completion of the requirements of Chapter27, prohibited area proposals shall be forwardedto ATP-200 for final determination. The proposalpackage shall include the region's recommendations,documentation of regional actions, copies of pertinentcorrespondence, and any other information that couldbe helpful in making a determination.

9/16/93

Section 2. PROCESSING

• 28-20. SUBMISSION OF PROPOSALA proposal for the designation or amendment ofa prohibited area should be submitted to the FAAregional Air Traffic division. If the proposal involvesmore than one region's airspace, Washington Headquarters (ATP-200) or a lead region may be designated as the focal point. The restrictions imposedby prohibited area designation are such that theseactions are normally highly controversial and requireindepth study. Although specifying a minimumprocessing time is impractical, at least 6 monthsis required for routine action.

7400.2D

•I

•PARA 28-20 28-2-1

9/16/93

• Chapter 29. RESTRICTED AREASSection 1. POLICY

7400.2D

29-1. DEFINITIONA restricted area is airspace designated under Part73 within which the flight of aircraft, while notwholly prohibited, is subject to restriction.

29-2. PURPOSERestricted areas shall be designated when determinednecessary to confine or segregate activities consideredto be hazardous to nonparticipating aircraft.

29-3. IDENTIFICATIONRestricted areas are identified by the prefix letter"R," followed by a dash, a four-digit number,and a location (city/town/area/military reservationand state); e.g., R-2904 Camp Blanding, FL. Aletter suffix is assigned to denote subdivisions;e.g., R-3OO5A Townsend, GA. Identification numbersshall be obtained from ATP-200 and will notnormally be assigned until the proposal is published

•

as a proposed rule.

29-4. RESTRICTED AREA FLOORRestricted area floors will not normally be designatedlower than 1,200 feet above the surface. If avalid requirement exists and there is minimal adverseaeronautical effect on the overall system, restrictedareas can be established lower than 1,200 feetabove the surface. However, the surface may bedesignated as the floor only when the using agencyeither owns, leases, or, by agreement otherwise,controls the underlying surface. At a minimum,provisions must be made for aerial access to privateand public use land which underlies the restrictedarea and to accommodate instrument arrivals/departures with minimum delay. The restricted areashall exclude the airspace 1,500 feet AGL andbelow within a 3 NM radius of airports availablefor public use.

29-5. PUBLICATIONRestricted areas are designated and published inPart 73.

29-6. JOINT USEa. Restricted areas are designated as joint use

areas by designating a using and a controlling

•

agency and by executing a letter of procedurewhich provides for the operation of nonparticipatingIFR and/or VFR flight within the area. Flightwithin these areas is controlled by the using agency

PARA 29-1

except when released to the controlling agencyduring periods the airspace is not being used forits designated purpose. During such periods, thecontrolling agency may permit aircraft operationswithin the area.

b. When it is determined that a restricted areawill be designated as joint use, the appropriateregion will assign a controlling agency which shall,in conjunction with the using agency, execute ajoint use letter of procedure. The preparation ofthe letter of procedure shall be in accordancewith FAA Order 7210.2. Also, see Figure 29-6[1].The format may be modified where local conditionswarrant a departure from and/or the addition ofother provisions, such as vertical and/or lateralsubdivision of an area to facilitate joint use. ForVFR operations it may be desirable to base lateralsubdivisions on obvious, well defined landmarks.Charting of these subdivisions is optional.

c. The regional air traffic division shall be theapproving authority of all joint use letters of procedure. This authority may be delegated to the facilitydesignated as the controlling agency.

d. When there is a requirement to provide airtraffic control services within a restricted area,the facility providing that service will be designatedas the controlling agency.Note.-Before ATe services can be provided in such airspace,it must be designated controlled airspace under Part 71.

e. If both IFR and VFR requirements exist andif the controlling agency is an ATC facility remotelylocated from the restricted area, the area maybe "flagged" on charts indicating to pilots thatpermission to transit the restricted area may beobtained by contacting an area or local FSS ratherthan the ATC facility.

f. Communications between the controlling andusing agencies concerning the timely release ofjoint use restricted areas shall be outlined in theletter of procedure. Communications shall be accomplished by direct access telephone whenever possible.A record shall be made of all such communications.These records shall be retained for 15 days orlonger if needed.

g. Procedures for clearing IFR flights with respectto joint use restricted areas are contained in FAAOrder 7110.65.

29-1-1

7400.2D

29-7. TEMPORARY RESTRICTED AREASa. Procedures to establish temporary restricted

areas for military exercises are specified in Section3 of this chapter. Temporary areas for other thanmilitary exercised may be designated to accommodateshort term activities of various government or privateagencies involved in research and development orother activity determined to be hazardous tononparticipating aircraft.

29-1-2

9/16/93

b. Every attempt shall be made to process proposalsin minimum time and provide the proponent assistance •in submitting a proper proposal. Proponents shallbe encouraged to seek permission from using agenciesto conduct their activities within established restrictedareas to preclude unnecessary designation of addi-tional restricted airspace.


•

•PARA 29-8

•9/16/93

FIGURE 29-6[1]

JOINT USE LEITER OF PROCEDURE

FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATIONWashington, D.C. 20591

JOINT USE RESTRICTED AREA LETTER OF PROCEDURE

7400.2D

r

SUBJECT: Joint Use Letter of Procedure for Use of Restricted Area R- _

EFFECTIVE: _

In accordance with §73.13, §73.15, and §73.17 of the Federal Aviation Regulations, the followingletter establishes procedures for the use of Restricted Area R- , by ------the Controlling Agency, and by , the Using Agency.

1. The Using Agency shall release R-__ to the Controlling Agency when not in use for the'purpose designated.

•2. During the time when the airspace is released to the Controlling Agency, FAA may clear IFR traf

fic and authorize VFR traffic into R··__

3. The Controlling Agency shall return the use of R- to the Using Agency upon request.Such request shall be made at least (hours/minutes) prior to use by the Using Agency.(In determining this specific time, consideration should be given to such factors as: (1) IFR procedures which impinge upon the Restricted Area; (2) communications; and (3) time required toascertain that all VFR aircraft shall be clear of the area.) Tower,RAPCON, RATCF, FSS, etc., is designated as liaison station for the relaying of information con·cerning the release of the area between the Controlling Agency and the Using Agency. (Thisstatement to be used only when required.)

EXECUTED:

•

For the Controlling Agency:

Signed _

Air Traffic Manager, _

(Date)

For the Using Agency:

Signed _

(Title) _

(Date)

29·1·3

e9/16/93


7400.2D

Calendar Days

29-20. SUBMISSION OF PROPOSALSRestricted area proposals are submitted to the FAAregional Air Traffic division at least 9 monthsin advance of the desired effective date. Militaryproposals shall be submitted through the appropriateregional military representative. The following schedule represents the minimum time to process proposalswhich require only routine coordination. See Figure29-20[:1.].

Figure 29-20[1]

D+220

D+225

D+225-281

Figure 29-20[1]-CONTINUED

Proposal and comments receive final review. Rule is prepared and forwarded toFederal Register.

Rule published in Federal Register at least30 days prior to effective date.

NOS cutoff date/rule effective date withinthis time frame (NOS cutoff date is 8weeks prior to rule effective date).

Calendar Days

DD+30

D+95

e D + 100D+145

D+165

ePARA 29-20

Proposal Received by FAA region.Proposal reviewed by region and submitted

to Washington Headquarters.Proposal reviewed by Washington Head

quarters. NOS coordination and chartpreparation and Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM) is prepared and forwarded to Federal Register.

NPRM published in Federal Register.Comment period for NPRM ends. Com

ments are directed to appropriate region.Comments reviewed by appropriate region,

and recommendations forwarded toWashington Headquarters within 20 days.

29-21. REGIONAL ACTIONAfter completion of the requirements of Chapter27, restricted area proposals shall be forwardedto ATP-200 for final determination. The proposalpackage shall include the region's recommendations,documentation of regional actions, copies of pertinentcorrespondence, and any other information that couldbe helpful in making a determination.


29-2-1

Section 3. TEMPORARY RESTRICTED AREAS FOR MILITARYEXERCISES•

9/16/93 7400.2D

•

29-30. HANDLING REQUIREMENTSThe handling of temporary restricted airspace requirements associated with military exercises differssignificantly from the processing of other restrictedairspace requirements. The following paragraphsprovide definitive guidelines for handling the detailsassociated with such exercises.

29-31. INFORMAL COORDINATIONBefore submitting a formal proposal requestinga temporary restricted area for a military exercise,the proponent should be encouraged to initiateinformal coordination with the appropriate FAAregion. This informal review can do much ineliminating future objections to the proposal. Wherepotential problem areas are noted, mutually agreeableadjustments to the proposed area should be madebefore formally submitting the proposal. Duringthis coordination, primary consideration should begiven, but not limited, to the selection of theground maneuver area. This is because the requirement for restricted airspace will be directly dependentupon the location of the ground maneuver area.

•

Attention should be given to the impact that aparticular site location would have on IFR andVFR airway traffic, regularly used VFR routes,off airway air carrier routes, airports within andin proximity, instrument approach and missedapproach areas, approach and departure procedures,and any special military operations.

29-32. MILITARY EXERCISESTo assist FAA and military personnel in planningand preparing for military exercises requiringrestricted airspace, the following time-phased listingof information items that are normally requiredin the processing of the request for special useairspace has been developed. It is unlikely thatthe list below includes all items of informationthat may be required for a specific military exerciseand, conversely, certain items will not be applicablein all cases. Its primary purpose is to providea common basis from which this agency and theDOD can proceed toward determining and meetingthe peculiar airspace requirements associated withmilitary exercises.

29-33. REQUIRED INFORMATIONInformation normally required for processing requests,developing procedures, and time periods requiredby the FAA are described as follows:

a. After all informal coordination has been completed and at least 8 months prior to the desired

PARA 29-30

effective date of a temporary restricted area, aformal proposal should be submitted to the FAA.The proposal should include:

1. Name of exercise.2. Location and description of area.3. Time of designation.4. Controlling and using agency.5. Complete justification for the area to include:

(a) Number of aircraft involved.(b) Types of aircraft and missions they will

perform.(c) The exercise concept of operation (sce

nario).6. A statement explaining if the entire area,

as requested, is required for the complete exerciseperiod, or does the scenario allow for releasinga portion of the area. If a portion can be released,what part, vertically or horizontally, and for whatperiod of time.

7. Requirements for refueling tracks, location,VFR or IFR, in or below positive controlled airspace.

8. Commands that will take part in exercise.9. Requirements for FAA liaison personnel at

exercise facilities and military liaison personnelat affected ATC facilities.

10. Provision to be made for nonparticipatingaircraft desiring to operate within area.

(a) Local airport operations.(b) Ingress and egress routes.(c) Over flights.(d) Acceptance of reverse charge telephone

requests from pilots.(e) Capability of the using agency to accept

direct radio requests from pilots.b. Four months prior to the proposed effective

date of restricted area an NPRM is publishedprovided the proponent furnishes the following data:

1. Bases to be used as staging airfields andestimated volume of activity at each.

2. Bare (inactive) bases to be activated andtheir locations.

3. Military control facilities or navigation aidsto be established where none now exist for useof participating aircraft outside of restricted area.Information provided should include locations andfrequencies.

4. Requirements for ingress and egress areas(vector areas).

29-3-1

9/16/93


29-36. SUBMISSION OF PROPOSALS

•

•

Proposal received by FAA region.Proposal reviewed by region and submitted

to Washington Headquarters.Proposal reviewed by Washington Head

quarters. NOS coordination and chartpreparation. Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM) is prepared and forwarded to Federal Register.

NPRM published in Federal Register.Comment period for NPRM ends. Com

ments are directed to appropriate region.Comments reviewed by appropriate region,

and recommendations forwarded toWashington Headquarters within 20 days.

Proposal and comments receive final review. Rule is prepared and forwarded toFederal Register.

Rule published in Federal Register at least30 days prior to effective date.

Class II NOTAM cutoff datelRule effectivedate within this time frame. (Class IINOTAM cutoff date is 5 weeks prior toRule effective date.)

or (b) to reduce the amount of airspace to berestricted.

Figure 29-36[1]

Calendar Days

0+95

29-35. TIME REQUIREMENTSThe agency requires a sufficient amount of timeto designate airspace, develop procedures, and complete actions necessary to assist the proponentof an exercise to realize its objectives with aminimum of problems. To accomplish this mission,the planning and execution of that portion ofthe maneuver which deals with air traffic controlmust be a joint militarylFAA effort from siteselection to the final day of the exercise. Insummary, close, early, and continuous coordinationis essential.

o0+30

0+220

0+165

0+1000+145

0+225-260

0+225

5. Requirements for routes from staging basesto include estimated volume of use.

6. Location of military air traffic facilities.

7. Requirements for refueling tracks, location,VFR or IFR, in or below area positive control.

8. Requirements for military control of exercisetraffic outside of restricted area.

9. Requirements for FAA liaison personnel atexercise facilities.

c. Three months prior to beginning of exercise:1. Make provisions to assure that participating

pilots are provided the capability of closing VFRflight plans.

2. Provide information concerning other activities not mentioned which will require developmentof special operating procedures and/or FAA militaryagreements.

3. NPRM comment period ends. Commentsanalyzed.

d. Two months prior to beginning of exerciseprovide any additional information deemed necessaryby the FAA. During this period, the rule is publisheddesignating the restricted area, or the proposalis rejected, and the NPRM is withdrawn.

e. Forty-five (45) days prior to beginning ofexercise:

1. Provide any additional information deemednecessary by the FAA or exercise proponent.

2. Provide copies of all established proceduresand agreements for distribution to FAA and militarypersonnel who require this information.

7400.2D

29-34. DISCOURAGE LATE CHANGES INREQUIREMENTS

The proponent of a temporary restricted area shouldbe discouraged from making late changes in statedrequirements which would generate different procedures from those previously developed. In anycase, no change should be made within 45 daysof the exercise unless (a) absolutely essential tothe safe and successful conduct of the exercise,

•29-3-2 PARA 29-37

9/16/93 7400.2D

29-42. REPORT AMENDMENTSIf, after reviewing a utilization report it is determinedthat additional information is needed to evaluatethe use of a restricted area, the regional AirTraffic division shall request the using agencyto submit a supplemental report in accordancewith Part 73.19. Requests for supplemental reportsshall identify the specific additional informationwhich is to be reported.

29-43. REVIEW SUMMARYRegional Air Traffic divisions shall conduct annualutilization reviews of all restricted areas withintheir jurisdiction and forward recommendations forcorrective action, if required, to the regional militaryrepresentative. An annual review summary includingrecommendations or actions taken, as appropriate,shall be submitted to ATP-200 ATIN: ATM-420by June 15 of each year.

29-41. REVIEWA detailed review of the annual utilization reportshall be made by the appropriate regional AirTraffic division to:

a. Determine if a particular area's utilizationis consistent with its airspace designation or ifan adjustment is in order.

b. Provide data for and to supplement a teamreview of an area.

c. Assist in resolution of questions concerningan area.

Section 4. ANNUAL UTILIZATION REPORT

• 29-40. REQUIREMENTPart 73.19 of the Federal Aviation Regulationsrequires using agencies to submit an annual utilizationreport detailing the use of each assigned restrictedarea. Supplemental reports may also be requiredupon request by the FAA.

•

•PARA 29-40 29-4-1

•9/16/93

Chapter 30. WARNING AREASSection 1. POLICY

7400.2D

30-1. DEFINITIONA warning area is airspace of defined dimensionsover international waters that contains activity whichmay be hazardous to nonparticipating aircraft.Because international agreements do not providefor prohibition of flight in international airspace,no restriction to flight is imposed. The term' 'warningarea" is synonymous with the International CivilAviation Organization (lCAO) term "danger area."

30-2. PURPOSEWarning areas are established in international airspaceto contain activity that may be hazardous andto alert pilots of nonparticipating aircraft to thepotential danger.

30-3. IDENTIFICATIONWarning areas are identified by the prefix letter"W," followed by a dash, a two- or three-digit

•

number, and a location (city/town!area!military reservation and state); e.g., W-72 VACAPES VA.A letter suffix is assigned to denote subdivisions;e.g., W-72A VACAPES, VA. Identification numbersshall be assigned by ATP-200.

•PARA 30-1

30-4. PUBLICATIONWhen established, warning areas are published inthe National Flight Data Digest (NFDD). Additionally,information concerning warning areas not adjacentto or near the conterminous United States, Alaska,or Hawaii, will be disseminated by InternationalNOTAM's issued by National Flight Data Center(NFDC) at least 28 days prior to effective date.

30-5. JOINT USEWhen it is determined that a warning area willbe established as joint use, a letter of agreementwill be executed to assign a controlling agencyand define the conditions under whichnonparticipating aircraft may be authorized to operatewithin the area. Apply the procedures of paragraph29-6 as appropriate.


30-1-1

7400.2D

Warning area published in NFDD on or before cutoff date for next available charting date.

NOS cutoff date/effective date within thistime frame. (NOS cutoff date is 8 weeksprior to effective date.)

Figure 30-20[1]-CONTINUED

Calendar Days

D+16D-216

D+160

30-21. REGIONAL ACTIONAfter completion of the requirements of Chapter27, warning area proposals shall be forwardedto ATP-200 for final coordination and publication.

30-22. E.O. 10854 COORDINATIONIn accordance with Executive Order 10854, warningarea actions require coordination with Departmentsof State and Defense. This coordination will beaccomplished by ATP-200 and normally requiresa minimum of 45 days.

9/16/93

Calendar Days

Figure 30-20[1]

D Proposal received by FAA region.D +30 Proposal reviewed by region and coordi-

nated as required. Nonrule circularizationpublished.

D +75 Comment period for nonrule circularizationends.

D +95 Comments reviewed, and proposal for-warded to ATP-200 with region's recommendations.

D +140 E.O. 10854 and NOS coordination com-pleted by ATP-200.


• 30-20. SUBMISSION OF PROPOSALSWarning area proposals are submitted to the FAAregional Air Traffic division through the appropriatemilitary representative at least 7 months in advanceof the desired effective date. The following schedulerepresents the minimum time to process proposalswhich require only routine coordination. See Figure30-20[1].

•

•PARA3~20 3~2-1

Section 3. TEMPORARY MOA'S

31-33. SUBMISSION OF PROPOSALSTemporary MOA proposals are submitted to theFAA regional Air Traffic division through theappropriate regional military representative at least4 months prior to the desired effective date. Thefollowing schedule represents the minimum timeto process proposals which require only routinecoordination. See Figure 31-33[1].

Figure 31-33[1]

Notices to Airmen Graphic NOTAM's (availablethrough ATP-200 on 8-9 weeks notice). Mailingthe Graphic NOTAM to all licensed pilots withinthe appropriate geographical area may be requiredto ensure adequate notification of the temporaryairspace. Publication of temporary MOA's on aeronautical charts is normally not required; however,it may be a provision of approval if, becauseof anticipated impact on nonparticipants, such actionis determined essential to aviation safety. Full consideration shall be given to the potential detrimentaleffect on the military of the additional processingtime associated with aeronautical chart cyclic printingdates, and such a requirement shall not be imposedwithout ATP-200 concurrence.

7400.2D

31-3-1

Proposal received by FAA region.Proposal reviewed by region and coordi


Comment period for nonrule circularizationends.

Comments reviewed by region and approvaVdisapproval determination madeand forwarded to Washington Headquarters within 20 days.

Class II NOTAM cutoff date/effective datewithin this time frame. (Class II NOTAMcutoff date is 5 weeks prior to effectivedate.)

D+80

D+60

Calendar Days

D+I0~135

DD+15

9/16/93

PARA 31-30

31-30. GENERALRegional Air Traffic divisions are the approvalauthority for temporary MOA's. Approved temporaryMOA's shall be forwarded to ATP-200 for processingand publication. Disapproved proposals shall befully documented in correspondence to the proponentswith a copy to ATP-200. If the proponent resubmitsthe proposal, the regional office shall reevaluateand forward the package to ATP-200 for finaldetermination.

The provision for temporary MOA's is in recognition of the military's need for additional airspaceto periodically conduct readiness exercises thatsupplement routine training. When it is knownthat this need will occur on a regular and continuingbasis, the necessary airspace should be consideredfor establishment as a permanent MOA with provisions for its activation by NOTAM/Special Noticedisseminated well in advance of the scheduledactivity.

31-31. LOCATION AND DURATIONWhen existing airspace is inadequate to accommodateshort-term military training exercises, temporaryMOA's may be established for a period not toexceed 30 days. Preference will be given to expansionof existing MOA's over establishment of new areas.

31-32. PUBLICATIONIn all cases, approval of temporary MOA's shallinclude the provision that the military publicizethe exercise within 100 miles of the affected airspacethrough such avenues as public media, pilot forums,and distribution of bulletins to known aviationinterests. Determination of appropriate additionalpublication for temporary MOA's requires acase-by-case evaluation according to the scopeof the exercise, anticipated impact on nonparticipants,time constraints, and other considerations. Normally,temporary MOA's will be published by NOTAM"L," at least 24 hours prior to activation, and

•

•

•

Chapter 32. ALERT AREASSection 1. GENERAL

•

•

•

9/16/93

32-1. PURPOSEAlert areas are established to inform pilots ofspecific areas wherein a high volume of pilottraining or an unusual type of aeronautical activityis conducted.

32-2. ACTIVITYThe activity within an alert area shall be conductedin accordance with Federal Aviation Regulations,without waiver, and pilots of participating aircraft,as well as pilots transiting the area, shall beequally responsible for collision avoidance. Theestablishment of alert areas does not impose anyflight restrictions or communication requirements.Flight service stations in the vicinity may broadcast

PARA 32-1

7400.2D

information regarding the use being made of thearea, as circumstances dictate. Operations whichmay be hazardous to other aircraft shall not beconducted within alert areas since such activitymust be confined within restricted areas.

32-3. MINIMUM NUMBERSAlert areas should only be established when adetermination has been made that disseminationof the information concerning the activity wouldbe of operational value to the flying public.


32-1-1

32-20. PROPOSALS/REQUESTSRegional Air Traffic divisions are responsible forinitiating proposals or processing requests for alertareas and submitting recommendations to ATP-200.

32-21. REVIEW BY ATP-200ATP-200 is responsible for reviewing the regionalrecommendations and making the final determinationregarding the establishment of alert areas.

32-22. CHART DEPICTIONAlert areas shall be flagged on aeronautical chartswith information regarding time of use, altitudesemployed, and type of activity conducted. Theywill be identified by the prefix letter "A" followedby two or more digits. ATP-200 shall assignthe identifying number.

32-23. TIME OF SUBMISSIONProposals for the establishment of alert areas shallbe submitted to the appropriate regional officeat least 6 months in advance of the desired effectivedate. See Figure 32-23[1].

Figure 32-23[1]

32-2-1

Section 2. ESTABLISHMENT

7400.2D

32-24. CONTENT OF PROPOSALSThese proposals shall include the following information:

a. Title: A definitive description of what is proposed.

b. Purpose: A comprehensive explanation as towhy the action is proposed.

c. Location and Dimensions:1. A description of the airspace requested by

geographic coordinates or other appropriate referencethat clearly define the areas.

2. Minimum and maximum altitudes (MSL/AGL) as appropriate

3. A graphic presentation of the proposal tomaps and aeronautical charts as appropriate.

d. Pertinent data on activities to be conducted:1. A detailed list of activities to be conducted

in the area by all user organizations.2. Time, expressed in local time, daily operations

normally are scheduled to begin and end.3. Number of hours (daily) the area will be

used.4. Days per week, weeks per month, or months

per year, as appropriate, the area will be used.5. Number and type of aircraft normally involved

in performing activities for which the area isrequested.

6. Altitudes (MSL/AGL) to be used in dailyaircraft operations.

32-25. REGIONAL ACTIONSUpon receipt of a proposal for an alert area,the appropriate region shall comply with the provisions of Part 1 and this part.


Proposal received by FAA region.Proposal reviewed by region and coordi


Comment period for nonrule circularizationends.

Comments reviewed by region, and recommendations forwarded to WashingtonHeadquarters within 20 days.

NOS coordination and Alert Area publishedin NFDD on or before cutoff date fornext charting date.

NOS cutoff date/effective date within thistime frame. (NOS cutoff date is 8 weeksprior to effective date.)

D+115-171

PARA 32-20

Calendar Days

DD+30

D+95

D+115

D+75

9/16/93

•

•

•

•

32-32. VERTICAL DIMENSIONSThe ceiling and floor shall be established at levelsnecessary to contain the activity. In addition, theceiling shall not extend into positive control airspacenor the floor established below 4,000 feet above

I ground level over a surface area.

•

32-33. TIME ASSIGNMENTA time period, expressed in local time, shall bespecified to indicate hours of regularly scheduleduse. When conditions warrant, provision may alsobe made for activation of the area by Noticeto Airmen during other than regularly scheduledhours.

32-30. GENERALThe criteria in this section shall be applied todetermine whether or not alert areas should beestablished. The activity must be nonhazardous,and all flight activity shall be conducted in accordancewith visual flight rules.

32-31. HORIZONTAL BOUNDARIESTo the extent possible, these areas should be established so as to avoid Federal airways, major terminalareas, and high volume VFR routes. After analert area is established, the designation of Federalairways through such areas should be kept toa minimum.

•

•

•

•

9/16/93

PARA 32-30

7400.2D

Section 3. CRITERIA

32-34. TYPES OF OPERATIONSOnly the following types of operations shouldbe considered.

8. Concentrated Student Training: A high volumeof flight operations at one or more airports ata given location. Singly or jointly, the volumeof activity should exceed 250,000 local operationsannually and be generated primarily by studenttraining in fixed-wing or rotary-type aircraft. Alocal operation is an aircraft arrival at or departurefrom an airport in which the aircraft:

1. Operates in the local traffic pattern or withinsight of the tower.

2. Is known to be departing for, or arrivingfrom, flight in local practice areas.

3. Executes simulated instrument approaches orlow passes at the airport.

b. Unusual Aerial Activity: This type of activityis harder to define and must be individually consideredas to its operational significance to the flyingpublic. As an example, an alert area may beestablished where regularly used VFR routes transitan area which regularly contains a specializedtype of air traffic and where prior knowledgeof such traffic would significantly enhance aviationsafety.

32-3-1

•9/16/93

Chapter 33. CONTROLLED FIRING AREASSection 1. GENERAL

7400.2D

..

•.'

•

33-1. PURPOSEControlled firing areas are established to containactivities which, if not conducted in a controlledenvironment, would be hazardous to nonparticipatingaircraft. It is the user's responsibility to providefor the safety of persons and property on thesurface, and the proponent's written request fora controlled firing area should indicate that suchprovisions have been made.

33-2. BASIS FOR APPROVALThe approval of a controlled firing area shallonly be considered for those activities which areeither of short duration or of such a nature thatthey could be immediately suspended on notice

PARA 33-1

that such activity might endanger nonparticipatingaircraft. Examples of such activities are as follows:

a. The firing of missiles, rockets, anti-aircraftartillery, and field artillery. (Includes military andcivil firings, and in the case of rockets, alsopertains to those fired by amateurs.)

b. Static testing of large rocket motors.c. Blasting.d. Ordnance disposal.e. Chemical disposal.


33-1-1

Section 2. ESTABLISHMENT

•

It

•

•

9/16/93

33-20. RESPONSIBILITY FOR APPROVALThe authority to approve or disapprove controlledfiring area proposals rests with the regional AirTraffic divisions within whose jurisdiction the activitywill take place.

33-21. SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTSThe proposal for a controlled firing area shouldbe submitted to the appropriate regional Air Trafficdivision at least 3 months in advance of thedesired effective date.

33-22. CONTENT OF PROPOSALSControlled firing area proposals should include theinformation listed in Chapter 27, Section 3.

33-23. REGIONAL ACTIONUpon receipt of a proposal requesting a controlledfiring area, the responsible regional Air Trafficdivision shall:

a. Review the proposal to determine if the proposedarea's location would conflict with the requirementsof other airspace users.

b. Accomplish the following:1. If practicable, encourage the proponent to

explore the feasibility of conducting the activityin an existing restricted area.

2. Mter reaching a decision to approve ordisapprove a proposal, inform the proponent ofsuch decision by formal letter. If approval is granted,issue a Certificate of Waiver to Part 101 as required.

3. If the decision is to approve a proposal,the letter of approval shall include, as a minimum,the following:

PARA 33-20

7400.2D

(a) Activity for which approval has beengranted.

(b) Specific area for the activity.(c) Altitudes.(d) The name of the user.(e) Time of use.(f) Effective date.(g) Safety precautions to be observed (see

Section 3 of this chapter).(h) Instructions, if applicable, for the user

to notify the owner or manager of any airportthat might be affected by the controlled firingarea.

(i) Instructions for the user to file the followinginformation with the nearest flight service stationin sufficient time to permit a notice to airmento be transmitted at least 12 hours prior to scheduledoperations:

(1) Location of the area.(2) Time of use.(3) Activity to be conducted.(4) Altitudes.(5) User.

c. Circularize potentially or known controversialproposals.

d. Forward to ATP-200, for information purposes,a copy of the request for a controlled firing areaand subsequent regional action.


33-2-1

•Section 3. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

..

..

9/16/93

33-30. PRECAUTIONARY MEASURESPrecautionary measures necessary to protect aircraftin flight, and where appropriate, persons and propertyon the surface are dependent on the type of activity,terrain, and other factors involved. The approvingFAA office shall assure that adequate safety precautions are established for each controlled firingarea. The following precautionary measures areconsidered to be the minimum required and shallbe mandatory for all controlled firing areas:

8. The ceiling shall be at least 1,000 feet abovethe highest altitude of fire or other activity thatcould be hazardous to aircraft in the area.

b. Visibility shall be sufficient to maintain visualsurveillance of the entire controlled firing areaand for a distance of 5 miles therefrom in alldirections.

33-31. RADAR SURVEILLANCEIf the approving FAA office determines that adequateradar surveillance is available, the criteria set forthin paragraph 33-30a. and b need not apply. Theapproving FAA office may establish ceiling andvisibility requirements as it deems necessary; how-

• ever, no projectile is to enler any cloud formation.

7400.2D

33-32. SAFETY OFFICERThe user of a controlled firing area shall appointa safety officer. This person is responsible tosee that surveillance of the area and for distanceof 5 miles therefrom is maintained immediatelyprior to and during the time that activity hazardousto aircraft is in progress. Surveillance may beaccomplished by ground observers, radar, patrolaircraft, and/or surface vessels. While the use ofanyone or a combination of the methods inconsidered satisfactory, the limited capabilities ofa surveillance plan based solely on the use ofground observers must be recognized. Althoughit would not be reasonable to restrict the altitudeof an area on this factor alone, its limitationsmust be considered.

33-33. USER RESPONSIBILITIESThe user must agree to cease any activity whichcreates a hazard upon notification that an aircraftis approaching the area. To accomplish this, eachobserver shall have continuous effective communications with the safety officer and shall be thoroughlybriefed as to observer responsibilities.

•PARA 33-30 33-3-1

7400.2D

PART 8. MISCELLANEOUS PROCEDURESChapter 34. OUTDOOR LASER DEMONSTRATIONS

Section 1. GENERAL

•

..

••

•

9/16/93

34-1. INTRODUCTIONOutdoor laser demonstrations are light shows

or tests that use a laser to amplify or generatelight. The special lighting effects produced havemade lasers increasingly popular for entertainmentand promotional uses. When laser beams are projectedor reflected into the navigable airspace, the potentialexists for permanent eye damage and/or other injuryto pilots and passengers of aircraft. Therefore,the FAA conducts an aeronautical study of allproposals for outdoor laser demonstrations to determine the effect upon the navigable airspace.

34-2. PURPOSE AND APPLICATIONa. This chapter provides guidance to air traffic

personnel for determining or verifying the effectsof an outdoor laser demonstration on the safeand efficient utilization of the navigable airspace.

b. This chapter applies primarily to commercialentertainment and promotional outdoor visible laserdemonstrations which are subject to the Food andDrug Administration's (FDA) "Performance Standards for Light-Emitting Products," Code of FederalRegulations, 21 CFR 1040. Military and researchlaser applications may require other controls, safeguards, and airspace considerations which are beyondthe scope of this chapter. While the criteria containedherein maybe useful for evaluating some militarylaser uses, it should be noted that such lasersare subject to military safety standards and areexempt from the requirements of 21 CFR 1040.

34-3. DEFINITIONSAs used in this chapter, the following terms

are defined below:a. CDRH: Center for Devices and Radiological

Health. An office of the FDA concerned withthe safe operation of laser devices.

b. Demonstration: An outdoor laser demonstrationis considered to be an outdoor test, light show,or any other type of entertainment or promotionaluse of a laser.

c. Diffusion: The scattering or dispersing of alight beam by reflection off a surface or transmissionthrough a translucent material.

PARA 34-1

d. Divergence: Measured in milliradians (mr).The increase in beam diameter with increase indistance from the source. The power of the lightbecomes spread over an increasingly wider areawith distance from the source.

e. Eye-safe Distance: The maximum distance fromthe laser projector beyond which the laser beamirradiance does not exceed 2.6mW/cm2•

f. Irradiance: A measure of light energy spreadacross a given area, expressed in watts per squarecentimeter (W/cm2).

g. Laser: An acronym for light amplificationby stimulated emission of radiation.

h. Laser Manufacturer: A term that refers topersons who make laser products including thosewho are engaged in the business of design, assembly,or presentation of a laser projector and/or lightshow.

i. Laser Safety Officer: A knowledgeable personpresent during laser operation who is responsiblefor shutting down the laser should an unsafe conditionoccur or become imminent.

j. Milliradian (mr): One thousandth of a radian.A measurement of laser beam divergence.

k. Navigable Airspace: Airspace at and abovethe minimum flight altitude prescribed in the FederalAviation Regulations (FAR) including airspaceneeded for safe takeoff and landing (see Part91)

I. Nonvisible Laser: A laser-generated productthat is not normally visible to the naked eye.Lasers of this kind are not used for outdoorlaser demonstrations. They lack the principle safetyfactor-visibility.

m. Terminated Beam: An output from the laserprojector which does not enter the navigable airspacebut is terminated against a suitable object or surface.

n. Unterminated Beam: Projector outputs whichare directed or reflected into the navigable airspace.

o. Variance: Permission from FDA for a lasermanufacturer to deviate from one or more requirements of a standard when alternate steps are takento assure safety; i.e., to be in the business of

34-1-1

9/16/93

c. Diffusion effects have not been consideredin Figure 34-5[1]. Determination of these effects

laser operator to cease projections if any aircraftor helicopters approach the area. This requirementshould be placed in the FAA determination.

b. Laser beam divergence is very small evenover long distances. For example, a beam witha lmr divergence will be just over 1 inch indiameter at 100 feet from the source. Beam divergenceand laser projector output power are consideredin determining the airspace affected. A chart isprovided for determining eye-safe distances forlasers having 0.5mr, l.Omr, l.5mr, and 2.0mr divergence (see Figure 34-5[1.]).

Figure 34-5[1] LASER PROJECTOR POWER!RANGE TABLE

•

•

•

•

•

36351362972681288996010271089114812041258130913581406145214971540158216231815198821482296243525672692281229273037314432473347344435383630

2.0mr

4846859389681082118612811369·1452153116051677174518111875193619962054211021652420265128633061324734233590374939024050419243294462459247184840

l.5mr1.0mr

72610271253145216231778192120542178229624082515261827172814290429933080316532473630397742954592487051345384562458536074628864946694688870767260

Beam Divergence: Milliradians (mr)

O.5mr

14522054251529043247355738424107435645924816503052355433562458085987616163296494726079538590918497411026810769112481170712149125751298813387137751415314521

1234567891011121314151617181920253035404550556065707580859095100

LaserOutputPower

(Watts)

providing Class IIIb or IV laser demonstrationsor projectors.

p. Visible Laser: A laser generated product visibleto the naked eye.

q. Watts: A term used to measure the poweroutput of a laser projector.

34-4. LASER PRODUCT CLASSESThe FDA's laser performance standard divides

laser products into five classes as follows:8. Class I laser projectors produce levels of

radiation that have not been found to cause biologicaldamage. Class I visible radiation laser projectorsemit less than 0.39 microwatts (0.39 millionthsof a watt) continuous output.

b. Class II laser projectors produce visible radiationthat could cause eye damage after direct, longterm viewing. Class II laser projectors emit lessthe 1 milliwatt (1 thousandth of a watt) continuousoutput.

c. Class IlIa laser projectors produce visible radiation at levels capable of causing ocular injuryin a short exposure. However, factors of atmosphericattenuation, beam, body movements, and limitationsin eye focusing ability provide a measure of protection. Class IlIa laser projectors emit less than5 milliwatts peak power.

d. Class I1Ib laser projectors produce visible radiation powerful enough to injure human tissue withone short exposure to the direct beam or itsdirect reflections off a shiny surface. Class I1Ibvisible radiation laser projectors emit less than500 milliwatts (one-half watt) continuous output.

e. Class IV laser projectors produce visible radiation so powerful that it can cause injury witha direct or reflected· exposure, even when thebeam is scattered or diffused by a rough surfaceor even by some smoke screens. Class IV visibleradiation laser projectors emit more than one-halfwatt continuous output.

34-5. LASER CONSIDERATIONS8. The intensity of even a low power laser

beam can be equal to or greater than that ofthe sun. When a laser beam enters the humaneye, its power is concentrated on a very smallarea on the retina. This can produce harmful effectsranging from temporary flash blindness to permanentblind spots or other eye injury. In some cases,the eye's automatic aversion response to the light(blink reflex) may be sufficient to avoid theseeffects. To guard against this hazard, an aircraftobserver, with binoculars and direct communicationswith the laser operator, should be stationed ata location where visual surveillance of the entirearea is possible. The observer shall notify the

7400.2D

34-1-2 PARA 34-5

9/16/93

involves many variables and requires complex calcula-

•

tions. Evaluation of diffusion is beyond the scopeof thi chapter. Atmospheric scattering and absorptionhave also been ignored as an additional safetyfactor.

34-6. EXPOSURE LIMITSThe eye-safe distances in this chapter are basedon exposure limits for a maximum irradiance valueof 2.6 milliwatts per square centimeter (2.6mW/cm2). This irradiance value is the maximum atwhich a person, unaided by viewing devices, suchas binoculars or cameras, can typically react quicklyenough to avoid an exposure that would exceedthe limits of Class I. Staring into a laser beam,like staring into the sun, is dangerous. A momentary

•

•PARA 34-6

7400.2D

exposure however, can be compared to an accidentalglance at the sun. In an accidental glance, thelight does not remain focused on a single pointon the retina, so the hazard potential is lessened.Considering aircraft movement and/or laser beamscanning, the probability of a prolonged exposureis statistically very low. This fact may actuallypermit use of slightly higher irradiance values.However, to maintain a reasonable margin of safety,the value of 2.6mW/cm2 is chosen as the maximumpermissible irradiance allowed at the aircraft.

34-7 thru 34-19. Reserved

34-1-3

9/16/93 7400.2D

(2) Visual aircraft spotters.(3) Other.

b. Supplementary information if applicable.Include the CDRH letter validating the measureswhich result in a smaller affected area than thatshown in the Laser Projector Power!Range Table.

4. Variance number and expiration date.5. Date(s) and time(s) of shows(s).6. Date(s) and time(s) of setup and alignment.7. Location of the show.(a) Showplace name and address.(b) Latitude and longitude of showplace.

8. Maximum emitted peak power (watts) atthe projector as certified to CDRH.

9. Azimuthal direction of projections.10. Elevation of projections in degrees above

the horizon.11. Beam divergence (milliradians).12. Maximum distance from source for irradi

ance of 2.6mW/cm2 based on maximum emittedpeak power.

13. Maximum altitude above source for irradiance of 2.6mW/cm2 based on maximum emittedpeak power and beam elevation.

14. A diagram depicting unterminated beamarrays if applicable.

15. Laser safety officer/operator.(a) Local address and phone number.(b) Additional safety procedures.

(1) Communications procedures during the

34-22. STUDYa. The regional Air Traffic division shall conduct

an aeronautical study on all notices received proposingan outdoor laser demonstration. The study shouldinclude the following, as appropriate:

1. Quantities of traffic affected.2. Traffic flow.3. Location(s) of aviation activity that may

be affected, including areas where helicopter trafficoperate below 1,000 feet in accordance with Part91.119(d).

4. Control jurisdiction; Le., tower or center.5. Coordination with local officials; i.e., airport

managers, FAA Air Traffic managers, military representatives, etc.

6. Possible flight restrictions that should beimposed (consider setup and alignment times aswell as actual show times).

show.

34-21. CONTENT OF NOTIFICATIONSa. Proponent notifications to the FAA regional

office will include the following information onall proposed outdoor demonstrations:

1. Laser group/company.2. Business address.3. Telephone number.


• 34-20. SUBMISSION OF PROPOSALa. The Center for Devices and Radiological Health

(CDRH) requires that a laser manufacturer providewritten notification to the FAA before conductingan outdoor laser demonstration.

b. CDRH informs manufacturers that:1. All notifications are to be directed to the

Air Traffic division at the FAA regional officehaving jurisdiction over the area where the lasershow will take place.

2. FAA needs at least 21 days advance noticeto process a request and conduct an aeronauticalstudy. The FAA recognizes that industry conditionsmay not always permit the advance notice desired.While FAA endeavors to accommodate all requests,proper conduct of the aeronautical study to determineairspace effects is essential to air safety. Thisis particularly true when demonstrations occur inproximity to airports or when the nature of thedemonstration would necessitate protection of largeamounts of airspace. In these cases, it may beimpossible for the FAA to respond to short-noticerequests.

3. Notifications are required for all demonstra-

•

tions in which projections will be directed orreflected into the navigable airspace (including set-up,alignment, and rehearsals). Notifications should contain a minimum of technical information. Of primaryconcern is the maximum distance from and altitudeabove the source to be affected by a proposeddemonstration.

4. A proponent wishing to provide supplementary information about measures which willresult in a smaller actual danger area than thatshown in the Laser Projector Power!Range Tableshould submit the data in advance to CDRH forreview. CDRH will validate the information andissue a letter to the proponent to include withtheir notification to FAA.

c. Any FAA field office or facility receivinginformation on a proposed outdoor laser demonstration shall forward this information to the AirTraffic division in the appropriate FAA regionaloffice as soon as practicable.

)

•PARA 34-20 34-2-1

7400.2D

and the CDRH in Silver Spring, Maryland. CDRH'snational, regional, and local offices' mailing addressesare included in Figure 34-27[1]

9/16/93

•Figure 34-27[1]. FOOD AND DRUG ADMINISTRATION ELECTRO-OPTICS SPECIALISTS' ADDRESSES

Address

585 Commercial StreetBoston. Massachusetts 02109(617) 565-4718FrS: 835-4718ATTN: John J. Galli

60 Eighth Street, NEAtlanta, Georgia 30309(404) 347-3576FrS: 257-3576ATTN: Malcolm Frazier

FDA District Office1141 Central ParkwayCincinnati, Ohio 45202(513) 684-3505FrS: 684-3505ATTN: James E. Frye

1521 W. Pico Blvd.Los Angeles, California 90015(213) 252-7603FrS: 983-7603ATTN: James Roseboro

U.S. Federal Building & U.S. Court HouseRm.2062280 1st StreetSan Jose, California 95113(408) 291-7893FrS: 466-7893ATTN: Robert C. Stohl

Consumer Safety OfficerNational OfficeCenter for Devicesand Radiological HealthConsumer Industrial Products Branch, HFZ-3128757 Georgia AvenueSilver Spring, Maryland 20910(301) 427-8228

Region

Regions I and II(I-ME, NH, VT, MA. RI, & CT)(II-NY, NJ, & PR)

Regions III, IV, and VI(III-PA, MD, DE, VA, WV, & DC)(IV-KY, TN, NC, SC, MS, AL, GA, & FL)(VI-NM, TX, OK, AR, & LA)

Regions V and VII(V-MN, WI, MI, IL, IN, & OR)(VII-NE, lA, KS, & MO)

Regions VIII and IX (So. Calif.)(VIII-UT, CO, WY, MT, NO, & SD)(IX-AZ & CA (LAX County and South))

Regions IX (No. Calif.) and X(IX-HI, NV, & CA (North of LAX County))(X-WA, OR, 10, & AK)

•

•34-2-4

i:t us. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1993 --'7 2 2 -6 7 4 I 8 0 4 0 0

PARA 34-27

Documents

U.S. Department of Transportation Federal Aviation 7400 Basic.pdfU.S. Department of Transportation Federal Aviation Administration 7400.2D Procedures for Handling Airspace Matters